Jamaica Bureau of Standards Jamaica National Building Code, Volume 2: Energy Efficiency Building Code, Requirements and Guidelines, 1994 For New Buildings, Additions, and Retrofits Except Low-Rise Residential Buildings Sponsored by the Joint UNDP /World Bank Energy Sector Management Assistance Programme ~e!t, Management Ass;sian 0.50, use the System Performance compliance method in EEBC 4.6.1. Percent of window that is externally shaded from 8 am to 5 pm, April 21 through October 21. 4 Double pane low-e glazings are very effective, especially in conjunction with day lighting controls. 5 Wall construction always 152 mm block, 2 of every 4 cores filled w/concrete, unless otherwise specified 6 SCg = Shading coefficient of the glass only. Alternate glazings with equivalent or lower SCg may be used. 7 Internal Shading Devices: Venetian blinds, shades, or equivalent. SCx combined effective shading coefficient of both the glass and the internal shading device. Other devices with equivalent or lower SCx may be used. See Table D-5 in Appendix D of the Guidelines for typical SCx values and comparable SCg values. 8 Tables 29, 35, and 36, 1985 ASHRAE Handbook of Fundamental, Chapter 27, were used as basis for fenestration input values. 9 V-Values for glazings are Summer values and include shades if applicable (from Chapter 27, Table 13, 1985 H of F) 6 Jamaica National Building Code: Volume 2 (December 1995) Table 4-2 EXTERNAL WALL PRESCRIPTIVE REQUIREMENTS ALL BUILDING TYPES (except Offices) Requirement: OTTVw of design shall be <= 55.1 W/m2 OPAQUE WALL V-Value, W/m2-K (Max.) 3.01 <--- For example, 150 mm cone. block with 12 mm rendering both sides, 1 core filled with cone. (no insulating fill) '--S_o_la_r_A_b_so_rp..:-ti_vi...;ty;....C_oe_f_.(::..,.A_c,:. )_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _<::..,.M_i_n..,<;.)..L.-_A_c_0_.7_---I<--- For example, light or white color FENESTRATION OPTIONS WWR Fenestration Features 1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 Percent of Window Ext. Shaded (Min.) 90% 75% 70% 45% 10% Less Glass Type (SCg of glass) Clear (0.95) Tinted (0.73) Refl (0.60) Refl (0.50) Ref! (0.40) than or Internal Shading Devices (Max. SCx) L Blinds (0.67) L Blinds (0.53) M. Blinds (0.50) L Blinds (0.38) L Blinds (0.30) equal to Number of Panes (Min.) 1 1 1 I 1 0.10 U-Value, W/(m2-K) (Max.) 4.60 4.60 4.60 4.60 4.60 Automatic daylight controls on elect. lights NO NO NO NO NO Percent of Window Ext. Shaded (Min.) 100% 80% 70% 30% 0% :From Glass Type (SCg of glass) Retl (0.50) Ref! (0.40) Retl (0.40) Tinted (0.73) Refl (0.50) 0.11 Internal Shading Devices (Max. SCx) L Blinds (0.38) L Blinds (0.29) L Blinds (0.33) L Blinds (0.53) M. Blinds (0.42) to N umber of Panes (Min.) 1 1 2 1 1 0.20 V-Value, W/(m2-K) (Max.) 4.60 4.60 2.95 4.60 4.60 Automatic daylight controls on elect. lights NO NO NO YES YES Percent of Window Ext. Shaded (Min.) 100% 90% 70% 40% 0% F'rom Glass Type (SCg of glass) Tinted (0.58) Ref! (0.40) Tinted (0.73) Refl (0.50) Retl (0.40) 0.21 Internal Shading Devices (Max. SCx) M. Blinds (0.39) L Blinds (0.33) L Blinds (0.53) L Blinds (0.38) L Blinds (0.29) to Number of Panes (Min.) 2 2 1 I 1 0.30 V-Value, W/(m2-K) (Max.) 2.95 2.95 4.60 4.60 4.60 Automatic daylight controls on elect. lights NO NO YES YES YES Notes: 1 For WWR > 0.50, use the Wall System Performance compliance method in EEBC 4.6.1. 2 Calculations use Equations 4-1 and 4--2 of the EEBC-94 3 Percent of window externally shaded: the percent of window surface area that is in shade from 8 am to 5 pm, from April 21 through October 21. 4 Double pane low-e glazings are very effective, especially in conjunction with dayJighting controls. 5 Wall construction always 152 mm block, 2 of every 4 cores filled w/concrete, unless otherwise specified 6 SCg = Shading coefficient of the glass only. Alternate glazings wilh equivalent or lower SCg may be used. 7 Internal Shading Devices: Venetian blinds, shades, or equivalent. SCx combined effective shading coefficient of both the glass and the internal shading device. Other devices with equivalent or lower SCx may be used. See Table D-5 in Appendix D of the Guidelines for typical SCx values and comparable SCg values. 8 Tables 29, 35, and 36, 1985 ASHRAE Handbook of Fundamental, Chapter 27, were used as basis for calculations. 9 U-Values for glazings are Summer values and include shades if applicable (from Chapter 27, Table 13, 1985 Hof F) Jamaica Energy Efficiency Building Code (EEBC-94) - Requirements 7 Table 4-3: PRESCRIPTIVE REQUIRElVIENTS FOR ROOFS Requirement: OTIVr of design shall be <= 20.0 W/sq.m OPTIONS 1 2 3 4 5 6 Opaque Portion of Roof Concrete Deck Pitched Frame Meta] Deck V-Value, W/m.sq.-K (Max.) 1.08 0.91 0.74 0.62 0.74 0.57 Weight, kg/sq.m (Min.) 37J 371 58 58 34 34 Solar Absorptivity Coefficient (Ac) (Min.) 0.70 1.00 0.75 1.00 0.70 1.00 NOTES: U-Values listed for each type of opaque roof construction are approximately for: Added R-Value = 0.7 in columns 1,3, and 5. Added R-Value::: 1.4 in columns 2, 4, and 6. 2 Example Solar Absorptivity Coefficients: Asphalt, Dark Roof = 1.00. Gravel 0.70. Light pebbles= .50 MiJdew resistant white = .42 3 Skylights: Section 4.7.2 and Table 4-4 may be used in conjunction with this table to include up to indicated pecentages of skylight areas, if daylighting controls are used as specified. 4.6 System Performance Requirements for Exter- where, nal Walls and Roofs Overall thermal transmittance value for the ith spe·· 4.6.1 Wall System Performance Requirements. cific wall orientation being considered, W/m2. The prescriptive exterior wall requirements of 4.5.1 have Coefficient of solar absorptance for the sur- limited compliance flexibility. If additional compliance face of the opaque wall. flexibility is desired, then the system performance com- Thermal transmittance of the opaque wall, W/m2 K pliance procedure described below may be used in place Window-to-wall area ratio for the gross exte- of the wall prescriptive requirements. rior wall being considered. IDeq Equivalent indoor-outdoor temperature dif- 4.6.1.1 Wall OTTV w Requirements. The Overall ference, in °C, which incorporates the effects Thermal Transfer Value (OTTVw) for the exterior walls of solar gains into the opaque waH. Can vary of a building sha11 not exceed the following values: by location and climate zone. a) 67.7W/m2for large office buildings, with gross DT Temperature difference, in between indoor conditioned floor area equal to or greater than temperature and outdoor temperature. Can 4,000 m2 . vary by location and climate zone. Thermal transmittance of fenestration system b) 61.7 W/m2 for smal1er office buildings, with in W/m 2.K. gross conditioned floor area less than 4,000 m2. SC Shading coefficient of the fenestration system. c) 55.1 W/m2 for al1 other buildings. SF Average hourly value of the solar energy inci- 4.6.1.2 Compliance: Calculating the OTTV i for dent on the windows, 372 W/m2. an Individual Wall. The Overall Thermal Transfer CF Correction factor to account for the variation Value (OTTVi) for each exterior wall section that has a in the available solar, due to the orientation of different orientation shall be determined by: the wall, for the wall section being considered. OTTV j = (TDeq-DT) x CF x Ac x U w x (l-WWR) + 4.6.1.3 Compliance: Calculating the OTTV w DT x U w x (l-WWR) for all Walls of a Building. The Overall Thermal Trans- + fer Value (OTTVw) for the total exterior gross wal1 area SF x CF x SC x WWR + of the building is a weighted average of tht~ OTTV/s DTxUfxWWR Eq (4-1) computed for the individual walls. The OTTVw shall be determined by: 8 Jamaica National Building Code: Volume 2 (December 1995) Examples of roof compliance values and details of + ... + AO j x OTTV j ) / the roof compliance calculation procedures for the Sys- (A01 + A0 2 + ... + Ao j ) Eq (4-2) tem Performance path are contained in Appendix D. Also, microcomputer spreadsheets are available to fa- where cilitate compliance. Ao.I Gross wall area for the ph exterior wall section in m 2. OTTY.I Overall thermal transfer value for the ith wall section, from Eq. (4-1). 4.7 DayJighting credits Examples of wall compliance values and details of the 4.7.1 Daylighting Credits for Walls with Vertical wall compliance calculation procedures for the System Glazing. If the following conditions are met for any Performance path are contained in Appendix D. Also, exterior wall portion, then the OTTV j of the bui1ding microcomputer spreadsheets are available to facilitate com- design, for that portion of the wall, may be reduced: pliance. a) automatic daylight controls are provided for the 4.6.2 Roof System Performance Criteria. If more electric lighting system wi thin 5.0 m of the exte- flexibility is desired in complying with the roof thermal rior wall. performance criteria than is available using the prescrip- b) the effective aperture (WWR x VLT) of the wa1l tive criteria of section 4.5.2, then this roof system perfor- at least 0.10. mance procedure may be used in place of the prescriptive The OTIV.I is calculated in 4.6 using equation (4~ 1), and roof requirements. the reduced OTIV j value is then used to evaluate equation 4.6.2.1 Roof OTTVr Requirements. The Over- (4-2). If the Lighting Power Control Credit for daylighting al1 Thermal Transfer Value (OTTV r) for the gross area is not claimed in section 5.4.3, then the applicable portion of the roof shall not exceed 20 W/m2, ofOTTV j may be reduced by 30%. If the Lighting Power 4.6.2.2 Roof OTrVr Compliance. For a roof with- Omtrol Credit for daylighting is claimed in section 5.4.3, out skylights, compliance with the Roof Overall Ther- then the applicable portion of OTfVj may be reduced by mal Transfer Value (OTIVr) shall be determined by: 7.5%. OTIVr ::Ac x U r x (IDeqr -DT) + 4.7.2 Daylight Credits For Skylights. Skylights U r x DT Eq (4-3) used in conjunction with automatic lighting controls for daylighting can significantly reduce the lighting energy For a roof with skylights, (OTrV r) shall be determined by: consumption thereby more than offsetting the increase OTIVr ::Ac x U r x (TDeqr -Dl) x (l-SRR) + in envelope heat transfer. U r x DT x (l-SRR) + When determining building roof compliance by ei- ther the prescriptive method of 4.5.2 or the system per- SF x SCs x SRR + formance method of 4.6.2, a daylight credit is provided Us xDT xSRR Eq (4-4) for skylights used in conjunction with automatic con- trols for electric lighting. Skylights for which daylight where credit is taken may be excluded from the calculations OTIV :: Overall thermal transmittance value for the roof of the overall thermal transmittance value of the roof rassembly in W/m2. assembly (U or) if the following two conditions are met: Ac :: Coefficient for solar absorptance of the opaque por- tion of the roof. a) Skylit areas, including framing, as a percentage of the roof area do not exceed the values specified in Table Thermal transmittance of the roof assembly, includ- ing both above and below deck insulation, in W/m 2.K. 4-4 where VL':lible Light Transmittance (VLT) is the transmittance of a particu lar glazing material over the Equivalent indoor-outdoor temperature difference, in °C, which incorporates the effects of solar gains into visible portion of the solar spectrum. Climate zones the roof being considered. may be detennined from Figure 4-1. Skylight areas shall be inteIJXJlated only between the listed visible SRR:: Skylight-to-roof area ratio. light transmittance values of 0.75 and 0.50. SF = Solar factor, for horizontal surfaces, average hourly value of the solar energy incident on the skylights, 435 W/m2, jamaica Energy Efficiency Building Code (EEBC-94) - Requirements 9 b) All electric lighting fixtures within day lighted ar- 5 LIGHTING eas under skylights are controlled by automatic dayUghting controls. Daylighted areas under sky- 5.1 Purpose. This section specifies minimum require- lights shall be defined as the daylight area beneath ments for lighting systems and controls. each sky light whose dimension in each direction 5.2 Scope of Lighting Requirements. (centered on the skylight) is equal to the skylight 5.2.1 The rooms, spaces and areas covered by this dimension in that direction plus the dimension of section include: the floor to ceiling height. a) interior spaces of buildings. 4.7.2.1 Skylit areas in Table 4-4 may be increased b) building exterior areas such as entrances, exits, by 50% if an external shading device is used that blocks loading docks, etc. over 50% of the solar heat gain during the peak cooling c) roads, grounds, parking, and other exterior ar- design condition. eas including open-air covered areas where light- 4.7.2.2 Areas for vertical glazing in clerestories ing is required and is energized through the build- and roof monitors shall be included in the wall fenes- ing electrical service. tration calculation. 5.2.2 Exemptions for Interior Spaces. Rooms, spaces, 4.7.2.3 For shell buildings the permitted skylight area areas and equipment exempt from this section include: from Table 4-4 be based on a light level of 300 lux and a lighting unit power density (UPD) of less than 10.8 W/m2• Exemptions related to space functions: 4.7.2.4 For speculative buildings, the permitted a) Lighting for dwelling units. skylight area from Table 4-4 shall be based on an ap- b) Lighting power for theatrical productions, tele- propriate unit lighting power density from Table 5-7, in vision broadcasting, audio-visual presentations W/m2 and an illuminance level, in lux, as follows: and those portions of entertainment facilities such as stage areas in hotel ballrooms, night clubs, discos and casinos where lighting is an essential UPD <= 10.8 Use 300 lux technical element for the function performed. 10.8 < UPD <= 21.5 Use 500 lux c) Display lighting required for art exhibit or dis- plays in galleries, museums and monuments. UPD > 21.5 Use 700 lux d) Specialized luminaires for medical and dental purposes. Table 4-4 e) Special lighting required for research laboratories. Maximum Percent Skylight Area t) Classrooms specifically designed for the sight- impaired, hearing-impaired (lip-reading), and for Range of Lighting elderly persons. Power Density (W1m2 ) Exemptions related to special requirements: Light g) Emergency lighting that is automatically "off' Climate VLT Level <10.8 10.8-16.1 17.2-21.5 >21.5 during normal operations. Zone Level h) High risk security areas identified by local ordi- A 300 2.2 2.8 3.4 4.0 nances, regulations, or security or safety person- & 0.75 500 2.3 3.1 3.9 4.7 nel as requiring additional lighting. B 700 2.9 4.1 5.3 6.5 i) Lighting to be used soleI y for indoor pJant growth A 300 3.3 4.2 5.1 6.0 between 6:00 p.m. and 6:00 a.m. & 0.50 500 3.6 4.8 6.0 7.2 5.2.3 Exemptions for Exterior Areas. Areas and B 700 4.2 6.0 7.8 9.6 equipment exempt from this section include: 300 2.3 3.4 4.5 5.6 a) Outdoor activities such as manufacturing, storage, C 0.75 500 2.5 4.0 5.5 7.0 commercial greenhouses and processing facilities. 700 2.8 4.6 6.4 8.2 b) Outdoor athletic facilities. 300 3.6 5. ] 6.6 8.1 c) Exterior lighting for public monuments. C 0.50 500 3.9 6.0 8.1 10.2 d) Lighting for signs. 700 4.2 6.9 9.6 12.3 e) Storefront display windows in retail facilities. 10 Jamaica National Building Code: Volume 2 (December 1995) JS 21 5.3 General. Compliance with the Basic Requirements required in spaces containing office activities listed in 5.4 is mandatory under all compliance paths. with the following characteristics: In addition, to comply with this section, one of the fol- 1) within 5.0 metres of external walls. lowing sets of requirements must be met or exceeded: 2) external walls have WWR greater than 0.20. a) the prescriptive requirements of or The locations closest to the windows shall be controlled b) the system performance requirements of 5.6. separately from the locations on the interior of the space. The lighting power determination procedures in this A lighting power control credit may be taken, with a section are intended for compliance with the energy re- power adjustment factor of 0.05, for these spaces, per quirements only, and shall not be used as lighting de- 5.4.3 and Table 5-2. Further information is provided in sign procedures. Once a lighting power limit has been Appendix F. determined, using either section 5.5 or 5.6, then the Automatic controls for daylighting may be used in designer should strive to design a lighting system that these spaces in lieu of this requirement. will provide an effective and pleasing visual environ- ment, within the recommended range of illumination, 5.4.2.2 Minimum number of controls. The use without exceeding the power limit, or reducing the level of certain manual and automatic control devices may of controL reduce the number of control points required, as indi- cated in Table 5-1. However, the minimum number of controls required shall not be less than one for each 5.4 Basic Requirements 1500 Watts of Connected Lighting Power (CLP), in- cluding ballasts. 5.4.1 Illuminance levels. The lighting designs used should consider illumination criteria appropriate to the Table 5-1 tasks involved. The illumination levels listed in Tables Potential Reduction in Number of 5-5 and 5-7 are recommended levels, provided for guid- Control Points Required ance only. They are not requirements of this code. The Equivalent Number of required criteria in Tables 5-5 and 5-7 are the maxi- of Control Control Points mum allowed levels of lighting power, W/m2. Further Occupancy sensors 2 information on illuminance levels is provided in Ap- pendix F and in the IES Lighting Handbook and similar Timer Programmable from 2 documents the space being controlled Three level step control 2 5.4.2 Lighting controls. All lighting systems, ex- (including oft) or pre-set cept those required for emergency or exit lighting, shall dimming be provided with manual, automatic or programmable Four level step control 3 controls. (including off) or pre-set 5.4.2.1 Minimum number of control points. dimming Each space enclosed by walls or ceiling-height parti- Automatic or continuous 3 tions shall be provided with a minimum of one manu- dimming ally operated on-off control capable of turning off all the lights within that space. 5.4.2.3 Task lighting controls. Controls pro- vided for task areas, if readily accessible, may be a) Additional Controls for Task Locations. In mounted as part of the task lighting luminaire. addition to the control just specified in 5.4.2.1., one control shall be provided for each principal 5.4.2.4 Duplicate controls. Control of the same task location assigned an area of 14 m2 or more. load from more than one location shall not be credited For spaces with more than one task, the task area as additional control points. need not exceed 50% of the total area of the Exception: Lighting control requirements for spaces space. which must be used as a whole may be controlled by a b) Controls for Daylighting in Perimeter Office lesser number of control points but not less than one con- Spaces. Manual ON/OFF daylight controls are trol point for each 1500 watts of connected lighting power, or a total of three control points, whichever is greater. Jamaica Energy Efficiency Building Code (EEBC-94) - Requirements II ExampJes of such spaces include public lobbies of office LPCC CLPxPAF Eq. (5-1) buildings, hotels and hospitals, retail and department where stores, warehouses, and storerooms and service corridors under centralized supervision. Lighting in such places LPCC = Lighting Power Control Credit, W shall be controlled in accordance with the work activi- CLP Connected Lighting Power for those ties, luminaires controlled by the auto- matic control device, W 5.4.2.5 Control Accessibility. All lighting con- trols should be located to be readily accessible to per- PAF Power Adjustment Factor sonnel occupying or using the space, The adjusted lighting power (ALP) is then equal to CLP Exceptions: The following lighting controls may -LPCC. be centralized in remote locations: 5.4.3.2 Power Adjustment Factor (PAF). When a) lighting controls for spaces which must be used used, the PAF shall be applied as specified in Table 5-2 as a whole. and shall meet the following criteria: b) automatic controls. a) the PAF shall be limited to the specific area con- c) programmable controls. trolled by the automatic control device. d) controls requiring trained operators. b) only one PAF may be used for each building e) controls for safety hazards and security. space or luminaire, and 50% or more of the con- trolled luminaire shall be within the applicable 5.4.2.6 Hotel and Motel Guest Room Lighting space to qualify for the PAF. Controls. Hotel and motel guest rooms, excluding bathrooms, shal I have one or more master switches at c) controls shall be installed in series with the lights the main entry doors that turn off all permanently wired and in series with all manual switching devices lighting fixtures and switched receptacles. This switch in order to qualify for the PAF. may be activated by the insertion and removal of the d) when sufficient daylight is available, daylight room key or a similar device. For multiple room hotel sensing controls shall be capable of reducing suites, switches at the entry of each room, in lieu of the electrical power consumption for lighting (con- switch at the main door, will be acceptable to meet tinuously or in steps) to 50% or less of maxi- these requirements. mum power consumption. 5.4.2.7 Exterior Lighting Controls. Exterior light- e) daylight sensing controls shall control alliumi- ing not intended for 24-hour continuous use shall be au- naires to which the PAF is applied and that di- tomatically switched by timer, photocell or a combina- rect a maximum of 50% of their light output into tion of timer and photocell. Timers shan be of the auto- the daylight zone. matic type or otherwise capable of adjustment for 7 days t) occupancy sensors located in daylighted spaces and for seasonal daylight schedule variations. All time should be installed in conjunction with a manual controllers shal1 be equipped with backup provisions to ON switch, or photocell override for ON. keep time during power outage of at least 4 hours. g) programmable timing controls used for credit in 5.4.3 Lighting Power Control Credits conjunction with Table 5-2 shall be capable of: 1. programming different schedules for occupied 5.4.3.1 Lighting Power Control Credit (LPCC). and unoccupied days When determining compliance of the actual lighting design with the Interior Lighting Power Allowance 2. ready accessibility for temporary override by (ILPA), the connected lighting power (CLP) used to occupants of individual zones, spaces, or tasks determine compliance may be reduced if certain light- with automatic return to original schedules. ing controls are being used. The CLP may be reduced 3. keeping time during power outages for a mini- on specific area-by-area basis for lights automatically mum of four hours. controlled by occupancy sensing control, daylight sens- 5.4.4 Fluorescent Lamp Ballasts ing control, lumen maintenance control, or program- 5.4.4.1 Ballast Efficacy Factor. Fluorescent lamp mable timing control. ballasts which have all of the following characteristics This credit is the LPCC, and shall be determined by: shall meet or exceed the minimum ballast efficacy fac- tor (BEF) shown in Table 5-3. 12 Jamaica National Building Code: Volume 2 (December 1995) a) operate at nominal input voltage of 120,220, and b) Tradeoffs among the Exterior Lighting Power Al- 240 volts. lowance (ELPA) values among exterior areas are b) input frequency of 50 HZ. allowed, as long as the total exterior lighting power c) maximum lamp operating current less than 1000 to be installed does not exceed the ELPA. milliamperes. c) For facilities with multiple buildings, the Exte- d) designed to be used for starting at temperatures rior Lighting Power Allowances (ELPA) may be above 4.4 dc. traded off among the buildings. e) used to operate one of the lamp types listed in Table 5-3. Table 5-2 f) not specifically designed for use with dimming Power Adjustment Factor (PAF) controls. The Ballast Efficacy Factor (BEF) shall be calculated by: Control Device(s) PAF BEF BF / power input (5-2) where (1) Daylight Sensing Controls (DS), continuous dimming 0.35 BF ballast factor, expressed as a percent, such DS, multiple step dimming 0.25 (2) as 95, as defined in Appendix F. (3) DS, ON/OFF 0.15 power input total wattage of combined lamps and bal- (4) Manual Daylight Controls, ON/OFF(a) 0.05 lasts, as defined in Appendix F. (5) DS continuous dimming and 5.4.4.2 Power Factor. All ballasts shall have a programmable timing 0040 (6) DS multiple step dimming and power factor of 90% or greater. programmable timing 0.30 Exceptions: a) dimming ballasts; and, b) ballasts for (7) DS ON/OFF and programmable timing 0.20 circline and compact fluorescent lamps and low wattage (8) DS continuous dimming, high intensity discharge lamps of 100 Watts or less. programmable timing and lumen maintenance 0045 (9) DS multiple step dimming, 5.4.4.3 Tandem Wiring. One-lamp or three-lamp programmable timing and lumen maintenance 0.35 tluorescent luminaires shaH be tandem wired to elimi- (10) DS ON/OFF, programmable nate unnecessary use of a single lamp ballast, if they timing and lumen maintenance 0.25 are recessed-mounted within 3000 mm of each other (11) Lumen maintenance 0.10 (center-to-center) or pendant-mounted or surface- (12) Lumen maintenance and programmable timing control 0.15 mounted within 300 mm of each other. (13) Programmable timing control 0.15 (14) Occupancy sensor 0.30 Exceptions: (15) Occupancy sensor and DS, a) three-lamp ballasts may be used. continuous dimming 0045 (16) Occupancy sensor and DS, b) two-lamp ballasts sha11 be used for either two multiple step dimming 0040 lamp or four lamp fixtures. If one-lamp ballasts (17) Occupancy sensor and DS, ON/OFF 0.40 are used, then the losses for each shall be not (18) Occupancy sensor, DS greater than half the loss for a complying two- continuous dimming and lumen maintenance 0.50 lamp ballast. (19) Occupancy sensor, DS multiple step dimming and lumen maintenance 0.45 5.4.5 Building Exterior Lighting Power Allow n (20) Occupancy sensor, DS ON/OFF ances (ELPA). The exterior lighting power to be in- and lumen maintenance 0040 stalled shall not exceed the Exterior Lighting Power (21) Occupancy sensor and lumen maintenance 0.35 Allowance (ELPA) listed in Table 5-4. (22) Occupancy sensor and programmable timing control 0.35 5.4.5.1 Tradeoffs. The following tradeoff criteria apply: (a) Minimum office daylight controls: in all office spaces a) Tradeoffs between the Interior Lighting Power within 5.0 metres of walls with WWR greater than Allowance (ILPA) of section 5.5 or 5.6 and the 0.20, separate manual ON/OFF controls are required Exterior Lighting Power Allowance (ELPA) of at minimum. See 5.4.2.1 (a). 5.4.5 are not allowed. Jamaica Energy Efficiency Building Code (EEBC-94) Requirements 13 Table 5-3 5.5 Prescriptive Requirements - Building Interior. The building Interior Lighting Power Allowance (ILPA) Fluorescent Ballast Efficacy Factor (BEF) calculations shall be based on the primary occupancies for which the building is intended. The ILPA for the Ballast Type Min. BEF total building interior area is determined by: one - 1200 mm, nom. 40 W, rapid-start lamp 1.80 ILPA ULPAxGLA Eq. (5-3) two - 1200 mm, nom. 40 W, rapid-start lamps 1.05 Where two - 1200 mm, nom. 32 W, tri-phosphor lamps 1.30 ILPA interior lighting power allowance, Watts. ULPA unit lighting power allowance, for major build- two - 1800 mm, nom. 70 W, slimline lamps 0.57 ing activity area, W/m2. two - 2400 mm, nom. 110 W, high-output, 0.39 GlA gross lighted area, m2 rapid-start lamps 5.5.1 Requirement. The unit lighting power allow- ance (ULPA) shall be selected from Table 5-5. For ar- eas or activities other than those given in the table, se- Table 5-4 lect values for similar areas or activities. Lighting Power Requirements 5.5.2 Compliance. The total connected lighting power (CLP) load shall not exceed the ILPA as determined in for Building Exteriors Eq.5-3. The CLP for a building shall be calculated in- cluding ballast losses and including both permanently Area Description Lighting Power installed lighting plus supplemental or task related light- Exit (with/without canopy) 6.0 W/lin. m of door ing provided by movable or plug-in luminaires. opening Exception: If 10% or more of the gross lighted area of Entrance (without canopy) 9.0 W/lin. m of door the building is intended for multiple space activities such opening as parking, storage, and retail space in an office building, Entrance (with canopy) then the lighting power for each separate type of space High Traffic (retail, hotel, 108.0 W/m2 of area shall be calculated based on the ULPA shown for that airport, theatre, etc.) canopied area space activity and shall be summed to obtain ILPA. Light Traffic (hospital, office, 43.0 W/m2 of 5.5.3 Adjustment for Building Size. For smaller school, etc.) canopied area buildings, additional lighting power may be used, by Loading area 3.0 W/m2 increasing the maximum allowable value of the ILPA Loading door 6.0 W/lin. m of door by a certain percentage, in accordance with the values opening listed in Table 5-6. Building Exterior Surfaces/ 2.7 W/m2 of surface 5.6 System Performance Requirements. The prescrip- Facades area to be illuminated tive requirements in 5.5 have limited accuracy and flex- Storage and non-manufacturing 2.1 W/m 2 ibility, for they are based on building type only; thus, they work areas are not sensitive to specific tasks and room configurations Other activity areas for casual 1.1 W/m2 which can affect lighting power in a particular building. use such as picnic grounds, A system performance compliance procedure pro- gardens, and other landscaped vides a more flexible, accurate and detailed procedure areas than the prescriptive procedure. This system perfor- Private driveways/walkways 1.1 W/m2 mance procedure may be used to calculate the total In- Public driveways/walkways 1.5 W/m2 terior Lighting Power Allowance (ILPA) in place of the Private parking lots 1.3 W/m 2 requirements specified in 5.5. Public parking lots 2.0 W/m2 14 Jamaica National Building Code: Volume 2 (December 1995) 5.6.1 Lighting Power Budget for Each Interior Space. The Lighting Power Budget (LPB) of each in- Table 5-6 terior space shaIl be determined by: Percent Allowable Increase in AxPbxAF Eq. (5-4) Interior Lighting Power Allowances (ILPA) Where: If Total Gross ILPA Value LPB j Lighting power budget of the space, watts. Building Lighted Area MayBe A Area of the space, m 2• Is Less Than, m2 Increased by Pb Base UPD, W/m2, from Table 5-7. AF Area factor of the space, from Fig. 5-1. 1,000 m 2 15 % Table 5-5 25 % Unit Lighting Power Allowances (ULPA) Building Recommended 1 Maximum Type/ III uminance Lighting Power In deveJoping the LPB for a space: Space Levels (lux) ULPA(W/m 2 ) a) The Room Area (A) shall be calculated from the inside dimensions of the room. Service Station/ Auto Repair(3) 300 10.8 b) The Base UPD (Pb) shall be selected from Table Apartments & Condos 5-7. For areas or activities other than those given (Public spaces) 300 20.5 in the table, select values for similar areas or activities. Banks 300-500 21.5 c) The Area Factor (AF) shall be determined from Barber Shops/ Figure 5-1 based on the room area and ceiling Beauty Parlors 750 21.5 height. Rooms of identical ceiling height and activities may be listed as a group, and the AF of Churches and the group shall be determined from the average Synagogues 150-300 16.1 area of these rooms. Parking Garages 20-100 2.2 The LPB for special spaces and activities shall be de- Hotels/Motels termined as follows: Guest Rooms & Corridors(3) 50 12.9 Public Areas 50-200 11.8 a) Multi-Function Rooms. For rooms serving mul- Banquet & Exhibit 300-500 21.5 tiple functions, such as hotel banquet! meeting rooms and office conference & presentation Nursing Homes 300-500 19.4 rooms, a supplementary lighting system with in- Office Buildings 400-500 17.2 Fast Food/Cafeteria 50-100 14.0 dependent controls may be installed. The in- Leisure Dining 50-100 16.1 stalled power for the supplementary system shall Bar/Lounge 50-100 16.1 not be greater than 50% of the base LPB calcu- Retail lated in accordance with Equation (5-4). General, merchandising and display(2) 500 21.5 b) Simultaneous Activities. In rooms containing Mall Concourse/ multiple simultaneous activities such as a large multi-store service 150 12.9 general office having separate accounting and School drafting areas within the same room, the LPB Pre/elementary 300-500 16.1 for the rooms shall be the weighted average of High/TechtUniv 300-500 18.3 Warehouse/Storage 50-100 3.2 the activities in proportion to the areas being served. (I) The illuminance levels, lux, are for guidance only; they are not c) Indoor Sports. The activity of indoor sports areas required. Compliance with the maximum lighting power al- shall be considered as an area 3 m beyond the play- lowances, ULPA, W/m':! is required. (2) Applies to all lighting, including accent and display lighting. ing boundaries of the sport not to exceed the floor (3) Supplemental lighting for task areas may be desirable. area of this space less the spectator seating area. Jamaica Energy Efficiency Building Code (EEBC-94) - Requirements 15 5.6.2 Determining the Interior Lighting Power 6.4.1.2 The feeders for each category shall contain Allowance (ILPA) for the Building. The ILPA shall provisions for portable or permanent check metering. be calculated by: 6.4.2 Transformers. If the total capacity of the trans- ILPA LPB 1 + ... + LPB j + (LPB u X Au) formers, excluding utility-owned transformers, exceeds Eq. (5-5) 300 kVA, a calculation of total estimated annual oper- ating costs of the transformer losses shall be made, based Where: on estimated hours of transformer operation at projected ILPA Interior Lighting Power Allowance. part-load and full-load conditions, and the associated LPB j Lighting power budget of the ith space, deter- transformer core and coillosses. The calculation pro- mined from Eq. (5-4), Watts. cedure is contained in Appendix G. LPB u 2.2 W/m2 6.4.3 Electrical Motor Efficiency. All permanently Au area of unlisted space, m2• wired polyphase motors of 0.375 kW or more serving The Interior Lighting Power Allowance (ILPA) shal1 the building and expected to operate more than 500 hours include a 2.2 W/m2 al10wance for unlisted space areas. per year shall have a minimum acceptable nominal full- 5.6.3 Determining Compliance with the ILPA. The load motor efficiency no less than shown in Table 6-1. total lighting connected load, including ballast losses The table applies to motors having nominal 1000, and both permanently installed and moveable lighting, 1500 or 3000 RPM for 50 Hz supp1y (1200, 1800 or shall not exceed the ILPA, as determined in Eq. 5-5. 3600 RPM for 60 Hz supply), with open, drip-proof, or Tradeoffs of Lighting Power Budgets (LPBs) among 1EFC enclosures. Other motor types are exempted from interior spaces are allowed as long as the total installed the efficiency requirements of this code. lighting power within the building does not exceed the Interior Lighting Power Allowance (ILPA). Motors of horsepower differing from those 1isted in the table shall have an efficiency greater than that of the next lower listed kW motor. 6 ELECTRIC POWER AND DISTRIBUTION Table 6·1 6.1 Purpose. This section defines basic requirements for electrical power and distribution systems. Minimum Full-Load Motor Efficiencies for Single Speed Polyphase Motors 6.2 Scope. This section applies to all building electri- cal systems, except required emergency systems. Rated Efficiency (percent) 6.3 Blank for numbering consistency. Minimum Recommended 6.4 Basic Requirements kW Requirements (High-Effie. ) 6.4.1 Check-Metering of the Electrical Dis- tribution System. Buildings whose designed con- 0.375 0.75 75.0 nected electric service is over 250 kVA shall have the 0.75 3.74 80.0 electrical distribution system designed so that electri- 3.75 - 7.49 85.0 89.5 cal energy consumption can be check-metered. 7.50 - 36.99 88.0 91.0 37.00 - 74.99 92.0 94.1 6.4.1.1 The electrical power feeders for each fa- 95.] 75.00 - 92.99 92.5 cility for which check-metering is required shaH be sub- 93.00 + 93.5 divided in accordance with the following categories: 150.00 + 93.5 96.2 a) Lighting and receptacle outlets b) VAC systems and equipment Note: Motors operating more than 750 hours per year are likely to be cost-effective with efficiencies greater than those listed under c) Service water heating (SWH) systems, elevators, and Minimum requirements for either 1990 or 1992. The more efficient special occupant equipment of more than 20 kW such motors are classified by most manufacturers as "high-efficiency," as computer rooms, kitchens, or printing equipment. and are presently available for common applications with typical nominal efficiencies listed in the rightmost column. Guidance for Exception: 10 percent or less of the loads on a evaluating the cost effectiveness of high-efficiency motor applica- feeder may be for another usage category. tions is given in NEMA MG 10-1983. 16 Jamaica National Building Code: Volume 2 (December 1995) Table 5-7 Base UPD (Pb) for Activity/ Area Recommended UPD Recommended UPD Illuminance (Pb) Illuminance (Pb) Common Activity Areas Specific Buildings Auditorium( 4) 100 12.9 Airport, Bus and Rail Station Classroom/Lecture Hall 300 21.5 Baggage Area 100-200 8.6 Computer/Office Equipment 500 22.6 Conference/Meeting Room(4) 500 19.4 Concourse/Main Thruway 200 9.7 Corridor(1 ) 100 9.7 Ticket Counter 500 26.9 Elec/Mech Equipment Room General(l) 100 7.5 Waiting & Lounge Area 200 12.9 Control Rooms(1) 300 16.1 Bank Filing, Inactive 300 10.8 Customer Area 300 10.8 Food Service Banking Activity Area 500 30.1 Fast Food/Cafeteria 50-100 14.0 Barber & Beauty Parlor 750 21.5 Leisure Dining(3) 50-100 21.5 Church, Synagogue, Chapel Bar/Lounge(3) 50-100 16.1 Worship/Congregational 150 16.1 Kitchen 500 15.1 Preaching & Sermon/Choir 300 21.5 Garage Dormitory Bedroom 150 10.8 Auto & Pedestr. Circ. 100 3.2 Bedroom with Study 300 14.0 Parking Area 20- 50 2.2 Study Hall 500 19.4 Laboratory 500 24.8 Fire & Police Department Lobby (General) Fire Engine Room 300 7.5 Reception & Waiting 200 10.8 Jail Cell 300 8.6 Elevator Lobbies 200 8.6 Hospital/Nursing Home Atrium (Multi-Story) Corridor(1 ) 150 14.0 First 3 Floors 200 7.5 Dental Suite/Examrrreat(8) 300 17.2 Each Additional Floor 2.2 Emergency(8) 1000 24.8 Locker Room & Shower 100 8.6 Laboratory(8) 300 20.5 Mail Room 750 19.4 Lounge/Waiting Room 150 9.7 Offices, Category 1(7) Reading, Typing, Filing(6) 500 17.2 Medical Supplies 300-750 25.8 Drafting(6) 750 28.0 Nursery 300-500 21.5 Accounting(6) 750 22.6 Nurse Station 500-750 22.6 Offices, Category 2 Occu. /Physical Therapy 300-500 17.2 Reading, Typing, Filing(l) 500 17.2 Patient Room(8) 50-300 15.1 Drafting(1 ) 750 33.4 Pharmacy(8) 300-750 18.3 Accounting(l ) 750 26.9 Radiology(8) 50-750 22.6 Offices, Category 3 Surgical & O.R. Suites Reading, Typing, FiJing(l) 500 17.2 General Area 300-750 22.6 Drafting(l ) 750 37.7 Operating Room 1500 75.3 Accounting(1 ) 750 30.1 Recovery 750-1500 32.3 Recreation/Lounge 50-200 7.5 Hotel/conference Center Stair Banquet Room Active Traffic 100 6.5 IMultipurpose(4) 300-500 21.5 Emergency Exit 50-150 4.3 Bathroom/Powder Room(S) 100 1O.S Toilet & Washroom 150 8.6 Guest Room(8) 50 12.9 Unlisted Space 20- 50 2.2 Public Area 50-200 11.8 Exhibition Hall 300-500 26.9 Conference/Meeting(4) 500 19.4 continues on next page Jamaica Energy Efficiency Building Code (EEBC-94) Requirements 17 Table 5-7 (continued) Base UPD (Pb) for Activity/ Area Recommended UPD Illuminance (Pb) Illuminance (Pb) Building Type/ Space Level (lux) (W/m2) Building Type/ Space Level (lux) (W/m2) Specific Buildings Indoor Athletic Areas(2) n\a Laundry Seating Area, All Sports 4.3 Washing 300 9.7 Badminton Ironing & Sorting 500 14.0 Club 5.4 Library Tournament 8.6 Audio Visual(8) 150-300 I1.S Basketball/Vo]]eybal) Stack Area 150 16.1 Intramural 8.6 Card FiJe & Cataloging 500 17.2 College 14.0 Reading Area 300-500 16.1 Professional 20.5 Museum & Gallery Bowling General Exhibition 50-300 20.5 Approach Area 5.4 Ins pection/Restoration 500 42.0 Lanes U.S Storage (Artifacts) Boxing or Wrestling (Platform) Inactive 100 6.6 Amateur 25.8 Active 150 7.5 Professional 51.7 Post Office Gymnasium Lobby 150 11.8 General Exercising & Sorting & Mailing 1000 22.6 Recreation Only 10.S Retail Establishments Handball/Racquetball/Squash (Merchandising & Circulation Area) Club 14.0 Applicable to all lighting, including accent and display Tournament 28.0 lighting, installed in merchandising and circulation areas Hockey, ice Type A Jewelry Disp(5) 500 43.1 Amateur 14.0 Type B Fast Food(5) 500 17.2 College or Professional 28.0 Type C Clothing(5) 500 21.5 Type D Supermarkets(5) 500 21.5 Skating Rink Type E Drug Stores(5) 500 17.2 Recreational 6.5 Mall Concourse 150 12.9 Exhibition IProfessional 28.0 Retail Support Areas Swimming Tailoring 500 22.6 Recreational 9.7 Dressing/Fitting Rooms 300 15.1 Exhibition 16.1 Ancillary Spaces 500 21.5 Tennis Service Stationl Recreational (Class Ill) \.4.0 Auto Repair(8) 300 1O.S Club/College (Class TI) 20.5 Professional (Class I) 2S.0 Shop (Non-Industrial) Machinery 300-750 26.9 Tennis, Table Electrical/Electronic 300-1500 26.9 Club 10.8 Painting 300 17.2 Tournament 17.2 Carpentry(8) 300 24.8 Welding(S) 300 12.9 Notes for Table 5-7: Storage & Warehouse (J) Area Factor of 1.0 shall be used for these spaces. rnactive Storage 50 3.2 (2) Area Factor of 1.0 shall be used for all indoor athletic spaces. Active Storage, Bulky 100 3.2 (3) Base UPD includes lighting power for clean-up purpose. Active Storage, Fine(8) 300 1O.S (4) Use a 1.5 adjustment factor for multi-functional spaces. Material Handling 300 10.S (5) See Section 13 Definitions for Classification of Retail Facilities. Theatre Performance Arts 100 16.1 (6) Area Factor shall not exceed 1.55. Motion Picture 100 1O.S (7) See Section 13 Definitions for Office Categories. Lobby 200 16.1 (8) Supplemental task lighting may be desirable. Unlisted Space 20- 50 2.2 18 Jamaica National Building Code: Volume 2 (December 1995) 1.8 1.7 ,-.. 1.6 ~ $ 1.5 s- o ..... ~ ee 1.4 ~ ee 1.3 QJ s- ~ 1.2 1.1 1 0 10 20 3D. 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 Area of SIDce (m2) Figure 5.1: Lighting Area Factor Jamaica Energy Efficiency Building Code (EEBC-94) - Requirements 19 7 VENTILATING AND AIR-CONDI- 7.4 Basic Requirements TIONING SYSTEMS 7.4.1 Load Calculations. Cooling system design 7.1 Purpose. The requirements in this section repre- loads for the purpose of sizing systems and equipment sent minimum design parameters. It is recommended shall be determined in accordance with the procedures that the designer evaluate other energy conservation described in the ASHRAE Handbook, 1989 Fundamen- measures which may be applicable to the proposed tals Volume or a similar computation procedure. building. "Rules-of-thumb" shall not be used in lieu of the de- These requirements are intended to reduce energy tailed load calculation procedures and values specified consumption for space conditioning for the conversion herein and discussed in detail in Appendix H. For those of delivered energy (electric power, gas, oil, etc.) to design parameters addressed in 7.4.1.1 through 7.4.1.8, cooling media delivered to the space by diffusers, reg- the values specified shall be used. isters, fan coils, or other devices to meet the space cool- 7.4.1.1 Indoor design conditions. for cooling, ing load. This code applies to systems installed in build- the conditions shall be 24.4°C dry bulb and 55% R.H., ings where general "comfort and health" conditions or equivalent comfort conditions. apply. 7.4.1.2 Outdoor design conditions. These shall 7.2 Scope. This section provides requirements for: be in accordance with the values listed in Table 7-1 for a) calculations of the cooling load, including venti- summer design loads for each of three climate zones. lation air requirements b) VAC system designs and controls Table 7-1 c) duct construction and design Outdoor Design Conditions d) duct and piping insulation for VAC distribution Summer Design Loads systems Climate Example Dry Bulb Wet Bulb e) dehumidification standards Zone t) mechanical ventilation requirements, and A Kingston 33.9 27.2 g) fans, pumps, piping, sizing. Exemptions: Special spaces exempt from the require- B Montego Bay 32.2 25.6 ments in this section include those where "general com- C Mandevi11e 30.6 24.4 fort" is not the primary purpose. For those spaces the design concepts and parameters shall conform to the Note: See Figure 4-1 for map of climate zones. special requirements of the application. Such special applications within buildings include: industrial air-con- ditioning; laboratories; clean rooms; main-frame com- 7.4.1.3 Ventilation Air. puter areas; printing plants; textile processing; environ- mental control specifically designed to accommodate 7.4.1.3.1 Rates. Outdoor air ventilation rates shall animals and plants; farm crop storage; hospital operat- be based on 3.5 Lis per person in non-smoking areas, ing rooms; commercial freezing and food store refrig- and 11.8 Lis per person in smoking areas and shall com- eration; commercial kitchens; and, some manufactur- ply with ASHRAE standard 62-1989, "Ventilation for ing processes. Exemptions shall pertain only to the spe- Acceptable Indoor Air Quantity" (or later edition). If cific spaces involved and shall be allowed only to the smoking areas are not determined before final design, extent necessary to accommodate the special use. smoking shall be assumed in 25% of the occupied ar- eas, except in schools, colleges, hospitals, auditoriums, 7.3 General. For compliance to be achieved, compli- ance with the Basic Requirements listed in section 7.4 and other areas where smoking is prohibited. is mandatory under all compliance paths. In addition, Exception: Outdoor air quantities may exceed the prescriptive requirements of 7.5 must be met. those shown in ASHRAE Standard 62-1989 if required because of special occupancy or process requirements, 20 Jamaica National Building Code: Volume 2 (December 1995) source control of air contamination, or local codes, or if heat recovery with an efficiency of 50% is used. 7.4.1.3.2 Building Occupancy. Where occupancy Table 7-2 is unknown, values shall be based on those listed in Table Occupancy Area by Use 7-2. a) The occupant load in any building or portion thereof shall be determined by dividing the Hoor Assembly Areas, Concentrated Use (without fixed seats) area assigned to the specific use by the square Auditoriums 0.7 metres per occupant set forth in Table 7-2. Bowling Alleys b) When the square metres per occupant are not (Assembly areas) 0.7 given for a particular occupancy, it shall be de- Churches and Chapels 0.7 Dance Floors 0.7 termined by the Building Official based on the Lodge Rooms 0.7 area given for the occupancy which it most nearly Assembly Areas, Less Concentrated Use resembles. Conference Rooms 1.4 Exceptions: The occupant load of an area having Dining Rooms 1.4 fixed seats shall be determined by the number of fixed Drinking Btabl ishments 1.4 Exhibit Rooms ] .4 seats instal1ed. Aisles serving the fixed seats and not Gymnasiums 1.4 used for any other purpose shall not be assumed as add- Lounges 1.4 ing to the occupant load. Stages 1.4 Classrooms l.9 7.4.1.3.3 Infiltration. Infiltration shaH be cal- Stores, Retail 2.8 culated in accordance with the requirements listed in Library Reading Room 4.6 section 4.4 and shan be used for cooling loads. Locker Rooms 4.6 7.4.1.3.4 Quantities for calculation. The out- Nurseries for Children (Day Care) 4.6 side air quantities due to the larger of infiltration or re- School Shops and quired ventilation shall be used in calculating the cool- Vocational Rooms 4.6 ing loads. Children's Homes and Homes for the Aged 7.4 7.4.1.4 Envelope. Envelope cooling loads shall Hospitals and be based on envelope characteristics, such as thermal Sanitariums, Nursing Homes 7.4 conductance, shading coefficient, and air leakage, con- Offices 9.3 sistent with the values used to demonstrate com-pliance Kitchen, Commercial 18.6 with Section 4. Garage, Parking 18.6 Mechanical Equipment Room 27.9 Warehouses 27.9 7.4.1.5 Lighting. Lighting loads shall be based Aircraft Hangars 46.5 Hotel & Villas (occupants/room) 2.0 on actual design lighting levels or power budgets con- sistent with Section 5. All other spaces 9.3 7.4.1.6 Other loads. Other VAC system loads, such as those due to people and equipment, shall be d) Default values to be used in determining the de- based on design data compiled from one or more of the sign energy budget or energy cost budget as speci- following sources, listed in order of preference: fied in Section 12. a) Actual information based on the intended use of e) Other data based on designer's experience of ex- the building. pected loads and occupancy patterns. b) PubJished data from manufacturers' technical pub- 7.4.1.7 Safety Factor. Design loads may, at the lications and from technical societies, such as the designer's option, be increased by as much as 10% to ASHRAE Handbook, 1984 Systems Volume. account for unexpected loads or changes in space usage. c) "Estimates of Recommended Heat Gains Due to 7.4.1.8 Pick-up Loads. Transient loads such as Commercial Appliances and Equipment", cool-down loads which occur after off-hour set-back or ASHRAE Transactions 90 (Pt. 2A), 25 - 58 (1984). shut-off, may be calculated from basic principles, based Jamaica Energy Efficiency Building Code (EEBC-94) Requirements 21 on the heat capacity of the building and its contents, the 7.4.2.5 Reheat Systems. Systems employing re- degree of setback, and desired recovery time, or may heat and serving multiple zones, shall be provided with be assumed to be up 10% for cooling of the steady-state control that will automatically reset the system cold air loads in addition to the design loads. The steady-state supply to the highest temperature level that will satisfy load may include a safety factor in accordance with the zone requiring the coolest air. Single-zone reheat Section 7.4.1.7. systems shall be controlled to sequence reheat and cool- ing. The total installed capacity for reheat systems shall not exceed 15 percent of the system cooling design. 7.4.2 Simultaneous Heating and Cooling 7.4.2.6 Concurrent operation. Concurrent op- 7.4.2.1 Dual duct, multi-zone, and terminal re- eration of independent heating and cooling systems serv- heat systems. These systems are prohibited for build- ing the same zone and requiring the use of new energy ings larger than 1,000 m2 or for systems larger than 3,800 for heating or cooling shall be minimized by the fol- L/s, whichever is smaller. When these systems are em- lowing: by providing sequential temperature control of ployed, refer to Section 7.4.3 for requirements. both heating and cooling capacity in each zone; and/or Exceptions: Hospital operating and intensive care by limiting the heating energy input through automatic suites, industrial process or laboratories requiring pre- reset control of the heating medium temperature (or cise humidity control. Systems which employ waste energy input rate) to only that necessary to offset heat heat or solar heat for 100% of the heating requirements. loss due to transmission and infiltration and, where ap- plicable, to heat the ventilation air supply to the space. 7.4.2.2 Dual duct, multi-zone and terminal re- heat systems. These systems shall not be used in a 7.4.2.7 Recovered energy. recovered in standard design (performance/ prescriptive) for com- excess of the new energy expended in the recovery pro- parisons prepared under the annual energy budget pro- cess may be used for control of temperature and humidity. visions of Appendix C. 7.4.2.3 Dual duct and multi-zone systems. These 7.4.3 Separate Air Distribution Systems systems shall be provided with controls that will auto- 7.4.3.1 Non-simultaneously Operating Zones. matically reset the cold deck air supply to the highest Zones that are expected to operate non-simultaneously temperature that wil1 satisfy the zone requiring the for more than 750 hours per year shall be served by sepa- coolest air, and the hot deck air supply to the lowest rate air distribution systems. As an alternative, off-hour temperature that will satisfy the zone requiring the warm- controls shall be provided in accordance with Section 7.4.5. est air. Primary zone temperatures and/or flow volume 7.4.3.2 Zones with Special Requirements. Zones may be used as the control for this requirement. The with special process temperature and/or humidity re- systems must be provided with heat pumps or recovery quirements should be served by separate air distribu- devices so that new energy is not required on the hot tion systems from those serving zones requiring only and cold deck or plenum simultaneously, with the ex- comfort cooling, or shall include supplementary provi- ception of limited warm-up periods. sions so that the primary systems may be specifically Constant volume dual duct or multi-zone systems, controlled for comfort purposes only. which utilize new energy to simultaneously heat and Exception: Zones requiring comfort cooling only cool air supplies that are subsequently mixed for tem- that are served by a system primarily used for process perature control, shall not exceed 3,800 L/s total ca- temperature and humidity control, need not be served by pacity in anyone building, except for hospitals. a separate system if the total supply air to these zones is 7.4.2.4 Multiple zones. For systems with mul- no more than 25% of the total system supply air, or the total tiple zones, one or more zones may be chosen to repre- conditioned floor area of the zones is less than 100 m2. sent a number of zones with similar heating and/or cool- 7.4.4 Temperature Controls ing characteristics. A multi-zone system that employs reheating or recooling for control of not more than 2,350 7.4.4.1 System Control. Each AC system shall L/s or 20 percent of the total supply air for the building, include at least one temperature control device. whichever is less, shall be exempt from the supply air 7.4.4.2 Zone Control. The supply of cooling temperature reset requirements of Section 7.5.4. energy to each zone shall be controlled by individual 22 Jamaica National Building Code: Volume 2 (December 1995) thermostatic controls responding to temperature within 7.4.5.3 Isolation areas. Systems that serve zones the zone. that can be expected to operate non-simultaneously for Exceptions: Independent perimeter systems may more than 750 hours per year (e.g., 3 hours per day for serve multiple zones of the primary/interior system with a five day work week), should include isolation devices the following limitations: and controls to shut off the supply of cooling to each zone independently. Isolation is not required for zones a) the perimeter system shall include at least one expected to operate continuously. thermostatic control zone for each building ex- posure having exterior walls facing only one ori- For buildings where occupancy patterns are not known entation for 15 continuous metres or more. at time of system design, such as speculative buildings, b) the perimeter system cooling supply shaH be con- isolation areas may be pre-designed. Zones may be trolled by thermostat(s) located within the zone(s) grouped into a single isolation area provided the total served by the system. conditioned floor area does not exceed 2300 m2 per group nor include more than one floor. 7.4.4.3 Thermostats. Where used to control com- fort cooling, thermostats shall be capable of being set, 7.4.6 Humidity Control. Where a humidistat is used locally or remotely, by adjustment or selection of sen- for comfort dehumidification, it shall be capable of be- sors, up to 30°C. ing set to prevent the use of fossil fuel or electricity to reduce relative humidities below 60%. Heat recovery, Exception: Buildings complying with the Whole- such as condenser or hot gas heat exchanger heat re- Building analyses in Appendix C, in the proposed build- covery, shall be considered where dehumidification re- ing energy analysis, cooling thermostat set points are quires the use of reheat. Solar energy, or other non- set to the same value between 24°C and 25.5 °C inclu- depletable heat sources may be used for reheat to con- sive and assumed to be constant throughout the year. trol humidity levels. 7.4.5 Off-hour Control 7.4.7 Materials and Construction. 7.4.5.1 VAC systems shall be equipped with auto- 7.4.7.1 Piping Insulation. All VAC system piping matic controls capable of accomplishing a reduction of shall be thermally insulated in accordance with Table energy use through equipment shut-down during peri- 7-3. ods of non-use or aJternative use of the spaces served by the system. Exceptions: Exceptions: a) Factory installed piping within VACequip-ment. a) Systems serving areas expected to operate con- b) Piping that conveys fluids which have a design tinuously. operating temperature range between 12.8 °C and 40.6 °C. b) Equipment with a connected load of 2 kW or c) Piping that conveys fluids which have not been less may be controlled by readily accessible manual off-hour controls. heated or cooled through the use of fossil fuels or electricity. 7.4.5.2 Outdoor air supply and exhaust systems shall be provided with motorized or gravity dampers or other d) Where it can be shown that the heat gain or heat means of automatic shutoff or reduction during periods loss to or from piping without insulation will not of non-use or aJternate use of the spaces by the system. increase building energy costs. Insulation thicknesses in Table 7-3 are based on in- Exceptions: sulation with thermal conductivities within the range a) Systems serving areas expected to operate con- listed for each fluid operating temperature range, rated tinuously. in accordance with ASTM C 335-84 at the mean tem- b) Systems having a design air flow of 1400 Lis or perature listed in the table. For insulation that has a less. conductivity outside the range shown forthe applicable c) Gravity and other non-electrical ventilation sys- fluid operating temperature range at the mean rating tems may be control1ed by readily accessible temperature shown, when rounded to the nearest manual damper controls. 0.00144 W/(m 2'K), the minimum thicknesses shall be d) Where restricted by process requirements such determined by: as combustion air intakes. T == PR[ (1 + tlPR )K/k - 1] (7 -1 ) Jamaica Energy Efficiency Building Code (EEBC-94) Requirements 23 Where duct leakage class at a test pressure equal to the design duct pressure class rating shall be equal T minimum insulation thickness for material with con- to or less than leakage class 6 as defined in 4.1 of ductivity K, mm. the manual. Leakage testing may be limited to PR pipe actual outside radius, mm. representative sections of the duct system but in no case shall such tested sections include less insulation thickness from the table, mm. than 25% of the total installed duct area for the K conductivity of alternate material at the mean rat- designated pressure class. ing temperature indicated in the table for the appli- cable fluid temperature range, W/(m2-K). b) Additional Sealing. Where supply ductwork and plenums that are designed to operate at static k the lower value of the conductivity range listed in pressures from 6.4 cm to 51 mm WC inclusive the table for the applicable fluid temperature range, W/(m2-K). are located outside of the conditioned space or in return plenums, joints shall be sealed in ac- cordance with Seal Class C as defined in the 7.4.7.2 Air Handling System Insulation. All air SMACNA manuals referenced above. Pressure handling ducts and plenums installed as part of an VAC sensitive tape shall not be used as the primary air distribution system shall be thermally insulated in sealant where such ducts are designed to operate accordance with Table 7-4. at static pressures of 25 mm WC or greater. Exceptions: a) Factory installed plenums, casings, or ductwork 7.4.8 Completion Requirements furnished as a part of VAC equipment. 7.4.8.1 Operating and maintenance manual. This b) Where it can be shown that the heat gain to or shall be provided to the building owner. The manual heat loss from ducts without insulation will not shall include basic data relating to the operation and increase building energy costs. maintenance of HVAC systems and equipment. Re- 7.4.7.3 Insulation required by 7.4.7.1 and 7.4.7.2 quired routine maintenance actions shall be clearly iden- shall be suitably protected from damage. Insulation tified. Where applicable, HVAC controls information should be installed in accordance with MICA Com- such as diagrams, schematics, control sequence descrip- mercial and Industrial Insulation Standards, 1983. tions, and maintenance and calibration information shall 7.4.7.4 Duct Construction. All air handling be included. ductwork and plenums shall be constructed and erected 7.4.8.2 Air system balancing. This shall be ac- in accordance with the following SMACNA Publica- complished in a manner to first minimize throttling tions: losses, then fan speed shall be adjusted to meet design a) HVAC Duct Construction Standards -- Metal and flow conditions. Balancing procedures shall be in ac- Flexible, 1985 cordance with the National Environmental Balancing b) HVAC Duct Leakage Test Manual, 1985 Bureau (NEBB) Procedural Standards (1983), the As- sociated Air Balance Council (AABC) National Stan- c) Fibrous Glass Duct Construction Standards, 1979 dards (1982), or equivalent procedures. In addition to the requirements of the above referenced standards, the following are required: Exception: Damper throttling may be used for air system balancing with fan motors of 0.75 kW or less, a) Leakage Tests. Ductwork which is designed to or if throttling results in no greater than 0.25 kW fan operate at static pressures in excess of 76 mm horsepower draw above that required if the fan speed WC shall be leak tested and be in con-formance were adjusted. with sections of the HVAC Duct Leakage Test Manual, as follows: Test procedures shall be in 7.4.8.3 Hydronic system balancing. This shall be accordance with those outlined in section 5, or accomplished in a manner to first minimize throttling equivalent; test reports shall be provided in ac- losses, then the pump impeller shall be trimmed or pump cordance with section 6, or equivalent; the tested speed shall be adjusted to meet design flow conditions. 24 Jamaica National Building Code: Volume 2 (December 1995) Exceptions: Valve throttling may be used for hy- dronic system balancing under any of the following conditions: Table 7-3 a) pumps with motors of 7.5 kW or less b) if throttling results in no greater than 2.2 kW Minimum Insulation mm , Thickness 1),2), pump horsepower draw above that required if for Various Pipe Sizes the impeller were trimmed Fluid Run- Pipe Diameter, mm c) to reserve additional pump pressure capability Temp. outs Less 31.8 63.5 127.0 More in open circuit piping systems subject to foul- Range to than to to to than ing. Valve throttling pressure drop shaH not ex- °C 51.0 25.4 51.0 101.6 152.4 203.2 ceed that expected for future fouling d) where it can be shown that throttling will not in- Domestic and Service Hot Water Systems3 ) crease overall building energy costs. 40.6+ 12.7 25.4 25.4 38.1 38.1 38.1 7.4.8.4 HVAC control systems. This shall be tested to assure that control elements are calibrated, adjusted, Cooling Systems (chilled Water, Brine, and Refrigerant)4) and in proper working condition. 4.4-12.8 12.7 12.7 19.1 25.4 25.4 25.4 < 4.4 25.4 25.4 38.1 38.1 38.1 38.1 7.S Prescriptive Requirements 7.5.1 Sizing. VAC System and equipment shall be Notes: 1) For minimum thicknesses of alternative insulation types, see7.4.7.1. sized to provide no more than the space and system 2) lnsulation thicknesses, mm, in the table are based on insulation hav- loads calculated in accordance with the procedures de- ing thermal resistance in the range of 0.028 to 0.032 m 2 _DCI W-mm scribed in section 7.4.1 above, in Appendix H, in the on a flat surface at a mean temperature of 24°C. Minimum insulation thickness shall be increased for materials having R values less than latest edition of the ASHRAE Handbook of Fundamen- 0.028 m2_ °CI W-mm or may be reduced for materials having R val- tals, or in other equivalent publications. ues greater than 0.032 m2 • °C/W-mm. See Appendix I for details. 7.5.1.1 When the design load is greater than 500 3) Applies to recirculating sections of service or domestic hot water sys- tems and to first 2.4 m from storage tank for non-recirculating systems. kWa minimum of two chillers or a multiple corn-pres- 4) The required minimum thicknes..'ies do not consider water vapor trans- sor unit shall be provided to meet the required load. mission and condensation. Additional insulation, vapor retarders, 7.5.1.2 Multiple units of the same equipment type, or both, may be required to limit water vapor transmission and con- densation. such as multiple chillers, with combined capac-ities exceeding the design load may be specified to operate Table 7-4 concurrently only if controls are provided which se- Minimum Duct Insulation quence or otherwise optimally control the operation of each unit based on load. Temp. Difference Between Minimum Insulation Thermal Design Air Duct Temp. & Temp. Resistance Exclusive of 7.5.2 Fan System Design Criteria of Air Surrounding Ducts, °C Film Resistance, R 7.5.2.1 General. The following design criteria apply to all VAC systems used for comfort ventilating 0.0 - 4.2 No Requirements and/or air conditioning. For the purposes of this sec- 4.3 . 16.5 1.76 tion, the energy demand of a fan system is the sum of 16.6 30.5 2.82 the demand of an fans which are required to operate at Above 30.5 2.82, plus design conditions to supply air from the cooling source 0.176 for each 13.9 °C to the conditioned space(s) and to return it back to the differential above 30.56 °C source or exhaust it to the outdoors. Notes: Exception: Systems with total fan system motor a) Where exterior walls are used as plenum walls, wall insulation horsepower of 7.5 k W or less. shall be required by the most restrictive condition of this section or section 4. 7.5.2.2 Individual VAV fans with motors 25 KW b) Unconditioned spaces include crawl spaces and attics. and larger shall include controls and devices necessary Jamaica Energy Efficiency Building Code (EEBC-94) - Requirements 25 for the fan motor to demand no more than 50% of de- 7.5.2.6 Special Occupancies. Where the design sign wattage at 50% of design air volume, based on m2 per occupant in a space is less than 4.75 m 2 per manufacturer's test data. person, the FPI may be increased as fol1ows: 7.5.2.3 Air transport for all-air systems. The 1) If m2 per person is greater than 1.40, then FPI= 774, Air Transport Factor (ATF) for each all-air VAC sys- 2) If m 2 per person is less than or equal to 1.40, tem shaH not be less than 5.5. The ATF factor shall be then FPI= 839. based on design system air flow for constant volume 7.5.2.7 Variable Volume Systems. The FPI limit systems. The factor for variable air volume systems may be modified to reflect the average power consumed may be based on average conditions of operation. En- by variable volume systems in accordance with Equa- ergy for the transfer of air through heat recovery de- tions (7-4), (7-5), (7-6), and (7-7). vices shall not be included in determining the factor; however, such energy shall be included in the evalua- tion of the effectiveness of the heat recovery system. (7-4) Where: ATF = Space Sensible Heat Removal, in W FPI a Adjusted Fan Power Index Supply + Return Fan Power Input, in W Eq. (7-2) FPIm Fan Power Index at maximum flow Variable volume constant For purposes of these ca1culations, Space Sensible Heat Removal is equivalent to the maximum coincident The value of Cva shall be determined as follows: design sensible cooling load of all spaces served for 1) For system having no static pressure control other which the system provides cooling. Fan Power Input is than discharge air dampers. the rate of energy delivered to the fan prime mover. 7.5.2.4 Other Systems. Air and water, all-water (7-5) and unitary systems employing chilled, hot, dual-tem- perature or condenser water transport systems to space 2) For systems having static pressure control oper- terminals shall not require greater transport energy (in- ating vortex type inlet vanes on centrifugal fans. cluding central and terminal fan power and pump power) than an equivalent all-air system providing the same = (AFRa / AFRm) x (TPa / Tpm? Eq. (7-6) space sensible heat removal and having an air transport factor not less than 5.5. 3) For systems having static pressure control oper- 7.5.2.5 Power Consumption of Fans. Overall ating fan speed, variable pitch axial fan blades, air capacity and air handling system components, such or frequency controller. as ducts, filters, etc. sha11 be selected so as to provide an average Fan Performance Index (FPI) of less than Eq. (7-7) 645 L/s-mm per m 2 of gross floor area of heated or cooled space. The Fan Performance Index shall be cal- culated by: Average air flow rate, Us Maximum air flow rate, Us FPJ (7-3) Average system total pressure, mm of water. TPm Maximum system total pressure, mm of water. In the absence of verifying ca1culations, AFRa may be Where assumed to be 0.85 x AFR m• FPI Fan Performance Index, (Us)'mm per m 2 • AFR t total supply air flow quantity in Us, 7.5.3 Pumping System Design Criteria TP 1 the total pressure of the supply fans, mm of wa- 7.5.3.1 General. The fo]]owing design criteria ter. apply to all VAC pumping systems used for comfort air GFA= Gross Floor Area, m2• conditioning. For purposes of this section, the energy 26 Jamaica National Building Code: Volume 2 (December 1995) demand of a pumping system is the sum of the demand of all pumps that are required to operate at design con- 8.4 Basic Requirements. ditions to supply fluid from the cooling source to the 8.4.1 Minimum Equipment Performance. Equip- conditioned space(s) or heat transfer device(s) and re- ment shall have minimum performance criteria, at stan- turn it back to the source. dard rating conditions, not more than the values shown Exception: Systems with total pump system mo- in Table 8-1. The standard rating conditions that apply tor horsepower of 7.5 kW or less. to these minimum performance criteria are listed in 7.5.3.2 Friction Rate. Piping systems shall be Appendix H. Data furnished by the equip-ment manu- designed at friction pressure loss rate of no more than facturer or certified under a nationally recognized cer- 1.2 metres of water per 30 equivalent metres of pipe. tification program or rating procedure shaH be accept- Note: Lower friction rates may be required for proper able to satisfy these requirements. If more detail is de- noise or corrosion control. sired on performance of various types of equipment, then Tables H-l through H-9 in Appendix H may be 7.5.3.3 Variable Flow. Pumping systems that used. serve control valves designed to modulate or to step open and closed as a function of load, shall be designed 8.4.2 Coefficient of Performance (COP). The COP for variable fluid flow. of an air-conditioning system is the ratio of the useful cooling effect to the total energy input. COPs for air- Flow may be varied using variable speed driven cooled electrically driven air-conditioners include com- pumps, staged multiple pumps, or pumps riding their pressor, evaporator, and condenser. COPs for water characteristic performance curves. chilling packages do not include chilled water or con- Exceptions: denser water pumps or cooling tower fans. a) Systems where a minimum flow greater than 50% 8.4.3 Integrated Part Load Value (lPLV). This is of the design flow is required for the proper op- the ARI descriptor for part-load efficiency for certain eration of equipment served by the system, such types of equipment. Compliance with minimum effi- as chillers. ciency requirements specified for HVAC equipment b) Systems that serve no more than one control shall include compliance with part-load requirements valve. where indicated as well as standard or full-load require- 7.5.4 System Temperature Reset. For the purpose ments. The procedure for determining the IPLV is pro- of resetting cold deck temperatures or fan discharge air vided in the referenced ARI Standards and is discussed temperatures, one representative zone may be chosen in Appendix H. to represent a number of zones with similar cooling re- quirements. In no case however, shall the represent- 8.4.4 Field Assembled Equipment & Components. ative zone be al10wed to represent more than ten simi- 8.4.4.1 When components such as indoor or out- lar zones. door coils are used from more than one manufacturer as The supply air temperature reset requirements shall not parts of air conditioning or heating equipment, compo- be required for VAC systems that employ recooling of nent efficiencies shal1 be specified based on data pro- less than 20% of the total air in the system. The cold vided by the component manufacturers, which shall pro- deck temperature shall be automatically reset to the me- vide a system which is in compliance with the require- dian temperature necessary to satisfy the average cool- ments of 8.4.I. ing requirements of the zone requiring the most cooling. 8.4.4.2 Heat operated cooling equipment shall show C.O.P. not less than listed in Table 8-1 except when: 8 VENTILATING AND AIR CONDI- 1) It is supplied by recovered energy, such as steam TIONING EQUIPMENT rejected from another process or solar energy or any other nondepleting source. 8.1 and 8.2 Blank for numbering consistency. 2) It is used in systems requiring air conditioning 8.3 General. For compliance to be achieved, compli- that is independent of local power sources ance with the Basic Requirements 1isted in section 8.4 (standby) for critical applications, hospi- is mandatory under all compliance paths. tals, essential electronic processing systems, etc. Jamaica Energy Efficiency Building Code (EEBC-94) - Requirements 27 Table 8-1 8.4.4.3 Total on-site energy input to the equipment Minimum Performance Requirements of shall be determined by combining the energy input to Various Air Conditioning Equipment all components, elements and accessories such as compressor(s), internal circulating pump(s), condenser- Air Conditioning kWe/ air fanes), cooling towers, evaporative-condenser cool- ing water pump(s), purge devices, viscosity control heat- ers, and controls. Room AlC units 8.4.5 Equipment Controls. Up to 2.6 kWr cap. 0.36 2.8 8.4.5.1 Heat pumps, If equipped with supple- Over 2.6 kWr cap. 0.32 3.1 mentary resistance heaters, they shall be installed with Unitary AlC units a control to prevent heater operation when the service (air cooled) hot water heating load can be met by the heat pump, Up to 20 kWr 0.34 2.9 21 to 40 kWr 0.34 2.9 8.4.5.2 Cooling Equipment Auxiliary Controls. Over 40 kWr 0.34 2.9 Evaporator coil frosting and excessive compressor cy- (water cooled) cling at part-load conditions should be controlled by Up to 20 kWr 0.24 4.1 limited and controlled cycling of the refrigerant prime 21 to 40 kWr 0.24 4.1 mover rather than by the use of either hot gas by-pass Over 40 kWr 0.24 4.1 or evaporator pressure regulator control. Split Systems 8.4.6 Cooling Equipment Data. Cooling equip- (air cooled) ment shall be provided with full-load and part-load en- Up to 20 kWr 0.33 3.0 ergy consumption data and information on the range of 21 to 40 kWr 0.33 3.0 voltages at which the equipment such as fans, pumps, Over 40 kWr 0.33 3.0 chillers and blowers shall be included in the energy in- (water cooled) Up to 20 kWr N/A N/A put data provided. 21 to 40 kWr N/A N/A 8.4.7 Responsibility of Equipment Suppliers. Sup- Over 40 kWr N/A N/A pliers ofVAC equipment shall furnish, upon request by Reciprocating chillers prospective purchasers, designers, or contractors, the (air cooled) full and partial capacity and standby input(s) and Up to 120 kWr 0.27 3.7 output(s) of all equipment, and components of applied Above 120 kWr 0.27 3.7 systems, based on equipment in new condition, to en- (water cooled) able determination of their compliance with this code. Up to 120 kWr 0.21 4.7 This includes performance data under modes of opera- Above 120 kWr 0.21 4.7 tion and ambient conditions necessary to make the analy- Rotary chillers sis outlined in this code. (water cooled) 0.20 5.0 Centrifugal chillers Performance data furnished by the equipment supplier (air cooled) or certitIcation under a nationally recognized program, when available, satisfies this requirement when all energy Up to 880 kWr 0.29 3.5 input(s), output(s) and operating modes are included. Above 880 kWr 0.29 3.5 (water cooled) 8.4.8 Maintenance. The VAC system shall be Up to 880 kWr 0.20 5.0 provided with the preventive maintenance informa- Above 880 kWr 0.19 5.3 tion required to maintain efficient operation of the Absorption chillers 1.43 0.70 assembled system. Maintenance procedures for equipment which require routine maintenance to Notes: kWr kilowatt refrigeration. maintain efficient operation~ shall be furnished to the kWe/kWr = kilowatt electricity per kilowatt refrigeration. building owner complete with the necessary mainte- kWe(fr kilowatt electricity per ton of refrigeration. nance information. Required routine maintenance 1 Tr 3.51685 kWr actions shall be clearly stated as required and incorpo- 28 Jamaica National Building Code: Volume 2 (December 1995) porated on a permanent label, affixed in a readily 9.4.3 Piping Insulation. accessible location on the equipment. The label may 9.4.3.1 Circulating Systems. Piping insulation shall be limited to identifying required actions that are ex- conform to the requirements of Table 7-3 or an equiva- plained in greater detail in an operation and mainte- lent level as calculated in accordance with Eq. 7.1. nance manua1. The label should identify, the opera- 9.4.3.2 Non-circulating Systems. The first 2.4 tion and maintenance manual for that particular model meters of outlet piping from a storage system that is and type of product. At least one copy of each re- maintained at a constant temperature and the inlet pipe quired manual shall be furnished to the building own- between the storage tank and a heat trap shall be insu- ers. lated as provided in Table 7-3 or to an equivalent level as calculated in accordance with Eq. 7-1. Systems with- out a heat trap to prevent circulation due to natural con- 9 SERVICE WATER HEATING SyS- vection shall be considered circulating systems. TEMS AND EQUIPMENT 9.4.4 Controls 9.1 and 9.2 Blank for numbering consistency. 9.4.4.1 Temperature. Service water heating sys- 9.3 General. For compliance to be achieved, compli- tems shall be equipped with temperature controls capable ance with the Basic Requirements listed in section 9.4 of adjusting storage temperatures from at least 32°C to a is mandatory under all compliance paths. In addition, temperature setting compatible with the intended use. the Prescriptive Requirements of section 9.5 must be Some representative hot water utilization temperatures met. are listed in the ASHRAE Handbook, 1987 HVAC Sys- Service water heating equipment shall be supplied tems and Applications Volume, Chapter 54, Table 3. with the information needed to make the analysis re- Exception: Service water heating systems serving quired to determine compliance with this code. residential dwelling units may be equipped with con- 9.4 Basic Requirements. trols capable of adjustment down to 43°C onJy. 9.4.1 Sizing of Systems. Service water heating sys- 9.4.4.1.1 High temperatures. Where temp- tem design loads for the purpose of sizing and selecting eratures higher than 49°C are required at certain outlets systems shall be determined in accordance with the pro- for a particular intended use, separate remote heaters cedures described in Chapter 54 of ASHRAE Hand- or booster heaters shal1 be installed for those outlets. book, 1987 HVAC Systems and Applications Volume, Exception. Where it can be shown that either en- or a similar computation procedure. ergy cost is not reduced by the application of this re- 9.4.2 Equipment Efficiency. All water heaters and quirement or that the total installed cost of the equip- hot water storage tanks shall meet the criteria of Table ment, maintenance, and energy used over the life of the 9-1. Where multiple criteria are listed, all criteria shall equipment is not reduced. be met. 9.4.4.1.2 Circulating Hot Water Systems and Exception: Storage water heaters and hot water stor- Heated Pipes. Systems designed to maintain usage tem- age tanks having more than 1900 L of storage capacity peratures in hot water pipes, such as circulating hot need not meet the standby loss (SL) or heat loss (HL) water systems, shall be equipped with automatic time requirements of Table 9-1 if the tank surface area is switches or other controls that can be set to tu rn off the thermally insulated to R of (1.14, or R of 2.20 as of system when use of hot water is not required. January 1, 1992 and if a standing pilot light is not used. 9.4.5 Equipment and Control Requirements for 9.4.2.1 Acceptable data. Data furnished by the the Conservation of Hot Water equipment manufacturer or certified under a nationally 9.4.5.1 Shower Flow. Showers using hot water recognized certification program or rating procedure and used for other than safety reasons shall limit the shaH be acceptable to satisfy these requirements. maximum water discharge to 0.2 Lis when tested ac- 9.4.2.2 Omissions. Omissions of minimum perfor- cording to ANSI A112.18.1M-1979. mance requirements for certain classes of equipment do When flow restricting inserts are used as a compo- not preclude use of such equipment where appropriate. nent part of a showerhead, they shall be mechanically Jamaica Energy Efficiency Building Code (EEBC-94) - Requirements 29 Table 9-1 Water Heating Equipment Stan d ard R a fIng C on dOf I Ions an d M' . Inlmum Per tormance Type Minimum Performance Storage Input Applicable 1990 1992 Fuel Rating Test Class (gal) Procedure Energy Eff. Factor Eff. Loss Storage Electric <= 455 <= 12 kW Note J - >=0.95-0.000348V L - Water Heaters > 455 (or) Note 2 - SL > 12 kW < 20.5 W/m2 Gas <= 380 <= 22000 W Note >=0.62-0.0005VL - - > 380 (or) Note 3 EI SL > 22000 W 77% < 1.3+144iVL Oil <= 190 <= 22000 W Note I EF >=0.59-0.0005VL <= 190· 31000 W EF >=0.59-0.0005VL > 190 (or) Ee SL > 31000 W 83% < 1.3+144iVL Unfired All HL Storage Volumes < 20.5 Tanks W/m2 Non- Gas AIllnput Note 3 - El - Storage Ratings 80% Water Heaters Distil. All Input Ee Oil Ratings 83% (a) Terms defined: EF Energy Factor, overall heater efficiency by DOE test procedure. El Thermal efficiency with 21 C, water temperature difference Ee Combustion efficiency, 100% minus tlue loss when smoke 0 (trace is permitted) SL Standby Joss in W/m2 for electric water heaters based on 27 C water-air temp. difference; standby loss in % per hour for fuel-fired water heaters is based on nom. 32 C water-air temp. diff HL Heat loss of tank surface area, W/m2, based on 27 C water-air temperature difference Storage volume in liters Storage volume in gallons A storage heater is a water heater that has an input rating of less than 4440 W per liter of stored water or a storage capacity of 38 liters or more. A non-storage water heater is a water heater that has an input rating of at least 4440 W per liter of stored water and a storage capacity of less than 38 liters. (c) Applicable Test Procedure Notes: Note 1: DOE Test Procedures, 1988 Code of Federal Regulations, Title 10, Part Note 2: ANSI C72.1-972; Note 3: ANSI Z21 J 0.3 1987 61\ 30 Jamaica National Building Code: Volume 2 (December 1995) retained at the point of manufacture. Mechanically re- 9.5.1.1 Service water heating equipment used to tained shall mean a pushi ng or pulling force to remove provide additional functions (e.g. space heating) as part the flow restricting insert of 36 N or more. This require- of a combination (integrated) system shall comply with ment shall not apply to showerheads that will cause water minimum performance requirements for water heating to leak significantly from areas other than the spray face equipment. if the tlow restricting insert were removed. 9.5.2 Additional Equipment Efficiency Measures 9.4.5.2 Public Restrooms. Lavatories in public 9.5.2.1 Electric Water Heaters. In applications facility restrooms (such as those in service stations, air- where water temperatures not greater than 63° Care ports, train terminals, and convention halls) shaH meet required, an economic evaluation shall be made on the all of the following requirements: potential benefit of using an electric heat pump water a) Flow Rate. Be equipped to limit the flow of hot heater(s) instead of an electric resistance water heater(s). water to, either, The analysis shall compare the extra installed costs of 1) a maximum of 0.03 Lis or the heat pump unit with the benefits in reduced energy 2) 0.05 Lis if a device or fitting is used that lim- costs (less increased maintenance costs) over the esti- its the period of water discharge such as a foot mated service life of the heat pump water heater. switch or fixture occupancy sensor or Exceptions. Electric resistance water heaters used 3) 0.16 Lis if equipped with a self closing valve. in conjunction with site-recovered or site-solar energy b) Total Flow. Either: sources that provide 50% or more of the water heating load or off peak heating with thermal storage. 1) be equipped with a foot switch or fixture oc- cupancy sensor or similar device or 9.5.2.2 Gas-Fired Water Heaters. All gas-fired 2) be equipped with a device or fitting that lim- storage water heaters not equipped with a flue damper its delivery to a maximum of 1.0 liter per cycle that use indoor air for combustion or draft hood dilu- of hot water for circulating systems and a maxi- tion and that are installed in a conditioned space shall mum of 2.0 per cycle liters for non-circulating be equipped with a vent damper (unless the water heater systems. Lavatories for physically handicapped is already so equipped). Unless the water heater has an persons need not be so equipped. available electrical supply, the installation of such a vent damper shall not require an electrical connection. c) Temperature. Limit the outlet temperature 'to 43°C maximum. The vent damper shall be listed as meeting appropri- ate ANSI standards and shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and local codes. 9.5 Prescriptive Criteria Exception: Where the cost of the damper exceeds 9.5.1 Combination Service Water Heating or the value of reduced energy costs over the damper's Space Heating Equipment. Combination space and lifetime. service water heating equipment may only be used when at least one of the following conditions is met: 9.5.2.3 Heat Traps. Storage water heaters not equipped with integral heat traps and having vertical a) the annual space heating energy is less than 50% pipe risers shall be installed with insulated heat traps of the annual service water heating energy. on both the inlet and outlets. The heat trap shall be in- b) the energy input or storage volume of the com- stalled directly or as close as possible to the outlet fit- bined boiler or water heater is less than twice the tings. energy input or storage volume of the smaller of the separate boilers or water heaters otherwise required. Exceptions. Water heaters that are used to supply c) the combined system uses no more energy cost circulating systems. These systems shall comply with than separate systems that meet the requirements section 9.4.3.1. of 8.4 and 9.4. d) where the input to the combined boiler is less than 44,000 W. Jamaica Energy Efficiency Building Code (EEBC-94) - Requirements 31 11.4 Basic Requirements 10 AUXILIARY SYSTEMS 11.4.1 Energy Measurement Capability. Each public utility energy service meter provided shall be 10.1 Purpose. To suggest basic energy requirements located or arranged so that the meter can be monitored. for auxil iary systems. Monitoring of utility company meters and the installa- 10.2 Scope. Building transportation and refrigeration tion of submetering or check metering shall be in com- systems. pliance with the utility company regulations. 10.3 General. Auxi1iary systems and equipment vary Each distinct building energy service shall have a substantially among buildings. As a consequence there measurement system provided to accumulate a record are few "shall" requirements in this section. For more or indicator reading of the overall amounts of the en- detailed information see Appendix I, "Principles of Ef- ergy being delivered. fective Energy Conserving Building Design." Exception: A building of 500 m2 or less of gross floor area 10.4 Basic Requirements. in a complex of buildings may have its measurement sys- 10.4.1 Transportation Systems. Consideration shall tem included with another building in the same complex. be given to the use of schedule controls and efficient All equipment used for heating or cooling and VAC motor controls such as sol id state control devices for delivery systems of greater than 20 kVA or 17,500 W automatic elevator systems and conveyor systems. energy input shall be arranged so that the inputs and out- 10.4.2 Retail Food and Restaurant Refrigeration. puts such as flow, temperature, and pressure can be indi- 10.4.2.1 Refrigeration systems containing multiple vidually measured to determine the equipment energy compressors should have compressors sized to optimally consumption, the installed performance capabilities and match capacities with loads. efficiencies, or both. The intent of this requirement is to provide physical access or other provisions in the equip- 10.4.2.2 Variable speed should be considered. ment or layout that will allow these measurements in the 10.4.2.3 Heat recovery shall be considered when future if so desired. Installation of the measurement coincident thermal and refrigeration loads of similar equipment is not required for compliance with this code. magnitude are expected. 11.4.2 Central Monitoring and Control Systems. An energy management system should be considered in any building exceeding 3,700 m2(39,828 ft2) in gross 11 ENERGY MANAGEMENT floor area. The minimum energy management capa- 11.1 Purpose. The intent is to provide design data bilities for such a system should be to: along with a means of testing the facility in its com- a) provide readings and retain daily totals for an pleted form so that the facility can be operated in an electric power and demand, and for external en- energy conserving manner as intended by this standard. ergy and fossil fuel use 11.2 Scope. This section describes the minimum mea- b) record, summarize, and retain the appropriate surement, control, testing, and documentation features weekly totals of all values that shall be provided for the building. c) provide capability to turn VAC and Service Wa- 11.3 General. For compliance to be achieved, com- ter Heating system equipment ON or OFF based pliance with the Basic Requirements listed in section on time schedules 11.4 is mandatory under all compliance paths. d) provide capability to reset local loop control sys- tems for VAC equipment See the following sections for specific control require- e) monitor and verify operations of heating, cool- ments for specific systems and equipment: ing, and energy delivery systems Section 5 - Lighting Systems f) provide capability to turn lighting systems ON Section 6 Electric Power and Distribution Systems or OFF based on time schedules Section 7 - VAC Systems g) provide readily accessible override controls so Section 8 VAC Equipment that time based VAC and lighting controls may Section 9 - Service Water Heating Systems and be temporarily overridden during otl hours Equipment. h) provide optimum start/stop for VAC systems. 32 jamaica National Building Code: Volume 2 (December 1995) 12 WHOLE-BlTILDING ENERGY COST BUDGET METHOD is not greater than the ECB (DECOS ~ ECB). This section provides instructions for determining the ECB 12.1 Purpose. This section provides criteria for the de- and for calculating the DECON and DECOS. The ECB sign of energy efficient buildings that allow greater de- shall be determined through calculation of the monthly sign flexibility than the other compliance paths of this energy consumption and energy cost of the prototype standard while providing building energy efficiency lev- or reference building design configured to meet the re- els consistent with the other paths. quirements of Sections 4 through 11. Since proposed designs may use varying amounts of Designers are encouraged to try to minimize Iife cycle different types of energy, energy cost is used as the com- costs including capital costs and operation and mainte- mon denominator. Using unit costs rather than units of nance costs along with energy costs over the projected energy or power such as kWh or kW allows the energy lifetime of the building when comparing design options. use contribution of different fuel sources at different The ECB is the highest allowable calculated annual times to be added and compared. Energy Cost Budget for a specific building design. This path provides an opportunity for the building Other alternative designs are likely to have lower an- designer to evaluate and take credit for innovative en- nual energy costs and life cycle costs than those that ergy conservation designs, materials, and equipment minimally meet the ECB. (such as day lighting, passive solar heating, heat recov- The ECB is a numerical target for annual energy cost. ery, better zonal temperature control, and thermal stor- It is intended to assure neutrality with respect to choices age, as well as other applications of "off peak" electri- of VAC system type, architectural design, fuel choice, cal energy) that cannot be accounted for in the Prescrip- etc., by providing a fixed repeatable budget target that tive or System Performance paths. is independent of any of these choices wherever pos- NOTE: These procedures are intended only for the sible (i.e., for the prototype buildings). The ECB for a purpose of demonstrating design compliance and are given building size and type will vary only with cli- not intended to be used to either predict, document, or mate, the number of stories and the choice of simula- verify annual energy consumption or annual energy tion tools. costs. The specifications of the prototypes are necessary to assure repeatability but have no other significance. They 12.2 Scope. Either the Building Annual Energy Bud- are not recommended energy conserving practice, or get Method (EB), described in Appendix C, or the En- even physically reasonable in some cases, but rather ergy Cost Budget Method (ECB), described both here are modeling assumptions that allow a calculation of and in Appendix C, may be used when designs fail to the energy cost resulting from compliance with the spirit meet either the Prescriptive or System Performance cri- and the letter of Sections 5 through 12. It is anticipated teria of this standard. Either method may be employed that budget-calculating software or tables will become for evaluating the compliance of an proposed designs available to compute the ECB without reference to any (except shell buildings). Shell buildings may not use of the specifications in Appendix C. Section 12 for compliance. 12.4 Annual Energy Cost Budget Method. 12.3 General. Compliance using the procedures of Sec- 12.4.1 Requirement for the Annual Energy Cost tion 12 requires certification by an architect or engi- Budget (ECB). Annual energy cost budgets (ECB) for neer registered in Jamaica. the building design shall be determined in accordance Compliance requires the calculation of the design with either the Prototype Building Method or the Ref- energy consumption (DECON) via a detailed energy erence Building Method in 12.6. analyses of the entire proposed design. Then, an esti- Both methods permit calculating an ECB that is the mate of annual energy cost for the design is required, summation of the 12 monthly energy cost budgets referred to as the design energy cost (DECOS). The (ECB m). Each ECB m is the product of the monthly bud- DECOS is then compared against an energy cost bud- get energy consumption (BECON m) of each type of get (ECB). Compliance is achieved when the DECOS energy used multiplied by that monthly energy cost Jamaica Energy Efficiency Building Code (EEBC-94) - Requirements 33 (BCDS m) per unit of energy for each type of energy used. struction. Actual experience will differ from these cal- The ECB shall be determined in accordance with Eq culations due to variations such as occupancy, building 12-1 as follows: operation and maintenance, weather, energy use not cov- ered by this standard, changes in energy rates between ECB = ECB j "1I + + ... + ECB dE " (12-1) design of the building and occupancy, and precision of Where ECB m is based on Equation 12-2: the calculation tool. 12.5 Calculation Procedures. This section defines (BECONm)(ECOS wI) calculation procedures that shall be used to calculate + ... + the ECB, DECON, and DECOS values for compliance (BECONIlJ(ECOSn) Eg. (12-2) purposes. Either the reference building procedure in 12.5.1 or the prototype building procedure in 12.5.2 Where: shall be used to determine compliance. ECB The annual Energy Cost Budget The choice of procedure may depend upon designer and The monthly Cost Budget owner objectives and constraints. The prototype building procedure is considered generally easier to use, but it may BECON mi = The monthly Budget Energy Consumption of the jlh type of energy not reflect actual conditions of the building design under consideration as well as the reference building procedure. The monthly Energy Cost, per unit of the ith 12.5.1 Reference Building Procedure. The refer- type ence building procedure should be used when the pro- The ECOSmi shall be determined using current rate sched- posed design cannot be represented by one or a combi b ules or contract prices available at the building site for all nation of the prototype buildings or the assumptions types of energy purchased. These costs shall include: inherent in the prototype building description, such as a) demand charges, occupancy and use-profiles, cannot reasonably be al- b) rate blocks, tered to accurately represent the proposed design. c) time of use rates, If a reference building is used to set either the energy d) interruptable service rates, budget or the energy cost budget, then the reference building shall be based upon the characteristics of the e) delivery charges, proposed building design, but with characteristics modi- f) fuel adjustment factors, fied to meet the energy requirements of sections 4 g) taxes, and through 11 of the EEBC. h) all other charges applicable for the type, location, Each floor of the reference building shall be oriented operation, and size of the proposed building. exactly as in the proposed design. The form, gross and The BECON mi shall be calculated from the first day conditioned floor areas of each floor, the number of through the last day of each month inclusive. floors, and the lighting and VAC system types and zon- 12.4.2 Compliance with the Annual Energy Cost ing shall be as in the proposed design. All other char- Budget (ECB). If the DECDS, the annual energy cost acteristics of the reference building such as lighting, estimated for the building design, is not greater than the envelope and VAC system characteristics shall meet the ECB, the annual energy cost budget, as provided in Eq requirements of Sections 4 through 11. 12-3, and all of the basic requirements of 4.4,5.4,6.4, 12.5.2 Prototype Building Procedure. The intent 7.4, 8.4, 9.4, lOA, and 11.4 are met, the proposed de- of the Prototype Building Procedure is to reduce the sign complies with this Standard. complexity and level of effort of compliance with this DECOS:s ECB Eg. (12-3) part of the EEBC. Prototypical building descriptions have been defined for a number of building types. Use The DECDS shall be determined using the calculation of a prototypical building description should simplify procedures described in 12.5. compliance and save the user time relative to develop- NOTE: The ECB, DECON, and DECOS calculations ing a reference building description. are applicable only for determining compliance with this The Prototype Building Procedure may be used to standard. They are not predictions of actual energy con- develop an ECB for all building types for which proto- sumption or costs of the proposed building after con- typical building descriptions have been defined. De- 34 Jamaica National Building Code: Volume 2 (December 1995) scriptions of these buildings are contained in Appendix The DECON mi shall be calculated from the first day C. In developing an ECB, the form, orientation, occu- through the last day of the month inclusive. pancy, and use profiles for a prototype building shall be If the proposed design includes cogeneration or re- fixed. Envelope, lighting, electrical systems, and VAC newable energy sources designed for the sale of energy systems shaH meet the respective prescriptive or sys- off site, the energy cost and income resulting from out- tem performance requirements of Sections 4 through side sales shall not be included in the calculation of 11 and are standardized inputs. DECOS. Such systems shall be modeled as operating The building designer shall determine the building to supply energy needs of the proposed design only. type of the proposed design using the building proto- 12.5.5 Standard Calculation Procedures. The stan- type categories available in Appendix C. Using the dard calculation procedures consist of methods and as- appropriate prototype building characteristics from the sumptions for calculating the ECB for the prototype or tables in the appendix, the prototype building shaH be reference building and the DECON and DECOS of the simulated using the same gross floor area and number proposed design. In order to maintain consistency be- of floors as in the proposed design. tween the ECB and the DECOS, two kinds of input as- For mixed-use buildings the ECB shall be derived by sumptions shall be used. "Prescribed" assumptions shall allocating the floor space of each building type within be used without variation. "Default" assumptions shall the noor space of the Prototype Building. For build- be used unless the designer can demonstrate that a dif- ings types for which prototypical building descriptions ferent assumption better characterizes the building's use have been not been defined, the Reference Building over its expected life. Details of assumptions and pro- Procedure of 12.5.1 shall be used. cedures are contained in Appendix C. 12.5.3 Climate Data. The prototype or reference Any modification of a default assumption shall be building shall be modeled using the calculation proce- used to model both the prototype or reference building dures defined in Appendix C. The modeling shall use a and the proposed design unless the designer demon- climate data set appropriate for both the site and the strates a clear cause to do otherwise. Special proce- complexity of the energy conserving features of the dures necessary for speculative buildings are discussed design. ASHRAE WYEC weather tapes or bin weather in Appendix C. data shall be a default choice. 12.5.4 Determination of the Design Energy Con- sumption and Design Energy Cost. The DECON shall be calculated by modeling the proposed design using 13 DEFINITIONS, ABBREVIATIONS, the same methods, assumptions, climate data, and simu- lation tool as were used to establish the ECB (except as ACRONYMS AND SYMBOLS explicitly provided in Appendix C). The DECOS sha11 be calculated as provided in Eq 12-4. 13.1 Purpose. The purpose of this section is to define DECOS DECOS.jail + ... DECOS ill terms, abbreviations, acronyms, and symbols. + ... + DECOS dec Eq. (12-4) 13.2 Scope. These terms, abbreviations, acronyms, and Where the DECOS are based on Equation 12-5: Ill symbols are applicable to all sections of this code. DECOS m = (DECONrn)(ECOS rn1 ) 13.3 Blank for numbering consistency. + ... + 13.4 Definitions accessible (as applied to equipment): admitting close Where approach; not guarded by locked doors, elevation, or DECOS The annual design energy cost other effective means. (See also readily accessible.y DECOS m The monthly design energy cost adjusted lighting power: lighting power, ascribed to a DECON mi = The monthly design energy consumption of luminaire(s) that has been reduced by deducting a light- the ph type of energy ing power control credit based on use of an automatic The monthly Energy Cost, per unit of the ith control device(s). type of energy Jamaica Energy Efficiency Building Code (EEBC-94) Requirements 35 annual fuel utilization efficiency (AFUE): the ratio museums, passenger depots, sports facilities, and of annual output energy to annual input energy which public assembly halls. includes any non-heating season pilot input loss. b) health and institutional: a building or structure air conditioning, comfort: treating air to control its for the purpose of providing medical treatment, temperature, relative humidity, c1eanliness, and distri- confinement or care, and sleeping facilities such bution to meet the comfort requirements of the occu- as hospitals, sanitariums, clinics, orphanages, pants of the conditioned space. Some air conditioners nursing homes, mental institutions, reformatories, may not accomplish all of these controls. 3 jails, and prisons. area factor (AF): a multiplying factor which adjusts c) hotel or motel: a building or structure for tran- the unit power density (UPD) for spaces of various sizes sient occupancy, such as resorts, hotels, motels, to account for the impact of room configuration on light- barracks, or dormitories. ing power utilization. d) multifamily: a building or structure containing area of the space (A): the horizontal lighted area of a three or more dwelling units (see dwelling units) given space measured from the inside of the perimeter e) office (business): a building or structure for of- wal1s or partitions, at the height of the working surface. fice, professional, or service type transactions; automatic: self-acting, operating by its own mecha- such as medical offices, banks, libraries, and nism when actuated by some impersonal influence, such governmental office buildings as, a change in current strength, pressure, tem-perature f) restaurant: a building or a structure for the con- or mechanical configuration. (See also manual.Y sumption of food or drink, including fast food, ballast: a device used to obtain the necessary circuit coffee shops, cafeterias, bars, and restaurants conditions (voltage, current, and wave form) for start- g) retail (mercantile): a building or structure for ing and operating an electric-discharge lamp. the display and sale (wholesale or retail) of mer- ballast efficacy factor fluorescent: the ratio of the chandise such as shopping malls, food markets, relative light output expressed as a percent to the power auto dealerships, department stores, and specialty input in watts, at specified test conditions. shops (see also retail establishments) ballast factor (BF): the ratio of a commercial ballast h) school (educational): a building or structure for lamp lumens to a reference ballast lamp lumens, used the purpose of instruction such as schools, col- leges, universities, and academies to correct the lamp lumen output from rated to actuaL i) warehouse (storage): a building or structure for building: any new structure to be constructed that in- storage, such as aircraft hangers, garages, ware- cludes provision for any of the following or any combi- houses, storage buildings, and freight depots. nation of the following: a space heating system, a space cooling system, or a service water heating system. check metering: measurement instrumentation for the supplementary monitoring of energy consumption (elec- building energy cost: the computed annual energy cost tric, gas, oil, etc.) to isolate the various categories of of all purchased energy for the building, calculated us- energy use to permit conservation and control, in addi- ing the methods of Section 12 of this code. tion to the revenue metering furnished by the utility. building envelope: the elements of a building that en- coefficient of performance (COP) -- cooling: the ratio close conditioned spaces through which thermal energy of the rate of heat removal to the rate of energy input in may be transferred to or from the exterior or to or from consistent units, for a complete cooling system or fac- unconditioned spaces. tory assembled equipment, as tested under a nationally building type: the classification of a building by usage recognized standard or designated operating conditions. as follows: coefficientofperiormance (COP), heat pump·- heat- a) assembly: a building or structure for the gather- ing: the ratio of the rate of heat delivered to the rate of ing together of persons, such as auditoriums, energy input, in consistent units, for a complete heat churches, dance halls, gymnasiums, theaters, pump system under designated operating conditions. 36 Jamaica National Building Code: Volume 2 (December 1995) combined thermal transmittance values (Uo ): see daylight sensing control (DS): a device that auto- thermal transmittance, overall. matica)]y regulates the power input to electric lighting near the fenestration to maintain the desired workplace conditioned floor area: the area of the conditioned illumination, thus taking advantage of direct or indirect space measured at floor level from the interior surfaces sunlight. of the walls. default assumption: the value of an input used in a conditioned space: a cooled space, heated space, or calculation procedure when a value is not entered by indirectly conditioned space. the designer. connected lighting power (CLP): the power required demand, electric: the rate at which eiectric energy is to energize luminaires and lamps connected to the build- delivered to or by a system, part of a system, or a piece ing electrical service, in Watts. of equipment; expressed in kilowatts, kilovolt-amperes, control loop, local: a control system consisting of a or other suitable units at a given instant or averaged sensor, a controller, and a controlled device. over any designated period. control points: the quantity of equivalent ON or OFF design conditions: the exterior and interior environ- switches ascribed to a device used for controlling the mental parameters specified for air-conditioning and light output of a luminaire(s) or lamp(s). electrical design for a facility. cooled space: an enclosed space within a building that design energy consumption (DECON): the computed is cooled by a cooling system whose sensible capacity annual energy usage of a proposed building design. a) exceeds 16 W/m2, or design energy costs (DECOS): the computed annual energy expenditure of a proposed building design. b) is capable of maintaining space dry bulb tem- perature of 32°C or less at design cooling condi- dwelling unit: a single housekeeping unit comprised tions. of one or more rooms providing complete independent living facilities for one or more persons including per- day lighted space: the space bounded by vertical planes manent provisions for living, sleeping, eating, cooking, rising from the boundaries of the day lighted area on the and sanitation. floor to the above floor or roof. economizer, air: a ducting arrangement and automatic daylighted zone: control system that allows a cooling supply fan system a) under skylights: the area under each skylight to supply outside air to reduce or eliminate the need for whose horizontal dimension in each direction is mechanical refrigeration during mild or cold weather. equal to the skylight dimension in that direction economizer, water: a system by which the supply air plus either the floor to ceiling height or the di- of a cooling system is cooled directly or indirectly or mension to an opaque partition, or one-half the both by evaporation of water or by other appropriate distance to an adjacent skylight or vertical glaz- fluid (in order to reduce or eliminate the need for me- ing, whichever is least. chanical refrigeration). b) at vertical glazing: the area adjacent to vertical efficiency, VAC system: the ratio of the usefu I energy glazing which receives day lighting from the glaz- output (at the point of use) to the energy input in con- ing. For purposes of this definition and unless sistent units for a designated time period, expressed in more detailed day lighting analysis is provided, percent. the daylighting zone depth is assumed to extend into the space a distance of 5 metres or to the emergency system (back up system): a system that nearest opaque partition, whichever is less. The exists for the purpose of operating in the event of fail- day lighting zone width is assumed to be the width ure of a primary system. of the window plus either two feet on each side energy: the capability for doing work; having several (the distance to an opaque partition) or one half fonus that may be transformed from one to another, such the distance to an adjacent skylight or vertical as thermal (heat), mechanical (work), electrical, or glazing whichever is least. chemical. Jamaica Energy Efficiency Building Code (EEBC-94) - Requirements 37 energy cost: the cost of energy by unit and type of en- porches and similar spaces, pipe trenches, exterior ter- ergy as proposed to be supplied to the building at the races or steps, chimneys, roof overhangs, and similar site including variations such as "time of day", "sea- features). sonal" and "rate of usage". gross floor area over outside or unconditioned energy cost budget (ECB): the maximum allowable spaces: the gross area of a floor assembly separating a computed annual energy expenditure for a proposed conditioned space from the outdoors or from uncondi- building. tioned spaces as measured from the exterior faces of exterior walls or from the center line of walls separat- energy management system: a control system designed ing buildings. The floor assembly shaH be considered to monitor the environment and the use of energy in a to include all floor components through which heat may facility and to adjust the parameters of local control flow between indoor and outdoor or unconditioned en- loops to conserve energy while maintaining a suitable vironments. environment gross lighted area (GLA): the sum of the total lighted energy, recovered: see recovered energy. areas of a building measured from the inside of the pe- enthalpy: a thermodynamic property of a substance rimeter walls for each floor of the building. defined as the sum of its internal energy plus the quan- gross roof area: the gross area of a roof assembly sepa- tity Pv/J, where P is the pressure of the substance, v is rating a conditioned space from the outdoors or from its specific volume, and J is the mechanical equivalent unconditioned spaces, measured from the exterior faces of heat; formerly called total heat and heat content 3 of exterior walls or from the centerline of walls sepa- exterior envelope: see building envelope. rating buildings. The roof assembly shall be considered to include all roof or ceiling components through which exterior lighting power allowance (ELPA): the cal- heat may flow between indoor and outdoor environ- culated maximum lighting power allowance for an ex- ments including skylights but excluding service open- terior area of a building or facility, in Watts. ings. fenestration: any light-transmitting section in a build- HVAC system: the equipment, distribution network, ing wall or roof. The fenestration includes glazing ma- and terminals that provides either collectively or indi- terial (which may be glass or plastic), framing (mul- vidually the processes of heating, ventilating, or air con- lions, muntins, and dividers) external shading devices, ditioning to a building. internal shading devices, and integral (between-glass) shading devices. HVAC system efficiency: see efficiency, HVAC sys- tem. fenestration area: the total area of fenestration mea- sured using the rough opening and including the glass heat: the form of energy that is transferred by virtue of or plastic, sash, and frame. a temperature difference or a change in state of a mate- riaL gross exterior wall area: the gross area of exterior walls separating a conditioned space from the outdoors or beat capacity (Hc): the amount of heat necessary to from unconditioned spaces as measured on the exterior raise the temperature of a given mass one degree. Nu- above grade. It consists of the opaque wall including merically, the mass multiplied by the specific heat. between floor spandrels, peripheral edges of flooring, humidistat: an automatic control device responsive to window areas including sash, and door areas (exclud- changes in humidity. ing vents and gri lIs). illuminance: the density of the luminous flux incident gross floor area: the sum of the tloor areas of the con- on a surface. It is the quotient of the luminous flux mul- ditioned spaces within the building including basements, tiplied by the area of the surface when the latter is uni- mezzanine and intermediate-floored tiers, and pent- formly illuminated. houses of headroom height 2286 cm or greater. It is measured from the exterior faces of exterior walls or indirectly conditioned space: an enclosed space within from the centerline of walls separating buildings (ex- the building that is not a cooled space, whose area cluding covered walkways, open roofed-over areas, weighted heat transfer coefficient to cooled spaces ex- 38 Jamaica National Building Code: Volume 2 (December 1995) ceeds that to the outdoors or to unconditioned spaces; nect the lamps to the power supply. or through which air from cooled spaces is transferred manual (nonautomatic): action requiring personal in- at a rate exceeding three air changes per hour. (See also tervention for its control. As applied to an electric con- cooled space and unconditioned space.) troller, nonautomatic control does not necessarily im- infiltration: the uncontrolled inward air leakage through ply a manual controller but only that personal interven- cracks and crevices in any building element and around tion is necessary.] automatic.) windows and doors of a building. marked rating: the design load operating conditions insolation: the rate of solar energy incident on a unit of a device as shown by the manufacturer on the name- area with a given orientation. plate or otherwise marked on the device. integrated part-load value (IPLV): a single number motor efficiency, minimum: the minimum efficiency figure of merit based on part-load EER or COP express- occurring in a population of motors of the same manu- ing part-load efficiency for air-conditioning and heat facturer and rating. pump equipment on the basis of weighted operation at motor efficiency, nominal: the median efficiency oc- various load capacities for the equipment. curring in a population of motors of the same manufac- interior lighting power allowance (ILPA): the ca1cu- turer and rating. lated maximum lighting power allowed for an interior opaque areas: al1 exposed areas of a building enve- space of a building or facility, in Watts. lope which enclose conditioned space except fenestra- interior unit lighting power allowance - prescrip- tion areas and building service openings such as vents tive: the allotted interior lighting power for each indi- and grilles. vidual building type, in W/m 2 • (See 5.5.) occupancy sensor: a device that detects the presence interior unit lighting power allowance - system per- or absence of people within an area and causes any com- formance: the allotted interior lighting power for each bination of lighting, equipment, or appliances to be ad- individual space, area or activity in a building, in WI justed accordingly. m2 • (See 5.6.) offices, category 1: Enclosed offices, all open plan lighting power budget (LPB): the lighting power, in offices without partitions or with partitions lower than Watts, allowed for an interior or exterior area or activ- 1372 mm below the ceiling, where 90% of aJI work sta- ity. tions are individually enclosed with partitions of at least the height described. lighting power control credit (LPCC): a credit ap- plied to that part of the connected lighting power of a offices, category 2: Open plan offices 85 m2 or larger space which is turned off or dimmed by automatic con- with partitions 1067 to 1372 mm below the ceiling, trol devices. It gives the specific value of lighting Watts where 90% of all work stations are individually encJosed to subtract from the connected interior lighting power with partitions of at least the height described. Offices when establishing compliance with the Interior Light- less than 85 m2 shall use category l. ing ]Power Allowance (lLPA). office category 3: large open plan offices 85 m2 or larger lumen (lm): SI unit ofluminous flux. Radiometrically, with partitions higher than 1067 mm below the ceiling, it is determined from the radiant power. Photometri- where 90% of all work stations are individually encJosed cally, it is the luminous flux emitted within a unit solid with partitions of at least the height described. Offices angle (one steradian) by a point source having a uni- less than 85 m2 shall use category 1. form luminous intensity of one candela. orientation: the directional placement of a building on lumen maintenance control: a device that senses the a building site with reference to the building'S longest illumination level and causes an increase or decrease of horizontal axis, or if there is no longest horizontal axis illuminance to maintain a preset illumination level. then with reference to the designated main entrance. luminaire: a complete lighting unit consisting of a lamp outdoor (outside) air: air taken from the exterior of or lamps together with the parts designed to distribute the building that has not been previously circulated the light, to position and protect the lamps, and to con- through the building. (See also ventilation air.) Jamaica Energy Efficiency Building Code (EEBC-94) - Requirements 39 ozone depletion factor: a relative measure of the po- process load: the calculated or measured tency of chemicals in depleting stratospheric ozone. The time-integrated load on a building resulting from the ozone depletion factor potential depends upon the chlo- consumption or release of process energy. rine and the bromine content and atmospheric lifetime proposed design: a prospective design for a building of the chemical. The depletion factor potential is nor- that is to be evaluated for compliance. malized such that the factor for CFC-ll is set equal to unity and the factors for the other chemicals indicate prototype building: a generic building design of the their potential relative to CFC-ll. same size and occupancy type as the proposed design which complies with the prescriptive requirements of packaged terminal air·conditioner (PTAC): a this code and has prescribed assumptions used to gen- factory-selected wall sleeve and separate unencased erate the energy budget concerning shape, orientation, combination of heating and cooling components, assem- HVAC, and other system designs. blies or sections (intended for mounting through the wall to serve a single room or zone). It includes heating ca- public driveways, walkways, and parking lots: exte- pability by hot water, steam, or electricity. rior transit areas that are intended for use by the general public. packaged terminal heat pump: a PTAC capable of using the refrigeration system in a reverse cycle or heat public facility restroom: a restroom used by the tran- pump mode to provide heat. sient public. piping: a system for conveying fluids including pipes, qualified person: one familiar with the construction valves, strainers, and fittings. and operation of the equipment and the hazards in- volved. plenum: an enclosure that is part of the air handling system and is distinguished by having a very low air radiant comfort beating: a system in which tempera- velocity. A plenum often is formed in part or in total by tures of room surfaces are adjusted to controJ the rate portions of the building. of heat loss by radiation from occupants. power: in connection with machines, it is the time rate readily accessible: capable of being reached quickly of doing work; in connection with the transmission of for operation, renewal, or inspections without requir- energy of all types, it is the rate at which energy is trans- ing those to whom ready access is requisite to climb mitted. It is measured in Watts (W) or British thermal over or remove obstacles or to resort to portable lad- units per hour. ders, chairs, etc. (See also accessible.y power adjustment factor (PAF): a modifying factor recommend: suggest as appropriate, not required. that adjusts the effective connected lighting power (CLP) recovered energy: energy utilized from an energy uti- of a space to account for the use of energy conserving lization system which would otherwise be wasted (not lighting control devices. contributing to a desired end use). power factor (PF): the ratio of total Watts to the reference building: a specific building design that has root-mean-square (RMS) volt amperes. the same form, orientation and basic systems as the pro- prescribed assumption: a fixed value of an input to posed design and meets all the criteria of the prescrip- the standard calculation procedure. tive compliance method. private driveways, walkways, and parking lots: ex- reflectance: the ratio of the light reflected by a surface terior transit areas that are associated with a commer- to the light incident upon it. cial or residential building and intended for use solely reheating: raising the temperature of air that has been by the employees or tenants and not by the general pub- previously cooled either by a refrigeration or an econo- lic. mizer system. process energy: energy consumed in support of a manu- residential building low-rise: single, two family, and facturing, industrial, or commercial process other than multifamily dwelling units of three stories or fewer of the maintenance of comfort and amenities for the occu- habitable space above grade. pants of a building. 40 Jamaica National Building Code: Volume 2 (December ~995) reset: adjustment of the controller set point to a higher sash crack: the sum of all perimeters of all ventilators, or lower value automatically or manually. sash, or doors based on overall dimensions of such parts expressed in metres (counting two adjacent lengths of retail establishments: classifications set for the pur- perimeter as one). pose of determining lighting power allowance for build- ings based upon the following primary design functions: sequence: a consecutive series of operations. Type A - Jewelry merchandising, where minute ex- service systems: all energy-using or -distributing com- amination of displayed merchandise is critical. ponents in a building that are operated to support the occupant or process functions housed therein (includ- Type B - Fine Merchandising: fine apparel and ac- ing VAC, HVAC, service water heating, illumination, cessories, china, crystal and silver, art galleries, transportation, cooking or food preparation, launder- etc., where the detailed display and examination ing, or similar functions). of merchandise is important. service water beating: the supply of hot water for pur- Type C - Mass Merchandising: general apparel, va- poses other than comfort heating and process require- riety, stationery, books, sporting goods, hobby, ments. cameras, gifts, luggage, etc. displayed in a ware- house type of building, where focused display service water beating demand: the maximum design and detailed examination of merchandise is im- rate of water withdrawal from a service water heating portant. system in a designated period of time (usual1y an hour or a day). Type D - General Merchandising: general apparel, variety, stationery, books, sporting goods, hobby, shading coefficient (SC): the ratio of solar heat gain cameras, gifts, luggage, etc. displayed in a de- through fenestration, with or without integral shading part-ment store type of building, where general devices, to that occurring through unshaded 1/8 in. thick display and examination of merchandise is ad- clear double strength glass. equate. shall: where shall is used with a special provision, that Type E - Food & Miscellaneous: bakeries, hard-ware provision is mandatory if compliance with the code is and housewares, grocery, appliances and furniture, claimed. etc., where appetizing appearance is important. shell building: a building for which the envelope is Type F - Service Establishments: establishments designed, constructed, or both prior to knowing the oc- where functional performance is important. cupancy type. (See also speculative building.) roof: those portions of the building envelope including should: term used to indicate provisions which are not all opaque surfaces, fenestration, doors, and hatches mandatory but which are desirable as good practice. which are above conditioned space and which are hori- solar energy source: natural daylighting or thermal, zontal or ti1ted at less than 60° from horizontaL (See chemical, or electrical energy derived from direct con- also walls.) version of incident solar radiation at the building site. room. area (Aj: for lighting power determination pur- speCUlative building: a building for which the enve- pose, the area of a room or space shall be determined lope is designed, constructed, or both prior to the de- from the inside face of the walls or partitions measured sign of the lighting, VAC systems, or both. A specula- at work plane height. tive building differs from a shell building in that the room air conditioner: an encased assembly designed intended occupancy is known for the speCUlative build- as a unit to be mounted in a window or through a wall, ing. (See also shell building.) or as a console. It is designed primarily to provide free standard calculation procedure: an energy simulation delivery of conditioned air to an enclosed space, room, model and a set of input assumptions that account for or zone. It includes a prime source of refrigeration for the dynamic thermal performance of the building; it cooling and dehumidification and means for circulat- produces estimates of annual energy consumption for ing and cleaning air and may also include means for heating, cooling, ventilation, lighting, and other uses. ventilating and heating. Jamaica Energy Efficiency Building Code (EEBC-94) - Requirements 41 system: a combination of equipment and/or controls, thermostat: an automatic control device responsive to accessories, interconnecting means, and terminal ele- temperature. ments by which energy is transformed so as to perform total lighting power allowance: the calculated light- a specific function, such as VAC, service water heating, ing power allowed for the interior and exterior space or illumination. areas of a building or facility. tandem wiring: pairs of luminaires operating with one unconditioned space: space within a building that is lamp in each luminaire powered from a single two-lamp not a conditioned space. (See conditioned space.) ballast contained in the other luminaire. unit lighting power allowance (ULPA): the allotted light- task lighting: lighting that provides illumination for ing power for each individual building type in W/m2. specific visual functions and is directed to a specific surface or area. Unit Power Density (UPD): the lighting power den- sity, in W/m2, of an area or activity. task location: an area of the space where significant visual functions are performed and where lighting is unitary cooling equipment: one or more factory-made required above and beyond that required for general assemblies which normally include an evaporator or ambient use. cooling coil, a compressor, and condenser combination (may include a heating function as well). terminal element: a device by which the transformed energy from a system is fina]]y delivered; i.e., registers, unitary heat pump: one or more factory-made assem- diffusers, lighting fixtures, faucets, etc. blies which normally include an indoor conditioning coil, compressor(s), and outdoor coil or thermal conductance (C): the constant time rate of erant-to-water heat exchanger (including means to pro- heat now through unit area of a body induced by a unit vide both heating and cooling functions. temperature difference between the surfaces,W/(m 2_OC). It is the reciprocal of thermal resistance. (See thermal unlisted space: the difference in area between the gross resistance.) lighted area and the sum of all listed spaces. thermal mass: materials with mass heat capacity and VAC system: the equipment, distribution network, and surface area capable of affecting building loads by stor- terminals that provides either col1ectively or individu- ing and releasing heat as the interior and/or exterior tem- ally the processes of ventilating or air conditioning to a perature and radiant conditions fluctuate. (See also waH building. heat capacity.) VAC system efficiency: see efficiency, VAC system. thermal resistance (R): the reciprocal ofthermal con- variable air volume (VAV) VAC system: VAC sys- ductance; lrC as well as l/h, lIU, m2-K/W. tems that control the dry-bulb temperature within a space thermal transmittance (U): the overall coefficient of by varying the volume of supply air to the space. heat transfer from air to air. It is the time rate of heat ventilation: the process of supplying or removing air flow per unit area under steady conditions from the fluid by natural or mechanical means to or from any space. on the warm side of the barrier to the fluid on the cold Such air mayor may not have been conditioned. 3 side, per unit temperature difference between the two fluids, W/(m2-K). ventilation air: that portion of supply air which comes from outside (outdoors) plus any recirculated air that thermal transmittance, overall (U): the gross over- has been treated to maintain the desired quality of air all (area weighted average) coefficient of heat transfer within a designated space. (See also outdoor air.) from air to air for a gross area of the building envelope, W/(m2-K). The Vii value applies to the combined effect visual task: those detai1s and objects that must be seen of the t1 me rate of heat flows through the various paral- for the performance of a given activity and includes the lel paths such as windows, doors, and opaque construc- immediate background of the details or objects. tion areas comprising the gross area of one or more walls: those portions of the building envelope enclos- building envelope components such as walls, floors, and ing conditioned space including al1 opaque surfaces, roof or ceiling. 42 Jamaica National Building Code: Volume 2 (December 1995) fenestration, and doors which are vertical or tilted at an CLP connected lighting power angle of 60° from horizontal or greater. (See also roof.) COP coefficient of performance waH heat capacity: the sum of the products of the mass DECON ml design energy consumption by month (m) of each individual material in the wall per unit area of and fuel type (i) wall surface times its individual specific heat, kJrc. DECOS annual design energy cost (See thermal mass.) DOE U. S. Department of Energy Watt, (W): A unit of power. One watt is produced when DS daylight sensing control one ampere, flows at an emf of one volt (unity power ECB annual energy cost budget factor). (See also power.) ECOS. l1ll energy cost by month (m) and by fuel type (i) willldow to wall ratio (WWR): the ratio of the fenes- ELPA exterior lighting power allowance tration area to the gross exterior wall area. EPD equipment power density zone: a space or group of spaces within a building with GLA gross lighted building area any combination of heating, cooling, or lighting require- ments sufficiently similar so that desired conditions can H height from bottom of window to bottom of be maintained throughout by a single controlling device. external shading projection Hc heat capacity hp horsepower HSPF heating seasonal performance factor 13.5 Abbreviations, Acronyms and Symbols IEPA interior equipment power allowance A area of the space IES Illuminating Engineering Society of North America An total building floor area ILPA interior lighting power allowance Ar room area IPLV integrated part load value area of a specific building component IRF internal reflecting film AF area factor K Kelvin AFUE annual fuel utilization efficiency LPB lighting power budget AHAM Association of Home Appliance Manufacturers LPD lighting power density AIA American Institute of Architects LPCC lighting power control credit ALP adjusted lighting power NFPA National Fire Protection Association ANSI American National Standards Institute ARI Air-Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute PAF power adjustment factor PTAC packaged terminal air-conditioner ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers, Inc. thermal resistivity ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers R thermal resistance ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials SC shading coefficient BECON ml budget energy consumption by month (m) SWH service water heating and fuel type (i) TEFC totally enclosed, fan cooled BEF bal last efficacy factor - fluorescent Tvis See VLT, below BF ballast factor Uo overall thermal transmittance degree Celsius U or overall thermal transmittance of roof assem- C thermal conductance bly CEEU cost equivalent energy units U ow overall thermal transmittance of opaque wall CH ceiling height ULPA unit lighting power allowance Jamaica Energy Efficiency Building Code (EEBC-94) - Requirements 43 UPD Unit Power Density VAC ventilating and air conditioning VAV variable air volume VLT transmittance of glazing materia] over vis- ible portion of solar spectrum (Also, the equivalent term 'Tvis' may be used). w watts WC water column WWR window to wall ratio WYEC weather year for energy ca1culations (see ASHRAE 1989 Fundamentals Handbook, 243) 44 Jamaica National Building Code: Volume 2 (December 1995) JAMAICA NATIONAL BUILDING CODE VOLUME 2 Energy Efficiency Building Code (EEBC-94) Section 2: Guidelines December 1995 Jamaica Bureau of Standards SPONSORED BY WORLD BANK / UNDP ENERGY SECTOR MANAGEMENT ASSISTANCE PROGRAMME This page is intentionally blank. 46 Jamaica National Building Code: Volume 2 (December 1995) J5 2117: 1994 Section 2: Guidelines CONTENTS: GUIDELINES Preface to the EEBC Guidelines ............................................................................................................................. 51 Acknowledgments .................................................................................................................................................... 52 Appendix A: Benefits of Energy Standards ......................••........•................................................................ [A-I] 53 1 General Benefits Of EEBCs ................................................................................................................... [A-I] 53 1.1 Benefits in Tropical Climates ............................................................................................................ [A-2] 54 1.2 Potential Savings and Payback Period for High Efficiency EEBC in Jamaica ................................. [A-2] 54 2 Benefits of the Jamaican EEBC ................................................................................................................ [A-2] 54 2.1 Potential Savings ............................................................................................................................... [A-2] 54 2.2 Convenience of Compliance Procedures ........................................................................................... [A-2] 54 2.3 Benefits to the Building Industry ....................................................................................................... [A-2] 54 2.4 Cost Effectiveness of Present Jamaica EEBC .................................................................................. [A-3] 55 3 Conclusions from Analyses ...................................................................................................................... [A-6] 58 3.1 Current Code Requirements are not Close to Economically Optimal Levels ..................................... [A-6] 58 3.2 Combination of Correct Prices and Information is Critical ................................................................ [A-61 58 3.3 Shift Focus of International Support ................................................................................................... [A-6] 58 3.4 Potential for Improved Energy Code .................................................................................................. [A-6] 58 Appendix B: Principles and Energy Design Process ................................................................................... [B-1] 59 1 Principles for Effective Energy Efficiency in Building Design ................................................................. [B-1] 59 2 Identification of Significant Energy Req uirements .................................................................................... [B-1] 59 3 Start Early in the Design Process ............................................................................................................... [B-2] 60 4 Follow a Logical Sequence ........................................................................................................................ [B-3] 61 Appendix C: Compliance Guidelines for Whole-Building Energy Budgets and Energy Cost Budgets [C-I] 63 1 Introduction ............................................................................................................................................... [C-1] 63 2 Principles - Whole-building Energy Analysis .......................................................................................... [C-2] 64 3 Compliance Process .................................................................................................................................. [C-2] 64 3.1 Building Energy Budget (EB) Method ................................................................................................ [C-2] 64 3.2 Building Energy Cost Budget (ECB) Method ..................................................................................... [C-4] 66 4 General Calculation Procedures ................................................................................................................ [C-5] 67 4.1 Reference Building Procedure ............................................................................................................. [C-5] 67 4.2 Prototype Building Procedure ............................................................................................................ [C-5] 67 4.3 Climate Data ....................................................................................................................................... [C-6] 68 4.4 Simulation Tools ................................................................................................................................. [C-6] 68 5 Standard Calculation Procedures and Default Values ............................................................................... [C-7] 69 5.1 Orientation and Shape ......................................................................................................................... [C-7] 69 5.2 Internal Loads ...................................................................................................................................... [C-7] 69 5.3 Envelope ............................................................................................................................................ [C-13] 75 5.4 VAC Systems and Equipment ............................................................................................................ [C-14] 76 5.5 Service Water Heating ....................................................................................................................... [C-17] 79 5.6 Controls ............................................................................................................................................. [C-17] 79 5.7 Speculative Buildings ........................................................................................................................ [C-18] 80 6 C:ompliance Submittal Forms ................................................................................................................... [C-19] 81 Jamaica Energy Efficiency Building Code (EEBC-94) - Compliance Guidelines 47 Section 2: Guidelines J5217: 1994 7 References ............................................................................................................................... ,.......... [C-19] 81 00 . . . Attachment C-A Speculative Building ExampJe .................................................................................... [C-19] 81 Appendix D: Compliance Guidelines for the Building Envelope .............................................................. [D-1J 83 1 Envelope Design Principles .............................................................................................................. ,. ...... [D-1] 83 1.1 General Introduction ........................... " .., ...... [D-l] 83 00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.2 Windows ............................................................................................................................................ [D-2] 84 1.3 Daylighting ........................................................................................................................................ [D-2] 84 1.4 Roof Insulation and Colour ............................................................................................................... [D-2] 84 1.5 Wall Insulation and Colour ................................................................................................................ [D-2] 84 1.6 Infiltration .......................................................................................................................................... [D-3] 85 2 Compliance Procedures: General Process ........................................................ [D-4] 86 u ..................................... 2.1 Basic Criteria ..................................................................................................................................... [D-4] 86 2.2 Prescriptive Criteria ........................................................................................................................... [D-4] 86 2.3 System Performance Criteria ............................................................................................................. [D-4] 86 3 Basic Criteria ............................................................................................................................................. [D-4] 86 3.1 Joints ................................................................................................................................................... [D-4] 86 3.2 Windows/Doors/Skylights .................................................................................................................. [D-4] 86 3.3 Access to the Standards .................................. ., .................................................................................. [D-5] 87 4 Prescriptive Criteria ................................................................................................................................. [D-5] 87 4.1 Prescriptive Criteria: Walls ............................................................................................................... [D-5] 87 4.2 Roof - Prescriptive Criteria .............................................................................................................. [D-17] 99 5 System Performance Criteria ................................................................................................................. [D-20] 102 5.1 Introduction ................................................................................................................................... [D-20] 102 5.2 Wall Overall Thermal Transmittance Value (OTrVW) ................................................................. [D-20] 102 5.3 Roof Overall Thermal Transmittance Value (OTTVr) .................................................................... [D-24] 106 5.4 Using the Computer Spreadsheet to Achieve System Performance Compliance ........................... [D-25] 107 5.5 Examples of Additional System Performance Trade-offs and Features ......................................... [D-29] 111 6 More Envelope Calculation Details (SeJected Topics) ......................................................................... [D-33] 115 6.1 Window-to-Wall Ratio (WWR) ..................................................................................................... [D-33] 115 6.2 External Shading ............................................................................................................................ [D-35] 117 6.3 Internal Shading Devices ............................................................................................................... [D-35] 117 6.4 Future Refinements to Envelope System Performance Method ..................................................... [D-35] 117 6.5 Whole-Building Annual Energy Analysis ...................................................................................... [D-35] 117 7 References ............................................................................................................................................ [D-35] 117 Appendix E: Daylighting .............................................................................................................................. [E-l] 119 1 Daylighting Design for Energy Efficiency ............................................................................................. [E-l] 119 1.1 Benefits ............................................................................................................................................. [E-1] 119 1.2 Factors to Consider ........................................................................................................................... [E-2] 120 1.3 Principles of Daylighting Design ..................................................................................................... [E-2] 120 1.4 Integrating Daylight and Electric-Light ............................................................................................ [E-3] 121 2 Envelope Design and Daylighting ........................................................................................................... [E-4] 122 2.1 Type of Glazing ................................................................................................................................ [E-4] 122 2.2 Shading Devices ............................................................................................................................... [E-4] 122 2.3 Windows and Skylights .................................................................................................................... [E-5] 123 3 Integrating Daylight and Electric Light ................................................................................................... [E-61 124 3.1 Methods of Integration ..................................................................................................................... [E-6] 124 3.2 Daylighting Zones ............................................................................................................................ [E-6] 124 48 Jamaica National Building Code: Volume 2 (December 1995) jS 217: 1994 Section 2: Guidelines 3.3 Lighting Controls .............................................................................................................................. [E-8] 126 3.4 Luminaires ........................................................................................................................................ [E-9] 127 4 Compliance Procedures ........................................................................................................................ [E-I0] 128 4.1 Basic Requirements for Daylighting Credit ................................................................................... [E-I0] 128 4.2 Prescriptive Requirements for Daylighting Credit ......................................................................... [E-II] 129 4.3 System Requirements For Day-lighting Credit ............................................................................... [E-12] 130 5 Calculation Procedures .......................................................................................................................... [E-14] 132 6 References ............................................................................................................................................. [E-18] 136 Appendix F: Lighting .••..•••••••.......•...........••.•..••••.•....•......................................•..........................••.•...•.••.•..••• [1:[-1] 137 1 Introduction ............................................................................................................................................. [F'-I] 137 1.1 Benefits ............................................................................................................................................. [F-l] 137 1.2 Organization of Lighting Requirements ........................................................................................... [F-3] 139 1.3 Compliance ....................................................................................................................................... [F-5] 141 2 Basic Lighting Requirements .................................................................................................................. [F-5] 141 3 Interior Lighting Power Allowances (ILPA) - Prescriptive Path ........................................................... [F-16] 152 3.1 Requirements .................................................................................................................................... [F-16 152 3.2 Compliance with Prescriptive Requirements .................................................................................. [F-17] 153 Appendix G: Electric Power and Distribution .......................................................................................... [G-1] 157 1 Introduction ............................................................................................................................................ [G-l] 157 2 Metering ................................................................................................................................................. [G-l] 157 2.1 Basic Requirements ......................................................................................................................... [G-l] 157 2.2 Compliance ...................................................................................................................................... [G-l] 157 3 Transformers ........................................................................................................................................... [G-2] 158 3.1 Requirements ................................................................................................................................... [G-2] 158 3.2 Comments ........................................................................................................................................ [G-2] 158 3.3 Compliance ...................................................................................................................................... [G-2] 158 4 Electrical Motor Efficiency .................................................................................................................... [G-2] 158 4.1 Requirements .................................................................................................................................... [G-2] 158 4.2 Conlments ........................................................................................................................................ [G-2] 158 4.3 Compliance ...................................................................................................................................... [G-3] 159 5 References .............................................................................................................................................. [G-3] 159 Appendix H: Ventilating and Air-Conditioning (VAC) Systems and Equipment .................................. [H-l] 161 1 Introduction ............................................................................................................................................ [H-l] 161 1.1 Impacts ofVAC Systems and Equipment ......................................................................................... [H-l] 161 2 Ventilation & Air Conditioning Systems ................................................................................................ [H-2] 162 2.1 Load Calculations ............................................................................................................................. [H-2] 162 2.2 Simultaneous Heating and Cooling ................................................................................................... [H-5] 165 2.3 Separate Air Distribution Systems .................................................................................................... [H-6] 166 2.4 Temperature Controls ....................................................................................................................... [H-6] 166 2.5 Off-Hour Controls ............................................................................................................................. [H-7] 167 2.6 Humidity Control .............................................................................................................................. [H-8] 168 2.7 Materials And Construction .............................................................................................................. [H-8] 168 2.8 Completion Requirement .................................................................................................................. [H-9] 169 3 Prescriptive Requirement ....................................................................................................................... [H-9] 169 3.1 Sizing ................................................................................................................................................ [H-9] 169 3.2 Fan System Design ......................................................................................................................... [H-10] 170 4 Ventilating & Air Conditioning Equipment .......................................................................................... [H-12] 172 4.1 Basic Requirements ........................................................................................................................ [H-12] 172 Jamaica Energy Efficiency Building Code (EEBC-94) Compliance Guidelines 49 Section 2: Guidelines JS 217: 1994 4.2 Maintenance .................................................................. [H-13] 00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 4.3 Equipment Supplier Responsibility ................................................................................................ [H-13] 173 Appendix I: Service Water Heating Systems and Equipment ................................................................. [I-I] a 179 1 General Design Considerations .................................................................... [I-1] 00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 1.1 Hot Water Temperatures for Various Operations .............................................................................. [1-2] 180 1.2 Maintenance of Steam Traps ............ [I-3] 00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 2 Compliance Procedures ............................................................................................................................ [1-3] 181 2.1 Additional Recommendations ............................................................................................................. [I-3] 181 2.2 Reducing Thermal losses .................................................................................................................... [I-3] 181 3 System Sizing ........................................................................................................................................... [1-4] 182 3.1 Storage Capacity & Hourly Heater Capacity .......................................... " .......................................... [I-4] 182 3.2 Example of Calculating Heater and Storage Tank Capacities ............................................................ [1-6] 184 4 Equipment Efficiencies ............................................................................................................................ [I-6] 184 4.1 Minimum Efficiencies ........................................................................................................................ [1-6] 184 4.2 Calculating Heat Losses From Tanks ................................................................................................ [1-7] 185 4.3 Example - Storage Tank Heat Losses ................................................................................................. [1-9] 187 5 Piping Insulation ..................................................................................................................................... [1-10] 188 5.1 Energy Savings from Piping Insulation, a Calculation Procedure .................................................... [I-II] 189 5.2 Piping Insulation Example ................................................................................................................ [I-12] 190 6 Solar Energy Alternative ......................................................................................................................... [1-13] 191 7 Operation and Management .................................................................................................................... [I-13] 191 Appendix J: Operations and Maintenance (O&M) ...••.••••..•......••..•...•••••••.•••.•.••..•.•..•.•...............•.....••.•.••• [J·l] 195 1 Introduction ......................................................................................................................................... [J-1] 195 2 Maintenance Responsibility and Management Control ........................................................................ [1-2] 196 3 Need for Training in O&M Practices for Buildings ............................................................................. [J-3] 197 4 O&M Support Services ......................................................................................................................... [1-3] 197 Appendix K: Definitions, Abbreviations, Acronyms and Symbols ......................................................... [K.l] 199 Definitions .................................................................................................................................................. [K-1] 199 Abbreviations, Acronyms and Symbols ................................................................................................... [K-IO] 208 Appendix L: Conversion Tables •.••.••......•..•....................•..•.......•....•••....•...•...••.••••.........•.....•..........•............ [L-l] 211 Appendix M: Compliance Forms .............................................................................................................. [M-1] 215 Forms for Small Buildings (Less than 1000 m2 in Gross Floor Area) .. " .................... " .............................. [M-2] 216 Forms for Larger Buildings (Equal to or Greater than 1000 m2 in Gross Floor Area) ............................... [M-7] 221 Appendix N: PC-compatable Diskette Containing Compliance Spreadsheet and Other Data ...................... 233 50 Jamaica National Building Code: Volume 2 (December 1995) JS 2117: 1994 Section 2: Guidelines Preface to the EEBC Guidelines This section contains Guidelines to the Energy Efficiency Building Code (EEBC). These guidelines are in the form of a series of appendices to the EEBC, that have been prepared to assist users in complying with the EEBC requirements. A separate appendix has been prepared to assist in interpreting and complying with each section of the EEBC. These guidelines contain design guidance, case studies, test methods, reference data, caJculation methods, and compliance examples. The two initial appendices provide introductory materials, including discussions of: (1) the benefits of energy standards for buildings; and, (2) general principles of energy-efficient building design. Virtually the entire contents of both theEEBC-94 Requirements Volume (Section 1)and the Guidelines Volume (Section 2) have been prepared in electronic media for PC systems and are available on diskettes from ESMAP. Compliance Forms and Diskette Two complete sets of compliance forms are included in the guidelines (Appendix M). One set of 5 compliance forms is for small buildings (less than 1000 m 2 in floor area), and requests only the essential minimum information for compliance for smaller, and generally less complicated structures. A second set of 10 compliance forms is for larger buildings (equal to or greater than 1000 m 2 in floor area). These forms contain more options for compliance information, reflecting the greater complexity and diversity of larger buildings. The set of compliance forms intended for larger buildings may also be used for smaller buildings (those less than 1000 m2) if so desired. A diskette for PC compatible computers is provided as Appendix N. The diskette contains a copy of the compliance method for the building envelope system performance path. Metrication in Jamaica In keeping with the recent metrication process in Jamaica, these guidelines are presented entirely in metric units, as is the EEBC-94 itself. This represents a major departure from earlier drafts of both EEBC and guidelines, for both had been prepared originally in imperial (inch-pound) units only (circa 1992). As the metrication process proceeded, versions of the EEBC and of some guidelines materials were prepared in dual units, in late 1992 and in 1993. Then, in response to a policy to publish public documents only in metric units, these current 1994 versions of the EEBC and guidelines have been developed. To assist users in using the metric versions of these documents, Appendix M of these guidel ines contains several pages of conversion factors between imperial and metric units. Related References fron1 ASHRAE During the ti me that these final documents have been converted to metric format, some new reference materials have been published by ASHRAE in the US. While both contain valuable new information relative to complying with the types of requirements contained in the EEBC; unfortunately, both documents are prepared in imperial units. The reader is encouraged to become fami1iar with both of these documents as important references, even though their direct use is constrained by their being available only in imperial units. A new second edition of the Cooling and Heating Load Calculation Manual has been published by ASHRAE in 1992 (by Faye C McQuiston, P.E. and Jeffrey D. Spitler, P.E.). This document represents a significant update to the methodology contained originally in the GRP 158 document that is extensively referenced. The GRP 158 version of the Jamaica Energy Efficiency Building Code (EEBC-94) - Compliance Guidelines 51 Section 2: Guidelines JS 217: 1994 Cooling and Heating Load Calculation Manual was described in detail during the 1991 Jamaican EEBC compliance workshops, and copies of the GRP 158 volume were presented to all workshop participants. This new 1992 version emphasizes use of the Tranfer Function method, recognised as the most rigorous of the three methods described in the new version. (The transfer function method was not highlighted in the earlier GRP 158 version). The new, revised 1992 document also comes with a diskette containing programs of the methods described in the volume. The ASHRAE/IES Standard 90.1-1989 is a third generation energy efficiency standard for buildings prepared by ASHRAE. This standard was a major resource used in developing the EEBC for Jamaica. A User's Manual for the standard was published by ASHRAE in 1992. Like the Cooling and Heating Load Calculation Manual, the A!'>IfRAE/ IES Standard 90.1-1989 User' sManual is written only in imperial units. However, considerable resources were available for the development of that document, and it contains many useful examples. While the document is oriented predominantly for US and Canadian use, many examples would be applicable under Jamaican conditions. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS These guidelines were prepared by a team of Jamaican consultants, with oversight and review from the Jamaica Bureau of Standards Energy Efficiency Building Code (EEBC) Committee, and with technical and production support from The Deringer Group, Berkeley, CA, USA. Joseph Deringer and Anne Sprunt developed an outline forthe guidelines and assembled existing materials into a rough draft that was used to begin the writing of the guidelines. Mr. Joseph Gilling, Senior Economist with the World Bank, managed the effort to develop the guidelines, as part of a larger energy sector assistance project. Appendices A and B were developed as team efforts. Nadine Isaacs wrote Appendix D, Building Envelope. Paul Hay wrote Appendix E, Da ylighting. Keith Walters prepared Appendices F, Lighting, and G, Electric Power and Distribution. Donat Dundas wrote Appendix H, Ventilating and Air-Conditioning. Ken Wedderburn prepared Appendices I and J, Service Water Heating and Operations and Maintenance. Appendices K, Definitions, etc, and L, Conversion Factors were adaptations of materials from ASHRAE. Joseph Deringer developed Appendix C, Whole-Building Budgets from materials used with ASHRAE 90.1-1989, and developed the compliance forms in Appendix M from drafts prepared by Roddy Ashby and others. A version of the guidelines was prepared in imperial units, using Pagemaker (tm) on a Macintosh (tm) system, by Electronic Easel, Ltd. of Kingston, Jamaica. A final version, in metric units, using Pagemaker (tm) under Microsoft Windows 3.1 (tm) for PC compatibles, was prepared by The Deringer Group, Berkeley, CA. Alexandra White was responsible for report production for the final metric version. Roosevelt DaCosta performed most of the metrication for the guidelines. Joseph Deringer performed metrication of some sections, plus technical editing of the final version. Members of the Jamaica Bureau of Standards Energy Effic.iency Building Code (EEBC) Committee included Mr. Winston G. Wakefield (Chairman), Mr. Roddy Ashby, Miss Grace Ashley, Mr. Milton Baker, Mr. CliveO.B. Broomfield, Mr. Richard Chambers, Mr. Dennis Chung, Mr. Roosevelt DaCosta, Mr. Marvin Goodman, Mr. Claon Rowe, and Mr. H.G. Sinclair. Special acknowledgment is made to the following: (a) Canadian International Development Agency for funding, through the UNDP/World Bank Energy Sector Assistance Management Programme (ESMAP) to cover the work of the Intemational and Local consultants, who developed the guidelines. (b) Agencies and individuals who provided a rich source of technical material from existing codes and standards in the United States and elsewhere, including American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE), U.S. Department of Energy (US DOE), U.S. Agency for International Development (US AID); Tennessee Valley Authority (TV A); Bonneville Power Authority (BPA) , States of California, Florida, Washington, Oregon, Massachusetts, New York, Tennessee. 52 Jamaica National Building Code: Volume 2 (December 1995) J5217: 1994 Appendix A - Benefits Appendix A: Benefits of Energy Standards Contents of this Appendix General Benefits of EEBCs 1 General Benefits of EEBCs .............................. A-I Building energy standards are important elements of 2 Benefits of the Jamaican EEBC ........................ A-2 energy policies within many countries of the Americas, 3 Conclusions from the Analyses ........................ A-6 the Pacific, and Europe. Countries having energy stan- dards for commercial buildings and in many cases individual standards for new and existing buildings include the United States, Canada, Australia, New Zealand, Singapore. England, France, Germany, Swe- Commentary den, Switzerland, Denmark, and Norway. This appendix discusses benefits of energy effi- Available information indicates that energy standards ciency standards in general and that ofthe J amai- have not been difficult to implement and have proved can code in particular. effective in reducing unnecessary energy costs. A num- ber of countries are therefore engaged in second and Data presented represents the experience ofcoun- third updates to their building energy standards. tries with well established energy codes; results of a recently completedASEAN project, in S.EAsia; In the United States for example, the American Society and results of an analysis of Jamaican office- of Heating, Refrigeration, and Air Conditioning Engi- buildings, using the climate ofKingston, as well as neers (ASH RAE) developed a voluntary energy stan- construction and energy costs typical ofJamaica. dard in 1975 (ASHRAE 9075). And by the early 1980s, all 50 U.S. states had adopted some modified form of Particular emphasis is made ofpotential benefits this standard as mandatory. expected on the implementation EEBC -94, as op- ASHRAE subsequently published a major update to its posed to continuing current practices. These ben- energy standard for commercial buildings (ASH RAE/ efits are especially relevant to office buildings, but IES 90.1-1989): versions of which have al ready been are also applicable to the envelopes of other adopted in Massachusetts, and other states are consider- building types. ing it. Estimated energy savings from ASHRAE 90- 75 were: It is nevertheless hoped that analysis ofEEBC-94 will be extended in the near future to include a) 40% ofpre-1973 designs of oil-embargo, commer- benefits specifically relevant to hotels and retail cial buildings [A.D.Little, 1976]; and buildings. Results of this analysis will then be b) 25-40% oftypicaJ mid-70s building designs (AlA, 1980). incorporated into this appendix. Jamaica Energy Efficiency Building Code (EEBC-94) - Compliance Guidelines IJ 53 Appendix A ~ Benefits JS 217: 1994 And, estimated savings from ASHRAE/IES 90.1-1989 As Figure A-I shows, estimated energy savings from are: implementing the Jamaican EEBC code are: c) an additional 10·20% from ASHRAE 90-75. a) 30% of annual consumption for large office build- ings, and, b) 36% of annual consumption for small office build- 1.1 Benefits in Tropica] CHnlates ings. Malaysia has adopted ASHRAE/IES 90.1-1989, and others with tropical climates (as the Philippines, Indo- As Figure A-2 shows, peak electrical-demand is esti- nesia, and Thailand) have developed standards based on mated to be reduced by an amount roughly equivalent to it; potential savings from which are: that for annual consumption. But, estimated reduction of peak cooling loads are: a) 20% in Malaysia, c) 24% for large offices, and b) 22% in the Philippines, d) 29% for small offices. c) 24% in Indonesia, and d) 23-43 % in Thailand. 2.2 Convenience of CompJiance 1.2 Potentia] Savings and Payback Period Procedures for High Efficiency EEBC in Jamaica The Jamaican EEBC takes into consideration the cli- mate, building materials and construction practices typi- A recent study in Thailand has indicated that energy cal of Jamaica; as well as electrical and mechanical savings in excess of present building energy standards equipment; and systems appropriate and cost-effective are possible and cost effective. in Jamaica. In this study, high-efficiency measures of energy-con- All effort has nevertheless been made to keep compli- servation were evaluated for an office, hotel, and store. ance procedures simple and convenient. Consequently, And, savings were found to be: a) basic requirements are provided as a guide to en- a) 45 % in the office, ergy-conscious design; b) 51 % in the hotel, and b) prescriptive req uirements are provided as models c) 56% in the store. of code compliance; c) system performance requirements facilitate com- Payback for implementing these efficiency measures pliance of innovative designs; was found to vary from under 1 yearto just over 2 years. d) whole-building analysis permits evaluation of com- plex designs; and 2 Benefits of the Jamaican EEBC e) compliance forms are designed to be easily under- stood and completed. 2.1 Potentia] Savings 2.3 Benefits to the BuHding Industry The Jamaican Energy Efficiency Building Code (EEBC) is based on energy-efficiency experience within the U.S. A bui] di ng energy code of this nature has not previousl y and elsewhere; but is more stringent than even standards been introduced in Jamaica, but some of the more considered by a number of S.E. Asian countries, under apparent benefits of its implementation are: a recently completed ASEAN project. 54 [A-2] Jamaica National Building Code: Volume 2 (December 1995) J5217: 1994 Appendix A - Benefits a) standards are established for evaluation of design Figure A-I: Energy Results for Energy decisions; Code and for High-Efficiency Case b) standards are established for building products and equipment; c) practices such as computer-based energy analysis and daylighting are introduced; and; d) the need for increasing Jamaica's generating capac- ffi 250 ~ ity can be reduced without sacrificing the needs or E 0- comfort of building occupants. ? 200 S ~ 2.4 Cost Effectiveness of Present Janlaica g 150 :::l EEBC >. 0> Q5 c 100 A recently concluded Jamaican study indicates that w (tj implementing the Jamaican EEBC is cost effective. :::J C ~ 50 Three types of energy and cost analyses were conducted on both the large and small office buildings, using the base case descriptions that represent current practice in o Jamaica. First, a set of energy and cost parametric Base Case EEBC-90 High Efficiency analyses were conducted separately across multiple values of each of about 20 energy measures. Second, a o Small Office II Large Office set of changes was made to the energy features of each base case building so that it would comply with the EEBC-90 code requirements, and energy and economic analyses were conducted of this combined "EEBC-90" Figure A-2: Peak Demand Results for set. Third, another set of changes was made to each base Energy Code and for High-Efficiency Case case building so that the result incorporated the features selected for the "high efficiency" case, and energy and economic analyses were conducted of this combined set. 80 An important feature of these analyses is that incremen- 70 tal construction costs have been identified for all changes from the base case values, whether for changes in ~ 0- 60 I/) indi vidual parametric measures or for combined changes ~ 50 in multiple measures. The cost data was acquired from u- c 40 in-country suppliers and building designers. A quantity to E surveyor (cost estimator) provided detailed input for 0 Q) 30 envelope-related features, while glass, lighting, and ~ to Q) VAC suppliers provided information on those respec- 0... 20 tive systems. Building design professionals reviewed the data for reasonableness. 10 0 In considering cost-effectiveness of measures that re- Base Case EEBC-90 High duced loads, 60% of potential reductions in V AC sizing Efficiency were used to calculate potential construction cost sav- o Small Office • Large Office Jamaica Energy IEfficiency Building Code (EEBC-94) - Compliance Guidelines [A-3] 55 Appendix A Benefits D jS 217: 1994 ings. For all construction costs, the amount of import Figure A-3: Economic Impacts of duties and taxes were identified separately, to permit EEBC .. 90 Requirements assessment of impacts of these policy elements on the cost-effectiveness of energy measures. 70.00 In-country construction costs were identified whenever possible. When local costs were not available, as for 60.00 energy products not yet used in Jamaica (such as E 0- 50.00 day lighting controls), then US costs were used, with ~ (j) transportation costs, import duties and taxes applied. ::::l All costs were stated in US dollars, due to its more ;; 40.00 a.. widespread use for energy-efficiency assessments inter- z nationally. tti 30.00 C Q) E Both energy and economic impacts were assessed for Q) 20.00 t5 each of the parametric measures. A financial analysis E 10.00 was done to assess impacts on a typical building owner. This analysis included the combined impacts of import 0.00 duties and taxes. For the financial analysis, electricity National Owner Owner Owner costs used were current actual rates to the owner, includ- (12%) (10%) (15%) (20%) ing both kWh and kW components. Electricity rates increased twice during the course of the study, partly in Sml ate • Lge Ok response to fluctuations in the Jamaican dollar, and all economic and financial anal yses reported in these guide- lines use the JPS rates in effect during 1990 as a result of the first rate increase. Since the 1991 rates are higher in US$ than 1990 rates, the cost-effectiveness to the build- ing owner for all energy efficiency measures will in- Figure A ..4: Economic Impacts of the crease compared with the results reported here. High ..Efficiency Case An economic analysis was done to assess the national economic impacts of the measures to Jamaica as a whole. For this analysis, taxes and import duties were 30.00 excluded. 25.00 FiguresA-1 andA-2show that the estimated energy and ~ 0- 20.00 peak demand reductions for the high efficiency cases ~ (f) exceed 50% for both large and small offices. The energy ::> 15.00 efficiency measures used to attain those results are not en a.. z 10.00 exotic and are widely available in the US marketplace, tti for example. The high efficiency case results indicate C Q) 5.00 that much higher energy efficiency levels are attainable E Q) in Jamaica than are being required by the EEBC-94. t5 0.00 E -5.00 Furthermore, the energy savings attained by the EEBC are highly cost effective. The payback is: -10.00 ~:---~-..-.. --.--.-~ a) 1.2 years for large office buildings; and D Sml Ofe • Lge Ofe 56 [AA] Jamaica National Building Code: Volume 2 (December 1995) JS 217: 1994 Appendix A - Benefits b) 2.6 years for small office buildings. levels will produce energy reductions from current Jamaican practice of more than 50%. These results are shown in Figure A-3. Consequently, additional expenses that may result from complying For the building owner in financial terms, the high with the Jamaican EEBC requirements should be repaid efficiency case for the large office building produces a within one to three years of use, depending upon specif- 62% energy reduction, with a simple payback period of ics of the applications. Thereafter, the reduced energy 6.0 years, from current base case practice. The high costs will continue to contribute to savings in the efficiency case for the small office building produces a building's operational cost, for the life of the conserva- 57% energy reduction with a simple payback of 4.4 tion measures implemented. years, from current base case practice. The same study also indicates that the high efficiency The high efficiency case produces mixed results for energy measures are also highly cost effective from a building owners, given current prices. For the small national economic perspective, and sometimes cost office building, net present values for the "high effi- effective from a private owner financial perspective. ciency" case are positive and benefit/cost ratios are high The payback for exceeding code requirements and for all discount rates. (These values are computed rela- achieving the high efficiency levels is: tive to the EEBC case). The result is that the high efficiency small office case is cost-effective for the c) 4.8 years for large office buildings that meet the building owner, using the EEBC requirements as a base code requirements; and case. d) 1.7 years for sma]} office buildings that meet the code requirements. The large office building "high efficiency" case results are mixed, to the building owner. The net present values These positi ve economic results are summarized graphi- begin to go negative is the discount rate increases, and cally in Net Present Value terms in Figure A-4. Conse- the B/C ratios begin to be less than one. These values quently, additional expenses that may result from com- also are computed relative to the energy code case. plying with, or exceeding, the Jamaican EEBC Thus, the high efficiency case for the large office repre- requirements should be repaid within five years of use; sents at best only a marginal investment to building thereafter contributing to savings in the building's op- owners, given the current prices, and depending upon erational cost, for the life of the conservation measures discount rates assumed. implemented. However, from a national economic perspective, the The analysis of the Jamaican code energy requirements high efficiency cases forboth sma]] and large offices are has addressed the question of potential economically still very cost-effective for Jamaica, for both large and optima] levels. For the analysis, "economically opti- small offices. Based on the results of the Energy Sector mal" was defined for the national economic perspective Strategy and Investment Planning Study, ESMAP, 1992, as the point where the incrementa] life cycle cost of the cost of conserved energy for the large and small energy efficiency measures (construction and opera- offices is still less than the cost to JPS to generate tions) equalled the incremental life cycle benefits via electricity. reductions in energy costs, where the incremental net present value (NPV) equals zero, using a 12% discount For the national economic perspective used, net present rate (real), a 20 year accounting life, and no duties or values and benefit/cost ratios are still quite high. The taxes. incremental net present values exceed US$20/m 2 • This result is important, for it indicates that the economically The analyses conducted to date do not permit identifica- optimal point must be in excess of the results for this tion of the actual point of the economic optimum. case. Thus, a lower boundary is established in excess of However, the anal yses do identify a boundary condition a 50% energy reduction from current practice. This on the economic optimum for office buildings from a result applies to both large and small offices. national perspective. Namely, economically optimal Jamaica Energy Efficiency Building Code (EEBC-94) - Compliance Guidelines [A-5] 57 Appendix A - Benents JS 217: 1994 portant area of analysis of hotels, but awaits further 3 Conclusions from Analyses funding. Another example is that discussions have begun on the potential of creating at the newly formed 3.1 Current Code Requirements are not architecture department at the College of Art, Science Close to Economically Optimal Levels and Technology (CAST) in Kingston a regional center for building energy design excellence for the tropics. The energy and economic results for Jamaica indicate Such a center might provide a vehicle for assisting the that economicaJJy optimal levels for specifying energy adaptation of results to date to additional locations code requirements would resu1t in over 50% energy throughout the tropics. reductions from current practice. While a lower bound has been identified, the optima] level has not been identified, from the current analysis, for the optimal 3.4 Potential for Improved Energy Code economic level from a national perspective is beyond Energy codes are powerfu I information tools that em- the high efficiency case for both for the large and small body cost-effective practice for use in conjunction with offices. other policy measures and the implementation of de- mand-side management (DSM) programs. One can 3.2 Combination of Correct Prices and foresee the development of an energy code that provides Information is Critical better guidance toward the maximum levels of energy efficiency that are cost-effective for Jamaica from a Interest in energy-efficiency is now high in Jamaica, national economic perspective. Such levels of effi- primarily because of recent increases in electricity prices. ciency might result in almost double the efficiency The incentive to reduce energy use caused by this improvements as those required by present energy code change is being recognized by building owners, manag- requirements. If environmental externalities were fac- ers, and investors. tored into Jamaican electricity prices, the cost-effec- tiveness of increased efficiency would be further en- In conjunction, the recent code implementation and hanced. demand-side management (DSM) activities in Jamaica have been providing much needed energy-efficiency In the future, Jamaica may wish to use the analysis tools information and analysis tools. The information and cited above to determine economically optimal levels or tools are needed to properly and quickly respond to the ranges for energy code provisions. The next step would increased interest. be to determine the costs of moving from current levels of code requirements to the levels indicated as economi- cally optimal. Given the number of barriers to attain- 3.3 Sbift Focus of International Support ment of economically optimal levels of conservation, an More international economic support and expertise can interim code structure that would provide two levels of be invested to increase energy efficiency in buildings in requirements might be useful. Such a structure could countries like Jamaica. Such investment makes clear include: economic sense, from the national economic perspec- tive of countries like Jamaica. Also, developing coun- a) a set of minimum requirements~ such as those requirements currently in the code; plus, tries in the tropics are where the most rapid growth is occurring in commercial buiJdingstocks. This includes b) a set of optional requirements close tothe identified tropical locations in Asia, Central and South America, economically optimal levels of efficiency from a and Africa. national perspective. In Jamaica, there is a need for continued development of Thus, energy codes can become even more powerful code implementation acti vities and a continued strength- information tools for imbedding economically rational ening of code related institutions. For example, addi- levels of investment in energy efficiency. tional economic analysis is planned, including the im- 58 [A-6] Jamaica National Building Code: Volume 2 (December 1995) JS 211: 1994 Appendix B - Principles and Process AppendixB: Principles and Energy Design Process ing design. The intent of this section is to provide ideas Contents of this Appendix on how to improve the integration of the building's 1 Principles for Effective Energy Efficiency major energy using subsystems in a cost effective man- ner without compromising the building's intended func- in Building Design ............................................ B-1 tional use or internal environmental conditions. 2 Identification of Significant Energy Requirements ......................................... B-1 3 Start Early in the Design Process ....................... B-2 2 Identification of Significant 4 Fol1ow a Logical Sequence ................................ B-2 Energy Requirements Before energy design strategies can be developed for a Commentary commercial building, a clear picture of its most signifi- cant energy requirements should be developed. The This appendix contains two major parts. First, it dis- basic approach to achieving an energy efficient design cusses general Principles for the energy conscious is to shift or reduce loads, improve transport systems and design and retrofit of buildings. A major source of this provide efficient environmental systems and controls. material is from the «Principles" section (AppendixA) This is accomplished by first determining which aspects of ASHRAE/ IES Standard 90.1-1989. More detailed of the building's energy requirements are the most energy design principles, that apply to specific building significant; those that would result in the largest annual systems, are also contained in later Appendices. energy costs to the building owner if energy conserving An excellent description of the process ofdesigning for strategies were otherwise not applied. For example, for a given building, the largest annual energy cost compo- energy efficiency is contained in the introductory chap- ter ofUEnergy Design for Architects, " by TheAmerican nent may be lighting, followed by cooling, heating, and ventilation, respectively. In this example, electricity Architectural Foundation. The reader is encouraged to would be the major energy source. Therefore, peaktime- review that material. A copy is available at the J amai- can Bureau of Standards. rates of energy use (i.e., peak power demands), as well as direct energy use, would have to be included in any energy analysis. Principles for Effective Energy Consideration of peak demands will reduce the require- ment for oversizing of energy systems in the building Efficiency in Building Design and will also have the added impact of helping to reduce This section complements the requirements of the Stan- the need for additional, low utilization peak utility dard by providing general principles of effective build- capacity. Jamaica Energy Efficiency Building Code (EEBC-94) - Compliance Guidelines [B-1] 59 Appendix B - Principles and Process JS 217: 1994 ~ . Determine Energy s;e p Opportunities Comments Sources for Data & Problems Previous building designs of client and/or Seasonal and diurnal patterns are both design team important Case-stUdy buildings, from local utility or Relative loads values are as important as from others absolute values BUilding-type parametric studies Examine annual or monthly peaks, depending (utilities, USDOE, etc.) on utility rate structures Typical building parametric studies (ASHRAE, I\IREL, TVA, ACEEE, etc.) -- Previous building designs of client and/or Energy Priorities are often different from design team Load Priorities Case-study buildings, from local utility or - usually due to differences in system from others efficiencies Building-type parametric studies - cooling system efficiencies usually higher (utilities, USDOE, etc.) than heating systems Typical buil ding parametric studies (ASHRAE, NREL, TVA, ACEEE, etc.) Energy Cost Priorities are often different from Energy Priorities Electricity demand costs may increase priority Utility company rates of all electricity end-uses Electricity costs are typically higher than gas, thereby changing cooling and heating priorities Energy costs vary by location more than by variations in climate Utility and other sources of cost data for Construction and O&M costs of energy energy measures (eg., CCIG) measures can influence priorities Typical investment scenarios and parameters Owner investment time horizon and discount by building type and owner type rates are key factors Figure B-1: Determine Energy Opportunities and Problems Once the most significant cost components of the Therefore, use should be made of one of the several building'S energy requirements have been determined, available analysis tools, some of which are microcom- apply the strategies and design solutions listed below puter-based. and those that appear in each Section of the Standard. In the example noted above, lighting solutions would be addressed first, followed by cooling, heating, and then 3 Start Early in the Design Process ventilation. As Figure B-2 shows, it is important to consider energy Research results indicate that the most significant en- efficiency from the beginning of the building design ergy uses for any given commercial building are gener- process, since design improvements are most easily and ally not accurately identifiable by professional intuition. effectively made then . Seek the active participation of 60 [B-2J Jamaica National Building Code: Volume 2 (December 1995) JS 217: 1994 Appendix B - Principles and Process Program Schematic Design Construction Construction Post- Predesign Design Development Documents Management Construction .. • • • • ,. . . • DEGREE OF FFORT • • • • .. • • • • . • . »»------- Design to Construction Time Line Figure B-2: Energy Efficiency Potential at Various Phases During the Design Process members of the design team earl y in the design process, Identify the major areas that offer energy efficiency inc1uding the owner, architect, engineer, and builder. opportunities based on the building'S functional use, Consider building attributes such as building function, human occupancy req uirements and site characteristics. form, orientation, window/wall ratio, and HVAC sys- These areas will vary considerably from building to tem types early in the design process. Each has major building depending upon function and service require- energy implications. These considerations most likely ments, and should be considered when applying the will resu1t in solutions that minimize both construction criteria of this Standard. and operation costs, including energy demand charges. b) Minimize Loads Anal yze the external and internal loads to be imposed on 4 Follow a Logical Sequence building energy-using subsystems, both for peak-load Address the building's energy requirements in the fol- and part-load conditions. Include a determination of lowing sequence, as shown in Figure B-3: how the building relates to its external environment in the analysis, either adaptively or defensively. Consider a) Minimize Impact of Functional Requirements changes in building form, aspect ratio, and other at- Jamaica Energy Efficiency Building Code (EEBC-94) - Compliance Guidelines 61 Appendix B - Principles and Process JS 217: 1994 tributes that reduce, redistribute, or delay (shift) loads. aD ,-.- -- ------.. c) Improve Subsystems Efficiency Analyze the diversified energy and demand (power) Establish an Energy Goal or an Energy Cost Goal lI Determine Energy Opp~~~~~~: and requirements of each energy-using subsystem serving the functional requirements of the building. Consider static and dynamic efficiency of energy conversion and energy transport subsystems and include consideration of opportunities to reclaim, redistribute, and store en- ergy for later use. d) Integrate Building Subsystems Alternative ways to integrate systems into the building Optimize Impacts of will be accomplished by considering both power and Loads time components of energy use. Identify, evaluate and design each of these components to control the overall design energy consumption. The following should be considered when integrating major building subsystems: 1. Address more than one problem when developing Integrate Building design solutions, and make maximum use of build- Systems ing components already present for non-energy reasons (e.g. windows, structural mass); 2. Examine design solutions that consider time, since sufficient energy may already be present from the environment (e.g., solar heat, night cooling) or from internal equipment (e.g., lights, computers) but available at different times than needed. Thus, active (heat pumps with water tanks) and passive (building mass) storage techniques may be consid- ered. Figure B-3: Energy Design Process 3. Examine design solutions that consider anticipated space utilization. For example, in large but rela- tively unoccupied spaces, task orzone heating may e) Compare Results with Goals be considered. Transporting energy (light and heat) from locations of production and availability Check the results of the energy analysis and design to locations of need should be considered instead modifications. If they do not meet your goals, then go of the purchase of additional energy. back to earlier steps in the process and iterate through the steps until your goals are met (or you must modify 4. Never reject waste energy at temperatures usable your goals). for space conditioning or other practical purposes without calculating the economic benefit of energy 1) Goals Are Met recovery or treatment and reuse. If the energy goals are met, then the energy design 5. Use design solutions that are easily understood as process has been successfully accomplished. they have a greater probability of use by building occupants. 62 [B-4J Jamaica National Building Code: Volume 2 (December 1995) J5217: 1994 Appendix C - Budgets AppendixC: Compliance Guidelines for Whole-Building Energy Budgets and Energy Cost Budgets Contents of this Appendix Introduction 1 Introduction ...................................................... C-l This section provides criteria for the design of energy 2 Principles - Whole-building Energy efficient buildings that allow greater design flexibility Analysis ............................................................ C-2 than the other compliance paths of this standard while 3 Compliance Process ......................................... C-2 providing building energy efficiency levels consistent 4 General Calculation Procedures ....................... C-5 with the other paths. Two main compliance paths are provided: 5 Standard Calculation Procedures and Default Values .................................................. C-7 a) an Energy Budget (EB) path; and, 6 Compliance Submittal Forms ......................... C-18 b) an Energy Cost Budget (ECB) path. 7 References ...................................................... C-19 Attachment C-A, Speculative Building The Energy Budget (EB) path is provided for when the Example .......................................................... C-19 applicable utility rate makes the analysis of peak de- mand less critical. Within this path, there are two ways to determine a target: Commentary a) Use the predetermined values listed in EEBCTable This Appendix is intended to provide compliance C-1. guidance in conducting annual energy analyses on b) Determine an Energy Budget using the ru les and a whole-building basis. This Appendix focuses on procedures specified in Section 1.3 below. WHAT is required to comply, and HOW the com- An Energy Cost Budget (ECB) compliance path is also pliance processes work. Future examples can be provided. Since proposed designs may use varying rate inserted from energy and economic analysis of structures, including those with high demand charges or typical Jamaican buildings. even various amounts of different types of energy, energy cost is used as the common denominator. Using This guide is intended for use with annual energy unit costs rather than units of energy or power such as simulation tools such as DOE-2 or ASEAM2D. Btu, kWh or kW allows the energy use contribution of These tools have been used to analyze Jamaican different fuel sources at different times to be added and buildings, and information about them is available compared. atJES. Jamaica Energy Efficiency Building Code (EEBC-94) - Compliance Guidelines IJ 63 Appendix C - Budgets JS 217: 1994 Both the EB and ECB paths provide an opportunity for b) Have the key members of the design team in- the building designer to evaluate and take credit for volved in the early analysis (architect, electrical innovative energy conservation designs, materials, and engineer, mechanical engineer, etc). For example, equipment (such as daylighting, passive solar heating, saving money by reducing the size of systems is heat recovery, better zonal temperature control, and difficult unless all decision makers are involved in thermal storage, as well as other applications of "off the process. peak" electrical energy) that cannot be accounted for in either the Prescriptive or System Performance paths. For whole-building analysis, either the EB or the ECB 3 Compliance Process compliance paths may be used. However, the ECB path When designs fail to meet either the Prescriptive or is recommended. It will allow the designer and owner System Performance criteria of this standard, then either to more properly assess the cost-effectiveness impacts of the two whole-building analysis methods may be of alternative building energy choices. In most cases, used: the information on cost-effectiveness is well worth the slight increase in analysis effort. a) Energy Budget (EB) Method; or, When comparing design options, designers are encour- b) Energy Cost Budget (ECB) Method. aged to try to minimize life cycle costs including capital Either method may be employed for evaluating the costs and operation and maintenance costs along with compliance of all proposed designs (except shell build- energy costs over the projected lifetime of the building. ings). The ECB is the highest allowable calculated annual Energy Cost Budget for a specific building design. This section defines calculation procedures for compli- Other alternative designs are likely to have lower annual ance purposes that shall be used to calculate the EB and energy costs and lower life cycle costs than those that DECON for the EB method and the ECB and DECOS minimally meet the ECB. values for the ECB method. Either the reference build- ing procedure described in 5.1 orthe prototype building NOTE: These procedures are intended only for the procedure described in 5.2 shall be used to determine purpose of demonstrating design compliance and are compliance. not intended to be used to predict, to document, or to verify annual energy consumption or annual energy The choice of procedure may depend upon designer and costs. owner objectives and constraints. Generally, the proto- type building procedure is considered easier to use. However, a prototype may not reflect actual conditions 2 Principles - Whole-building of the building design as well as a reference building. The ease of use of the prototype building procedure for Energy Analysis a given project depends upon the availability of pre- defined prototype input files for the energy simulation Two very important principles exist relative to how and tools being used. Then, the amount of work required for when whole-building energy analysis should be accom- analysis purposes can be greatly reduced. plished. They are: a) Do the analysis early in the design process. (Well 3.1 Building Energy Budget (EB) Method before the end of schematic or concept design). For example, many energy improvements reduce the 3.1.1 Requirement for the Annual Energy Bud- loads on building systems. Therefore, the size of get (EB).Compliance under the Building Energy Bud- the systems can be reduced, saving considerable get Method requires detailed energy analyses of the money. entire proposed design, referred to as the design energy 64 [C-2] Jamaic::a National Building Code: Volume 2. (December 1995) JS 217: 1994 Appendix C. Budgets consumption (DECON). The DECON is then com- pared against an annual energy budget (EB). Compli- Table C-l ance is evaluated by comparing the energy estimate of Maximum Annual Energy Budgets the building design with the annual energy budget. (in kWh/m2/year at the building site) Compliance is achieved when the estimated DECON is (based on 1 kWh = 3,413 Btu) not greater than the EB (DECON <= EB). Building Type kWh/m2jyr This section provides instructions for determining the Place of Assembly, Auditorium 202 EB and for calculating the DECON. The EB shall be Bank or Savings and Loan 132 determined from Table C-l, below, or through calcula- Clinic 142 tion of annual energy consumption of the prototype or Drug Store 173 reference building design configured to meet the re- School quirements of EEBC Sections 4 through 11. Classroom 126 3.1.2 Predefined Annual Energy Budgets. The Gymnasium (conditioned), auditorium 117 EB shall be determined from Table C-l, based upon the Office 132 most appropriate building type. For mixed use build- Laboratory (Not including process) 173 ings, a weighted average of Energy Budgets may be Hotel, Motel 183 used. Library 214 Mercantile 3.1.3 Calculating an Annual Energy Budget. If Strip Shop (stores less than 1,400 m2) 186 a reference building is used to set the energy budget, 2 Department Store (greater than 1,400 m ) 230 then the reference building shall be based upon the Mall (conditioned common areas of malls) 148 characteristics of the proposed building design, but with Nursing Home 271 all other characteristicsofthe reference building such as Office Building 132 lighting, envelope and V AC system modified to meet Hospital the energy requirements of sections 4 through 11 of the Autopsy IMorgue 252 EEBC. Central Supply 221 Operating Suite 448 Each floor of the reference building shall be oriented Emergency Department 315 exactly as in the proposed design. The form, gross and Intensive Care Unit 315 conditioned floor areas of each floor, the number of Laboratory 315 floors, and the lighting and V AC system types and zoning shall be as in the proposed design. General Patient Care 252 Restaurant 630-1,260 If a prototype building is used to set the energy budget, Storage, Warehouse (conditioned) 79 per 4.2 below, then the form, orientation, occupancy, Theater 151 and use profiles for a prototype building shall be fixed. Air Terminal Envelope, lighting, electrical systems, and V AC sys- Commercial 246 tems shall meet the respective prescriptive or system Concourse 268 performance requirements ofEEBC Sections 4 through Place of Worship 158 11 and are standardized inputs. Apartment Houses - +3 stories 126 If a prototype building is used, the building designer Note: The Energy Budgets listed in Table C-l are derived shall determine the building type of the proposed design from analyses and experience in the southern United States, using the building prototype categories defined below in especiall y Florida. The numbers are applied to Jamaica using Section 5. The prototype building shall be simulated professional judgment. Further refinement of these Energy using the same gross floor area and number of floors as Budgets could be obtained from analyses of typical Jamaican buildings using Jamaican weather data. in the proposed design. Jamaica Energy Efficiency Building Code (EEBC-94) - Compliance Guidelines [C-3] 65 Appendix C - Budgets jS 217: 1994 For mixed-use buildings the EB shall be derived by (BECONmJ)(ECOS m1 ) + allocating the floor space of each building type within (BECON m2)(ECOS m2 ) + the floor space of the Prototype Building. For buildings .. , + types for which prototypical building descriptions have (BECONmi)(ECOSmD EEBC been not been defined, the Reference Building Proce- dure of 5.1 shall be used. Where 3.1.4 Compliance with the Annual Energy ECB The annual Energy Cost Budget Budget (EB). If the DECON, the annual energy cost The general monthly Energy Cost Budget estimated for the building design, is not greater than the the annual energy budget, and all of the basic BECONmi The monthly Budget Energy Consumption requirements of 404,504,604,7.4,8.4,9.4, lOA, and 11.4 of the ith type of energy are met, the proposed design complies with this Stan- dard. The DECON shall be calculated by modeling the The monthly Cost, per unit of the jlh proposed design using the same methods, assumptions, type of energy climate data, and simulation tool as were used to estab- lish the EB (except as explicitly provided in this The ECOS mi shall be determined using current rate Appendix). schedules or contract pricesavailab1e atthe building site for all types of energy purchased. These costs shall include: 3.2 Building Energy Cost Budget a) demand charges, (ECB) Method b) rate blocks, The ECB method shall use the compliance procedures c) time of use rates, just defined above for determining the EB and DECON. d) interruptable service rates, In addition, the following procedures shall be used for e) delivery charges, determining ECB and DECOS. f) fuel adjustment factors, 3.2.1 Requirement for the Annual Energy Cost g) taxes, and Budget (ECB). An annual Energy Cost Budget h) all other applicable for the type, location, (ECB) for the building design shall be determined in operation, and size of the proposed building. accordance with either the Prototype Building Method or the Reference Building Method in Section 5 below. The BECONmi shall be calculated from the first day through the last day of each month inclusive. Both methods permit calculating an ECB that is the summation of the 12 monthly energy cost budgets 3.2.2 Compliance with the Annual Energy Cost (ECB m). Each ECB m is the product of the monthly Budget (ECB). If the DECOS, the annual energy cost budget energy consumption (BECON m) of each type of estimated for the building design, is not greater than the energy used multiplied by that monthly energy cost ECB, the annual energy cost budget, as provided in (ECOS m) per unit of energy for each type of energy EEBC Eq 12-3, and all of the basic requirements of 4.4, used. The ECB shaH be determined in accordance with 5.4, 6.4, 7.4, 804, 904, lOA, and 11.4 are met, the Eq 12-1 of the EEBC as follows: proposed design complies. ECB + + ... + ECB dec DECOS.5 ECB EEBC Eq. (12-3) EEBC Eq. (12-1) The DECOS shall be determined using the calculation Where ECBm is based on Equation 12-2: procedures described in section C.6 below and shall be calculated as provided in EEBC Equation 12-4. 66 Jamaica National Building Code: Volume 2 (December 1995) JS 217: 1994 Appendix C Budgets a DECOS DECOSjan + ... DECOS m If a reference building is used to set either the energy + ... + budget or the energy cost budget, then the reference DECOS dec EEBC (12-4) building shal1 be based upon the characteristics of the proposed building design: Where the DECOSm are based on EEBC Equation 12-5: c) Each floor of the reference building shall be ori- ented exactly as in the proposed design. (DECONm1)(ECOS m1 ) + ... + d) The form, gross and conditioned floor area of each (DECONmi)(ECOSmD EEBC Eq. (12-5) floor, and the number of floors shall be as in the Where proposed design. e) the lighting and VACsystem types and zoning shall DEeos The annual design energy cost be as in the proposed design. The monthly design energy cost DECONmi = Ine monthly design energy consumption of All other characteristics of the reference building such the ith type of energy as lighting, envelope and V AC system modified to meet ECOS mi = Ine monthly Energy Cost, per unit of the jth the energy requirements of sections 4 through 11 of the type of energy EEBC. The DECON mi shall be calculated from the first day through the last day of the month inclusive. 4.2 Prototype Building Procedure If the proposed design includes cogeneration or renew- The intent of the Prototype Building Procedure is to able energy sources designed for the sale of energy off reduce the complexity and level of effort of compliance site, the energy cost and income resulting from outside with this part of the EEBC. Prototypical building sales shall not be included in the calculation of DECOS. descriptions have been defined for a number ofbuilding Such systems shall be modeled as operating to supply types. Use of a prototypical building description should energy needs of the proposed design only. simplify compliance and should involve less time than developing a reference building description. The Pro- totype Building Procedure may be used to develop 4 General Calculation either an EB or an ECB. Procedures In developing either an EB or an the form, oden- tation, occupancy, and use profiles for a prototype building shall be fixed. Envelope, lighting, electrical 4.1 Reference Building Procedure. systems, and V AC systems shall meet the respective prescriptive or system performance requirements of The reference building procedure should be used when Sections 4 through 11 and are standardized inputs. a customized comparison is desired between the EEBC requirements and the proposed building design. The The building designer shall determine the building type reference building approach should also be used when: of the proposed design using the building prototype categories available below in section 5 of this appendix. a) the proposed design cannot be reasonably repre- Using the appropriate prototype building characteris- sented by one or a combination of the prototype tics from the tables in the appendix, the prototype buildings; or, building shall be simulated using the same gross floor b) the assumptions inherent in the prototype building area and number of floors as in the proposed design. descriptions, such as occupancy and use-profiles, cannot reasonably be altered to accurately repre- For mixed-use buildings the ECB shall be derived by sent the proposed allocating the floor space of each building type within Jamaica Energy Efficiency Building Code (EEBC-94) - Compliance Guidelines [C-5] 67 Appendix C- Budgets JS 211: 1994 the floor space of the Prototype Building. For building While analysis tools should simulate an entire yearonan types for which prototypical building descriptions have hour by hour basis (8760 hours per year), tools that not been defined, a Reference Building Procedure must approximate this dynamic analysis procedure or pro- be used. vide equivalent results are acceptable. Simulation tools shall be selected for their ability to 4.3 Climate Data simulate the relevant features of the building in ques- The prototype or reference building shall be modeled tion, as shown in the method's documentation. For using the calculation procedures defined in this appen- example, a single zone program shall not be used to dix. The modeling shall use a climate data set appropri- simulate a large, multizone building, and a steady-state ate for both the site and the complexity of the energy method such as the "degree day method" shall not be conserving features of the design. ASHRAE WYEC used to simulate buildings when equipment efficiency weather tapes or bin weather data shall be default or performance is significantly affected by the dynamic choices. patterns of weather, solar radiation and occupancy. To date, validated weather data has been prepared for Relevant features that shall be addressed by simulation one weather station in Jamaica. This is for the Mona tools, if the building makes use of these features, include location on the University of the West Indies (UWI) daylighting, atriums or sunspaces, night ventilation or campus in Kingston. This data has been prepared for use thermal storage, chilled water or ice storage or heat with two energy simulation programs, DOE-2.1D or recovery, active or passive solar systems, and zoning DOE-2.1E and ASEAM2D. The qata is also available and controls of heating and cooling systems. In addi- in "bin" format for ASEAM2.1. tion, methods used shall be capable of translating the energy consumption (DECON) into energy cost Data for a second Jamaican location, Sangster Airport in (DECOS) using actual utility rate schedules against, for Montego Bay, has been prepared for use with the DOE- example~ the coincidental electrical demand of a build- 2 program but has not yet been thoroughly checked. ing. Copies of this data for both sites are available at the Jamaica Bureau of Standards (JBS). All Simulation Tools shall use scientifically justifiable techniques and procedures for modeling building loads, systems and equipment The algorithms used in the 4.4 Simulation Tools program shall have been verified by comparison with experimental measurements for loads, systems, and Annual energy consumption should be simulated with a equipment. Examples of programs capable of handling muitizone, 8760 hours per year building energy simula- such complex building systems and energy cost transla- tion program. The tool should account for: tions that are in the public domain are, in the United States, DOE-2.1D (or DOE-2.1E) and BLAST 3.0, and a) the dynamic heat transfer of the building envelope, in Canada,Energy Systems Analysis Series. ASEAM2D including the effects of solar and internal gains is an acceptable tool for use in calculating EB/ECB and b) equipment efficiencies as a function of load and DECON/DECOS in conjunction with Jamaican cli- climate mates and rate structures. Methods demonstrated to be c) lighting and VAC system controls and distribution equivalent to those mentioned above are also accept- systems by simulating the whole building able. d) the operating schedule of the building including night setback during various times of the year . e) energy consumption information at a level neces- sary to determine the ECB and DECOS via the appropriate utility rate schedules. 68 [C-6] Jamaica National Building Code: Volume 2 (December 1995) JS 217: 1994 Appendix C - Budgets noor area for each story as the proposed design. Each 5 Standard Calculation Pro- floor shall be oriented exactly as the proposed design. cedures and Default Values The geometric form shall be the same as the proposed design. The standard calculation procedures consist of methods and assumptions for calculating the EB or ECB for the prototype or reference building and the DECON or 5.2 Internal Loads DECOS of the proposed design. In order to maintain Internal loads for multifamily buildings are prescribed consistency between the EB/DECON or the ECB/ assumptions presented in Table C-2. Internal loads for DECOS, two kinds of input assumptions shall be used: other building types shall be modeled as noted below. a) "Prescribed" assumptions shall be used without Table C-2 variation. Multifamily Building Schedules b) "DefauH" assumptions shall be used unless the Internal Loads per Dwelling Unit, W designer can demonstrate that a different assump- One-Zone Dwellin~ Unit tion better characterizes the building's use over its expected life. Occupants Lights Equipment Hr Sens Latent Sens Sens Latent Any modification of a default assumption shall be used 1 88 76 0 220 32 to model both the prototype or reference building and 2 88 76 0 220 32 the proposed design unless the designer demonstrates a 3 88 76 0 220 32 clear cause to do otherwise. Special procedures neces- 4 88 76 0 220 32 sary for speculative buildings are discussed below in 5.7 of this appendix. Shell buildings may not use this 5 88 76 0 220 32 appendix or EEBC Section 12 for compliance, and must 6 88 76 0 220 32 comply with the EEBC by using either the prescriptive 7 88 76 287 366 56 or system performance compliance methods. 8 62 76 246 762 123 9 29 23 0 343 53 10 29 23 0 372 56 5.1 Orientation and Shape 11 29 23 0 372 90 12 29 23 0 648 97 5.1.1 Prototype Building. The prototype building 13 29 23 0 648 97 shall consist of the same number of stories and gross and 14 29 23 0 372 56 conditioned floor area as the proposed design with equal area per story. The building shape sha11 be rectangular, 15 29 23 0 372 56 with 2.5:1 aspect ratio. The long dimension of the 16 29 23 0 372 56 building shall face east and west. This is intended to 17 29 23 0 372 56 provide an energy budget that can be met even if there 18 88 76 0 891 132 are unfavorable site constraints. The fenestration shall 19 88 76 0 985 147 be uniformly distributed in proportion to exterior wall 20 88 76 281 437 64 area. 21 88 76 281 437 64 22 88 76 281 437 64 Floor-to-floor height for the prototype building shall be 23 88 76 281 311 60 4.0 metres, except for dwelling units in hotel or motels 24 88 76 281 311 160 and multifamily buildings whose floor-to-floor height shall be 2.9 metres. NOTE: The systems and types of energy specified here are 5.1.2 Reference Building. The reference building intended only as constraints in calculating either the EB or shall consist of the same number of stories and gross ECB. They are not intended as requirements or recommenda- tions for systems or the type of energy to be used. Jamaica Energy Efficiency Building Code (EEBC-94) - Compliance Guidelines [C-7J 69 Appendix C - Budgets JS 217: 1994 5.2.1 Occupancy. Occupancy schedules shall be b) This "actual installed lighting power" should not be default assumptions. The same assumptions shall be adjusted by the power adjustment factors listed in made in computing design energy consumption as were EEBC Table 5-2. used in ca1culating the energy budget or energy cost budget. Occupancy IeveIs vary by building type and Lighting levels in buildings vary based on the type of timeofday. Table Occupancy Density, establishes uses within buildings, by area and by time of day. Table the density presented as m 2/person of conditioned floor C-S contains the lighting energy profiles which establish area that will be used by each building type. Table C-5, the percentage of the lighting load that is switched ON Building Schedule Percentage Multipliers, establishes in each prototype or reference building by hour of the the percentage of the people that are in the building by day. These profiles are defau1t assumptions and can be hours of the day for each buiIding type. Table C-5 also changed if required when ca1culating the EB or ECB to establishes the percentage of lighting and receptacle provide, for example, a 12 hour rather than an 8 hour loads that are switched, the percentage of service hot work day. The same profiles shall be used in ca1culating water usage, and the hours of operation of the V AC the DECOS as were used to calculate the EB or ECB. system by hours of the day for each building type. Table C-3 5.2.3 Receptacle loads. Receptacle loads and pro- files are default assumptions. The same assumptions Occupancy Density sha1l be made in ca1culating the DECON as were used in Conditioned Floor Area ca1culating the EB/ECB. Building Type m2/persona 1. Assembly 5 Receptacle loads include all general service loads that 2. Office 26 are typical in a building. These loads should include 3. Retail 29 additional process electrical usage but exclude VAC 4. Warehouse 1400 primary or auxiliary electrical usage. Table C-4, Recep- 5. School 7 tacle Power Densities, establishes the density in W/m 2 to be used. The receptacle energy profiles sha1l be the 6. Hotel/Motel 23 same as the lighting energy profiles in Table C-S. This 7. Restaurant 9 profile establishes the percentage of the receptacle load 8. Health/Institutional 200 that is switched ON by hour of the day and by building 9. Multifamily 2 pers./unit b type. Notes: (a) Heat generation in W/person-hour: Table C-4 67 sensible and 56 latent. Receptacle Power Densities (b) See Table C-2. Watts/m 2 0f Building Conditioned Type Floor Area 5.2.2 Lighting. The interior lightingpowerallowance (ILPA) for ca1culating the EB or ECB shall be deter- 1. Assembly 2.7 mined from EEBC Section 5. The lighting power used 2. Office 8.1 to ca1culate the DECOS shall be the actual adjusted 3. Retail 2.7 lighting power of the proposed lighting design. If the 4. Warehouse 1.1 lighting controls in the proposed design are more effec- 5. School 5.9 tive at saving energy than those required by EEBC 5.4, 6. Hotel/Motel 2.7 then: 7. Restaurant 1.1 a) the actual installed lighting power should be used 8. Health 10.8 along with the schedules reflecting the action of the 9. Multifamily Note (a) controls to ca1culate the DECOS. Notes: Included in Table C-2, Lights and Equipment Columns 70 [C-8] Jamaica National Building Code: Volume 2 (December 1995) JS 217: 1994 Appendix C - Budgets Table C-5 Building Schedule Percentage Multipliers flour 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 ASSEMBLY Occupancy Weekday: o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 20 20 20 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 20 20 20 20 10 0 Saturday: o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 20 20 20 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 80 10 0 Sunday: o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 10 10 10 10 10 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 20 0 Lighting &: Weekday: 5 5 5 5 5 5 40 40 40 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 25 5 Receptacle Saturday: 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 30 30 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 5 5 Sunday: 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 30 30 30 30 30 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 5 5 VAC Weekday: off off off off off on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on off Saturday: off off off off off off on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on off Sunday: off off off off off off on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on off SWH Weekday: o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 5 35 5 5 5 5 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Saturday: o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 5 20 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 65 30 0 0 0 Sunday: o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 5 10 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 65 30 0 0 0 OFFICE Occupancy Weekday: o 0 0 0 0 0 0 10 20 95 95 95 45 95 95 95 95 50 30 10 5 5 0 0 Saturday: o 0 0 0 0 0 0 10 10 30 30 30 30 10 10 10 10 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Sunday: 000 000 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 000 0 0 Lighting &: Weekday: 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 10 30 90 90 90 80 90 90 90 90 75 50 20 20 10 5 5 Receptacle Saturday: 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 10 10 30 30 30 30 10 10 10 10 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Sunday: 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 555 5 555 5 5 555 V AC Weekday: off off off off off off on on on on on on on on on on on on on on off off off off Saturday: off off off off off off on on on on on on on on on on on on off off off off off off Sunday: off off off off off off off off off off off off off off off off off off off off off off off off SWH Weekday: o 0 0 0 0 0 0 15 30 35 35 45 55 50 30 30 40 20 20 10 15 5 0 0 Saturday: o 0 0 0 0 0 0 10 10 20 15 20 15 15 10 10 10 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Sunday: 000 0 0 0 0 0 000 0 0 0 0 000 0 0 000 0 RETAIL Occupancy Weekday: o 0 0 0 0 0 0 10 20 50 50 70 70 70 70 80 70 50 50 30 30 0 0 0 Saturday: o 0 0 0 0 0 0 10 20 50 60 80 80 80 80 80 80 60 20 20 20 10 0 0 Sunday: o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 10 20 20 40 40 40 40 40 20 10 0 0 0 0 0 Jamaica Energy Efficiency Building Code (EEBC-94) - Compliance Guidelines [C-9] 71 Appendix C - Budgets JS 217: 1994 Table C-5 (continued) Building Schedule Percentage Multipliers Hour 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 Lighting & Weekday: 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 20 50 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 60 60 50 5 5 5 Receptacle Saturday: 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 10 30 60 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 50 30 30 10 5 5 Sunday: 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 10 40 40 60 60 60 60 60 40 20 5 5 5 5 5 VAC Weekday: off off off off off off on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on off off off Saturday: off off off off off off on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on off off Sunday: off off off off off off off off on on on on on on on on on on on off off off off off SWH Weekday: o 0 0 0 0 0 0 10 20 30 40 55 60 60 45 40 45 45 40 30 30 0 0 0 Saturday: o 0 0 0 0 0 0 15 20 25 40 50 55 55 45 45 45 45 40 35 25 20 0 0 Sunday: o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 10 25 30 35 35 30 30 35 30 20 0 0 0 0 0 WAREHOUSE Occupancy Weekday: o 0 0 0 0 0 0 15 70 90 90 90 50 85 85 85 20 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Saturday: o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 20 20 20 20 to 10 10 10 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Sunday: o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Lighting & Weekday: 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 40 70 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Receptacle Saturday: 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 10 25 25 25 10 10 10 10 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Sunday: 555555555 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 555 555 5 VAC Weekday: off off off off off off off on on on on on on on on on on off off off off off off off Saturday: ~~~~~~~~oooooooooooooooo~~~~~~d~ Sunday: ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ SWH Weekday: o 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 25 35 35 45 55 40 35 40 15 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Saturday: o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 10 10 15 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Sunday: o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 000 0 0 000 0 SCHOOL Occupancy Weekday: o 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 75 90 90 80 80 80 80 45 15 5 15 20 20 10 0 0 Saturday: o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 10 10 10 10 10 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Sunday: 000 0 000 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 000 000 0 Lighting & Weekday: 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 30 85 95 95 95 80 80 80 70 50 50 35 35 30 30 5 5 Receptacle Saturday: 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 15 15 15 15 15 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Sunday: 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 555 5 VAC Weekday: off off off off off off off on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on off off Saturday: ~~~~~~~~oooooooooo~~~~~~~~~~~ Sunday: ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 72 [C-IOJ Jamaica National Building Code: Volume 2 (December 1995) JS 217: 1994 Appendix C- Budgets Table C-5 (continued) Building Schedule Percentage Multipliers Hour 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 SWH Weekday: o 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 30 55 60 70 75 80 60 60 5 5 15 20 20 20 0 0 Saturday: o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 000 0 0 0 0 000 0 000 Sunday: 000 0 000 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 000 0 HOTEL/MOTEL Occupancy Weekday: 90 90 90 90 90 90 70 40 40 20 20 20 20 20 20 30 50 50 50 70 70 80 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 70 50 50 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 50 60 60 60 70 70 70 Sunday: 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 50 50 50 30 30 20 20 20 30 40 40 60 60 80 80 80 Lighting & Weekday: 20 15 10 10 10 20 40 50 40 40 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 60 80 90 80 60 30 Receptacle Saturday: 20 20 10 10 10 10 30 30 40 40 30 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 60 70 70 70 60 30 Sunday: 30 30 20 20 20 20 30 40 40 30 30 30 30 20 20 20 20 20 50 70 80 60 50 30 V AC Weekday: on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on Saturday: on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on Sunday: on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on SWH Weekday: 20 15 15 15 20 25 50 60 40 45 40 45 40 35 30 30 30 40 55 60 50 55 45 25 Saturday: 20 15 15 15 20 25 40 50 50 50 45 50 50 45 40 40 35 40 55 55 50 55 40 30 Sunday: 20 20 20 20 20 30 50 50 50 55 50 50 40 40 30 30 30 40 50 50 40 50 40 20 RESTAURANT Occupancy Weekday: 15 15 5 0 0 0 0 5 5 5 20 50 80 70 40 20 25 50 80 80 80 50 35 20 Saturday: 30 25 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 20 45 50 50 35 30 30 30 70 90 70 65 55 35 Sunday: 20 20 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 10 20 25 25 15 20 25 35 55 65 70 35 20 20 Lighting & Weekday: 15 15 15 15 15 20 40 40 60 60 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 50 30 Receptacle Saturday: 20 15 15 15 15 15 30 30 60 60 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 90 90 90 90 90 50 30 Sunday: 20 15 15 15 15 15 30 30 50 50 70 70 70 70 70 70 60 60 60 60 60 60 50 30 VAC Weekday: on on on off off off off on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on Saturday: on on on off off off off off off on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on Sunday: on on on off off off off off off off on on on on on on on on on on on on on on SWH Weekday: 20 15 15 0 0 0 0 60 55 45 40 45 40 35 30 30 30 40 55 60 50 55 45 25 Saturday: 20 15 15 0 0 0 0 0 0 50 45 50 50 45 40 40 35 40 55 55 50 55 40 30 Sunday: 25 20 20 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 50 50 40 40 30 30 30 40 50 50 40 50 40 20 Jamaica Energy Efficiency Building Code (EEBC-94) - Compliance Guidelines II 73 Appendix C Budgets y JS 217: 1994 Table C-S (continued) Building Schedule Percentage Multipliers Hour 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 HEALTH Occupancy Weekday: o 0 0 0 0 0 0 10 50 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 50 30 30 20 20 0 0 Saturday: o 0 0 0 0 0 0 10 30 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 10 10 0 0 0 0 0 Sunday: 000 0 0 0 0 0 5 5 5 555 5 5 000 0 0 000 Lighting & Weekday: 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 50 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 30 30 30 30 30 5 5 Receptacle Saturday: 555 5 5 5 5 20 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 10 5 5 5 5 5 Sunday: 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 VAC Weekday: on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on Saturday: on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on Sunday: on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on SWH Weekday: o 0 0 0 0 0 0 15 55 65 75 80 70 80 75 70 60 40 15 15 15 5 0 0 Saturday: o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 15 25 25 25 20 20 20 20 20 20 5 a 0 a a a o 0 a a a a a a 0 15 15 15 15 15 15 0 0 0 0 a 0 0 0 a MULTI-FAMILY SWH Weekday: o a 0 5 5 5 80 70 50 40 20 20 25 25 50 50 70 70 35 20 15 15 5 0 Saturday: a 0 a a a 0 20 45 50 50 35 30 30 30 70 90 70 65 55 35 30 25 5 0 Sunday: o a a a a a 0 20 25 25 15 20 25 35 55 65 70 35 20 20 20 20 5 0 footnotes for Table C-5: (a) Reference: Recommendations for Conservation Standards and Guidelines for New Commercial Buildings, Vol. III, App. A. Pacific Northwest Laboratory, PNL-4870-8, 1983 (b) Table C-5 contains multipliers for converting the nominal values for building occupancy (Table C-3), receptacle power (Table C-4), service hot water (Table C-6), and lighting energy (EEBC Section 5) into time series data for estimating hllilrliino- loads under the standard calculation procedure. For each standard building profile there are three series---one each for weekdays, Saturday, and Sunday. There are 24 elements per series. These represent the multiplier that should be used to estimate building loads from 12 a.m. to 1 a.m. (series element #1) through 11 p.m. to 12 a.m. (series element #24). The estimated load for any hour is simply the multiplier from the appropriate standard profile multiplied by the appropriate value from the tables cited above. (c) The building VAC system schedule listed in Table C-5lists the hours when the HVAC system shall be considered ON or OFF in accordance with section 5.6.2 of this appendix. 74 12J Jamaica National Building Code: Volume 2 (December 1995) JS 217: 1994 Appendix C - Budgets 5.3 Envelope absorptivity of ground surfaces shall be assumed to be 80% (20% reflectivity). 5.3.1 Opaque Envelope and Glazing. The opaque envelope and glazing characteristics of the prototype 5.3.3.2 Default values: For computing the DECON or and reference building envelope shall be determined by DECOS, default values of envelope and ground absorp- using any of the five applicable options for the appropri- tivities shall be used that are consistent with the intended ate building type and window-to-wall ratio (WWR) treatments of these surfaces in the building design, and range, as defined in EEBC Tables 4-1 or 4-2. The nearby site design. If values lower than 70% are used, opaque envelope and glazing characteristics thus se- the specific intended surface treatments shall be docu- lected shall be used as prescribed assumptions for mented. Values for solar absorptivity may be obtained prototype and reference buildings for calculati ng the EB from Appendix D of this guide, Building Envelope. or ECB. However, in the calculation of the DECON or DECOS of the proposed design, the envelope character- 5.3.4 Window Management. The following as- istics of the proposed design shal1 be used. sumptions shall be used: 5.3.2 Infiltration. For prototype and reference build- a) For setting EB or ECB: For the prototype and ings, infiltration assumptions shall use the prescribed reference buildings, the following window man- assumptions for calculating the ECB and default as- agement blind or drapery assumptions shall be sumptions for the DECON. Infiltration shall impact default assumptions for setting the EB or ECB. only perimeter zones. Glazing shall be assumed to be internally shaded by medium horizontal venetian blinds closed one-half When the VAC system is OFF, the infiltration rate for time. The blinds shall be modeled by assuming that buildings with or without operable windows shan be one half the area in each zone is covered by closed assumed to be 0.0017 Lis per m 2 of the gross exterior blinds and one half is not. wall. When the V AC system is ON, one of the following b) For calculating the DECON or DECOS of the infiltration assumptions may be used, as appropriate: proposed design: These assumptions shall be default assumptions that should reflect the intended a) no infiltration is assumed to occur (most likely in a devices to be installed in the proposed design. If positively pressurized building, with no operable manually operated draperies, shades or blinds are windows). to be used in the proposed design, the DECOS shall b) the infiltration rate is assumed to be 0.0008 Lis per be calculated by assuming they are effective over m 2 of the gross exterior wall (more likely in a one-half the glazed area in each zone. building with operable windows). Exception. Hotels or motels and multifamily buildings 5.3.5 Shading. For prototype and reference buildings shall have infiltration rates of 0.0017 Lis per m2 of gross and the proposed design, shading by permanent struc- exterior waH area at all times. tures, terrain, and vegetation shall be taken into account for computing energy consumption. Such permanent 5.3.3 Envelope and Ground Absorptivities. For structures shall be considered whether or not these prototype and reference buildings, absorptivity assump- features are located on the building site. A permanent tions shall be prescribed assumptions for computing the structure is one that is intended to have more than a EB or ECB and default assumptions for computing the temporary life, for example: DECON or DECOS. a) overhangs, fins, and solar screens that are likely to 5.3.3.1 Prescribed values: For computing the EB or remain for the life of the proposed design. EB, the following prescribed values shall be used: the b) awnings that, like lighting or V AC systems, are solar absorptivity of opaque elements of the building likely to be replaced at the end of its life cycle. envelope shall be assumed to be 70%. The solar Jamaica Energy Efficiency Building Code (EEBC-94) - Compliance Guidelines [C-I 75 Appendix C - Budgets JS 217: 1994 5.4 VAC Systems and Equipment 5.4.1 VAC Zones. The specifications and requirements for the V AC sys- 5.4.4.1 Prototype buildings: VAC zones for calculat- tems of prototype buildings sha11 be those in Table C-6, ing the EB or ECB of prototype buildings shaH consist V AC Systems of prototype buildings. For the calcula- of at least four perimeter and one interior zone per floor. tion ofthe DECOS, the V AC systems and equipment of Prototype buildings shall have at least one perimeter the proposed design shall be used. zone facing each cardinal direction. The perimeter zones of prototype buildings shall be4.6 metres in width Table C-6 or one-third the narrow dimension of the building when HVAC Systems of Prototype Buildingsa this dimension is between 9 and 14 metres inclusive or half the narrow dimension of the building when this Remarks dimension is less than 9 metres. Zoning requirements Building/space System No. (Notes to shall be a default assumption for calculating the ECB. Occupancy (Table C-7) Table C-7) Exception. For multifamily bui1dings, the prototype 1. Assembly building shall have one zone per dwe]]jng unit. The a. Churches (any size) 1 proposed design shall have one zone per unit unless b. <4,700 m2 or < 3 floors lor3 Note 1 zonal thermostatic controls are provided within units, in c. >4,700 m 2 or > 3 floors 3 2. Office which case two zones per unit shall be modeled. Build- a. <1,900 m 2 1 ing types such as assembly or warehouse may be mod- b. >1,900 m 2 and either eled as a single zone if there is only one space. <3 floors or <7,000 m:! 4 c. >7,000 m 2 or >3 floors 5 5.4.4.2 Proposed building design: For calculating the 3. Retail DECON/DECOS, no fewer zones shall be used than a. <4,700 m 2 lor3 Note 1 those used in the prototype or reference bui1ding. The b. >4,700 m 2 4 or 5 Note 1 zones in the simulation shall correspond to the zones 4. Warehouse Note 4 provided by the controls in the proposed design. Ther- 5. Schools many similar zones, such as those facing one orientation a. <7,000 m 2 or <3 floors 1 on different floors, may be grouped together for the b. >7,000 m 2 or >3 floors 3 purposes of either the DECON/DECOS or EB/ECB 6. Hotel/Motel simulation. a. <3 stories 2 or 7 Notes 5,7 b. >3 stories 6 Note 6 5.4.2 Equipment Sizing and Redundant Equip- 7. Restaurant lor3 Note 1 8. Health ment. Process loads should be modeled in calculating a. Nursing home (any size) 2 or 7 Note 7 both the EB/ECB and the DECON/DECOS. If process b. <1,400 m 2 1 loads are modeled, the V AC equipment shall be sized in c. >1,400 m 2 & <4,700 m 2 4 Note 2 accordance with the methods of EEBC Section 8 to d. >4,700 m 2 5 Notes 2,3 include the capacity to meet the process loads. The 9. Multifamily 7 designer shall document the installation of process Footnote to Table C-6: The systems and energy types pre- equipment and the size of process loads. sented in this table are not intended as requirements or recommendations for the proposed design. Floor areas in the If process loads are not modeled, then for ca1culating the table are the total conditioned floor areas for the listed EB/ECB of prototype or reference buildings, VAC occupancy type in the building. The number of f100rs indi- equipment shaH be sized to meet the requirements of cated in the table is the total number of occupied floors for the EEBC Section 8 without utilizing any of the exceptions. listed occupancy type. The numbered notes are listed imme- For calculating the DECONIDECOS~ actual air flow diately following Table C-7. rates and installed equipment size shal1 be used in the simulation (except that excess capacity provided to 76 [C-14] Jamaica National Building Code: Volume 2 (December 1995) JS 2117: 1994 Appendix C - Budgets Table C-7 HVAC S~stem DescriEtions for Protot~Ee and Reference Buildinss3, b HV AC Component System #1 System #2 System #3 System #4 System #5 System #6 System #7 System Description Packaged roof- Packaged terminal Air handler Packaged rooftop Built-up central Four-pipe fan Water source top single zone, air conditioner, per zone with VA V with peri- VAVwith peri- coil per zone heat pump one unit per one cooling central plant meter reheat meter reheat with central zone unit per zone plant Fan System Design supply Note 9 Note 10 Note 9 Note 9 Note 9 Note 9 Note 10 circulation rate Supply fan total 30mm WC N/A 50mmWC 75 mm WC 100mm WC 12mmWC 12 mm w.e. static pressure Combined supply 40% N/A 50% 45% 55% 25% 25% fan, motor, and drive efficiency Supply fan Constant Fan cycles with Constant Fan cycles with VAV with air-foil Fan cycles with Fan cycles with control volume call for cooling volume call for cooling centrifugal fan and call for heating call for heating AC frequencyvari- or cooling or cooling able speed drive Return fan total N/A N/A 15 mm WC 15 mm WC 25 mm WC N/A N/A static pressure Combined return N/A N/A 25% 25% 30% N/A N/A fan, motor, and drive efficiency Return fan N/A N/A Constant volume VA V with forward VA V with air-foil N/A N/A control curved centrifugal centrifugal fan fan and discharge and AC frequency dampers variable speed drive Cooling System Direct expansion Direct expansion Chilled water Direct expansion Chilled water Chilled water Closed circuit, air cooled air cooled (Note 11) air cooled (Note 11) (Note 11) centrifugal blower type cooling tower sized per Note 11. Circulating pump sized for 0.048 Lis per kW Heating System Furnace, heat Heat pump w/ Hot water Hot water (Note Hot water (Note Hot water (Note Electric or pump, or elec- electric resist- (Note 8,12) 12) or electric 12) or electric 12) or electric natural draft tric resistance ance aux. or resistance (Note 8) resistance (Note 8) resistance (Note 8) fossil fuel boiler (Note 8) Remarks Drybulb econ- No economizer Drybulb econ- Drybulb econ- Drybulb econ- No economizer Tower fans and omizer omizer. omizer omizer boiler cycled to (barometric reliet) Minimum VAV Minimum VAV maintain circu- setting. Exception: setting. Exception: lating water supply air reset by supply air reset by temp. between zone of greatest zone of greatest 15.6°C and cooling demand cooling demand design tower leaving water temp. Footnotes to Table C-7: a. The systems and energy types in this Table are not intended as requirements or recommendations for the proposed design. b.N umbered notes are contained on the following page. Jamaica Energy Efficiency Building Code (EEBC-94) - Compliance Guidelines [C-15] 77 Appendix ( - Budgets JS 217: 1994 Numbered Footnotes for Table C-7: HVAC System Descriptions for Prototype Buildings 1, For occupancies such as restaurants, assembly and retail higher supply air temperature may be used if required to that are part of a mixed use building which, according to Table maintain a minimum circulation rate of 4.5 air changes per C-6, includes a central chilled water plant (systems 3, 5, or 6), hour or 7.1 Us per person to each zone served by the system, chilled water system type 3 or 5 shall be used as indicated in at design conditions. the table. If return fans are specified, they shall be sized for the supply 2. Constant volume may be used in zones where pressulriz:a- fan capacity less the required minimum ventilation with tion relationships must be maintained by code. VA V shall be outside air, or 75% of the supply air capacity, whichever is used in all other areas, in accordance with EEBC 7.5. larger. Except where noted, supply and return fans shall be operated continuously during occupied hours. 3. Provide run-around heat recovery systems for all fan systems with minimum outside air intake greater than 75%. 10. Fan energy when included in the efficiency rating of the Recovery effectiveness shall be 0.60. unit as defined in EEBC 8.4, need not be modeled explicitly for this system. The fan shall cycle with calls for heating or 4. If a warehouse is not intended to be mechanically cooled, cooling. both the ECB and DECOS may be calculated assuming no mechanical cooling. 11. Chilled water systems shall be modeled usinga reciprocat- ing chiller for systems with total cooling capacities less than 5. The system listed is for guest rooms only. Areas such as 600 kW, and centrifugal chillers for systems with cooling public areas and back-of-house areas shall be served by capacities of 600 kW or greater. For systems with cooling system 4. Other areas such as offices and retail shall be served capacities of 2000 kWor more, the ECB shall be calculated by the systems listed in Table C-6 for these occupancy types. using two centrifugal chillers, lead/lag controlled. ChilJed water shall be assumed to be controlled at a constant 6.7 "c. 6. The system listed is for guest rooms only. Areas such as Chilled water pumps shall be sized using a 8 DC temperature public areas and back-of-house areas shall be served by rise, from 6.7"Cto 13.3°C, operating at 22.9 metre of head and system 5. Other areas such as offices and retail shall be served 65% combined impeller and motor efficiency. Condenser by the systems listed in Table C-6 for these occupancy types. water pumps shall be sized using a 5.6 "C temperature rise, operating at 18.3 metre of head and 60% combined impeller 7. System 2 shall be used for ECB calculation. and motor efficiency. The cooling tower shall be an open 8. Prototype energy budget cost calculations shall be made circuit, centrifugal blower type sized for the larger of 29.4 °C using both electricity and natural gas. If natural gas is not leaving water temperature or 5.6 DC approach to design wet- available at the site, electricity and fuel oil shall be used. The bulb temperature. The tower shall be controlled to provide a ECB shall be the lower of these results. Alternately, the ECB 18.3 DC leaving water temperature whenever weather condi- may be based on the fuel source that minimizes total operat- tions permit, floating up to design leaving water temperature ing, maintenance, equipment, and installation costs for the at design conditions. prototype over the building lifetime. 12. Hot water system shall include a natural draft fossil fuel or Equipment and installation cost estimates shall be prepared electric boiler per Note 8. The hot water pum p shall be sized using professionally recognized cost estimating tools, based on a 16.7 °C temperature drop, from 82.3 °C to 65.6 (lC, and techniques. The methods of analysis shall conform to operating at 18.3 metre of head and a combined impeller and those of Subpart A of 10 CFR 436. Energy costs shall be based motor efficiency of 60%. Hot water supply temperature shall on actual costs to the building as defined in this Section. be reset in accordance with EEBC section 9. 9. Design supply air circulation rate shall be based on a supply-air-to-room-air temperature difference of 11 0c. A 78 16J Jamaica National Building Code: Volume 2 (December 1995) J5217: 1994 Appendix C • Budgets meet process loads need not be modeled if the process The service water heating system, including piping load was not modeled in setting the ECB). Equipment losses for the prototype or reference building, shall be sizing in the simulation of the proposed design, as it is modeled using the methods of the ASHRAE Handbook, being analyzed for compliance, shall correspond to the 1987 HVAC Systems and Applications VoJume 29 , us- equjpment actually selected for the design. The de- ing a system that meets all requirements of EEBC signer shall not calculate energy use in the actual com- Section 9. The same fuel or fuels shall be used in the pliance simulation using equipment sized automatically prototype or reference building as are used in the pro- by the simulation tooL posed design. Redundant and emergency equipment need not be simu- lated if they are control1ed such that they will not be 5.6 Controls operated during normal operations of the building. 5.6.1 Prescribed Assumptions. The assumptions in this section are prescribed assumptions. If portions of 5. 5 Service Water Heating the proposed design do not jnclude equipment for cool- ing, the DECON or DECOS shall be determined to the The service water heating loads for prototype buildings extent feasible by the schedule specifications for calcu- are defined in terms of watts/person in Table C-8. The lating the EB or ECB as described in Table C-5. values in the table refer to energy content of the heated water. The service water heating loads from Table C-8 Exceptions: are prescribed for multifamily buildings and default for a) If the entire building is not provided with cooling, all other bUildings. The same service-water-heating both the prototype or reference building and the load assumptions shall be made in calculating the proposed design shall be simulated using the same DECON/DECOS as were used in calculating the EB/ assumptions. For the non-conditioned portions of ECB. the prototype building, the analysis shall show that the building interior temperature meets the comfort Table e-8 criteria of ANSIIASHRAE 55-1981,4 at least 98% Service Hot Water Quantities of the occupied hours during the year. Building TYI~e W/Person a b) If the entire building is not intended to be mechani- cally cooled, both the EB/ECB and DECON/ l. Assembly 63 DECOS shall be modeled using the same assump- 2. Office 51 tions about the portions of the building that are 3. Retail 40 mechanically cooled. 4. Warehouse 66 s. School 63 5.6.2 Space temperature controls. Space temperature 6. Hotel/Motel 325 controls for the prototype or reference building shall be 7. Restaurant 114 set at 24 °C for space cooling. The system shall be OFF 8. Health 40 during off-hours according to the appropriate schedule 9. Multifamily SOOb in Table C-5. Footnotes to Table C-8: Exceptions: a) This value is the number to be multiplied by the percent- a) setback shall not be mode1ed in determining either age multipliers of the building profile schedules in Table C-S. the EB/ECB or DECON or DECOS if setback is not See Table C-3 for occupancy levels. realistic for the proposed design such as a facility b) Total hot water use per dwelling unit for each hour shall be 1 kW times the multifamily SWH system multiplier from being operated 24 hours/day. Table C-S. Jamaica Energy Efficiency Building Code (EE8C-94) - Compliance Guidelines [C-17J 79 Appendix C - Budgets jS 217: 1994 b) space control temperatures for multifamily build- 5.7.1 Lighting. The interior lighting power allowance ings shall use the thermostat settings in Table C-9. (ILPA) for calculating the EB/ECB shall be determined from EEBC section 5.5 using EEBC Table 5-5. The Table C-9 DECON/DECOS may be based on an assumed adjusted Tbernl0stat Settings °C MuItifanli1y Buildings lighting power for future lighting improvements. Single Two Zone The assumption about future lighting power used to Zone Dwelling Unit calculate the DECON/DECOS must be documented so Dwelling Bedrms Other that the future installed lighting systems may be in Unit IBathrms Rooms compliance with the EEBC. Documentation must be Time of Day Cool Cool Cool provided to enable future lighting systems to use either the Prescriptive Method of EEBC 5.5 or the System 00:00 06:00 25.5 25.5 29.5 Performance method of EEBC 5.6. 06:00 09:00 25.5 25.5 25.5 Documentation for future lighting systems that use the 09:00 17:00 25.5 29.5 25.5 Prescriptive Method of EEBC 5.5 shall be stated as a 17:00 - 23:00 25.5 25.5 25.5 maximum adjusted lighting powerforthe tenant spaces. The adjusted I ighting power allowance for tenant spaces 23:00 - 24:00 25.5 25.5 25.5 shall account for the lighting power provided for the common areas of the building. Note: The systems and types of energy presented in Table C- 9 are intended only as constraints in calculating the Energy Documentation for future lighting systems that use the Budget or Energy Cost Budget. They are not intended as either System Performance method of EEBC 5.6 shall be req uirements or recommendations for either the systems orthe stated as a required lighting adjustment. The required type of energy to be used in the proposed building or for the lighting adjustment is the whole building lighting power calculation of the design energy or energy cost. assumed in order to calculate the DECON/DECOS minus the ILPA value from EEBC Table 5-5 that was 5.6.3 Outdoor Air Ventilation. When providing used to calculate the EB/ECB. When the required for outdoor air ventilation when calculating the EB/ lighting adjustment is less than zero, a complete lighting ECB, controls shall be assumed to close the outside air design must be developed for one or more representa- intake to reduce the flow of outside air to 0.0 L/s during tive tenant spaces demonstrating acceptable lighting "setback" and "unoccupied" periods. Ventilation using within the limits of the assumed lighting power limit. inside air may still be required to maintain scheduled setback temperature. Outside air ventilation, during 5.7.2 VAC Systems and Equipment. If the VAC occupied periods, shal1 be as required by EEBC section system is not completely specified in the plans, the 7 or the proposed design, whichever is greater. DECON/DECOS shall be based on reasonable assump- tions about the construction of future VAC systems and 5.6.4 Dehumidification. If dehumidification re- equipment. These assumptions shall be documented so quires subcooling of supply air, then reheat for the prototype or reference building shan be from recovered waste heat such as condenser waste heat. 5. 7 Speculative Buildings For buildings being designed and constructed "for specu- lation" without full specification of all systems, because the occupants are not yet identified, the following in- structions shall apply. 80 [C-18] Jamaica National Building Code: Volume 2 (December 1995) J5217: 1994 Appendix C - Budgets that future V AC systems and equipment may be in IES LEM-4, RecommendedProcedure for Energy Analy- compliance with the EEBC. sis of Building Lighting Design and Installations, IESNA, 1984. 6 Compliance Submittal Forms Attachment C-A Copies of input files and summary (BEPS) output pages are sufficient compliance submittal materials. Examples Speculative Building Example of such inputs and outputs are contained in Section 3, Energy and Economic Analyses for the Jamaica EEBC. To illustrate the procedure that addresses the lighting requirement for speculative buildings, consider a 10,000 m 2 speculative office bUilding. The building consists of 1,000 m 2 of common area, including the lobby, wash- 7 References rooms and common corridors. Tenant spaces represent ASEAM2.1 Documentation (at JBS) 9,000 m2 . ASEAM2D Documentation (at JBS) The 1ighting system has been designed for the common area. The common area system in the proposed design DOE-2.1D Documentation (at JBS) has an adjusted lighting power of (ALP) 118,000 watts or 11.8 W/m 2. No lighting system design exists for the ASHRAE Handbook, 1985 Fundamentals Volume, Inch- tenant spaces. Pound Edition The lighting power to be assumed in the prototype ASHRAE Handbook, 1989 and 1993 Funda- building is taken from EEBC Table 5-5 (prescriptive mentalsVolumes, I-P and SI Editions method). The result is 17.2 W/m 2 • Therefore, the Interior Lighting Power Allowance required by EEBC- ASHRAE Handbook, 1987 HVAC Systems and Appli- 94 Section 6 is 17.2 W/m2 X 10,000 m 2, or 172,000 W. cations This is then the lighting power used to calculate the Energy Cost Budget (ECB) for the building. Energy Calculations I: Procedures for Determining Heating and Cooling Loads for Computerizing Energy In order to calculate the energy cost of the proposed Calculations--Algorithms for Building Heat Transfer building design, the DECOS, it is necessary to make an Subroutines, ASHRAE, 1976 assumption about the lighting power in the tenant spaces ofthe proposed design. Based on previous design expe- Energy Calculations II: Procedures for Simulating the rience, an average lighting power of 24.8 W/m2 is Performance of Components and Systems for Energy assumed for the tenant space. Thus the total Connected Calculations, ASHRAE, 1976 Lighting Power (CLP) for the proposed design of the building is 2,008,000 W (20.1 W/m2). Knebel, David E.,SimplifiedEnergyAnalysis Using the Modified Bill Method, ASHRAE, 1983 The CLP of 20. 1 W/m2 is greater than the allowed ILPA of 17.2 W /m 2 (see above). For the I ighting system t a IES LEM-2, Recommended Procedure for Lighting comply, the CLP should be less than or equal to 17.2 W/ Energy LimitDeterminationfor Buildings, Illuminating m 2. Thus, the proposed lighting design for the building Engineering Society of North America (IESNA), New does not meet the prescriptive requirements of EEBC- York, NY 10017,1984 94 Section 6. However, the CLP of 20.1 W/m2 is acceptable if the entire building complies using the Whole-building Energy Cost Budget (ECB) method, that is if DECOS < ECB. This would involve another building system, say the envelope or V AC system being much better than code requirements. For this example, Jamaica Energy Efficiency Building Code (EEBC-94) - Compliance Guidelines [C-19] 81 Appendix C - Budgets JS 217: 1994 we shall assume that the DECDS < ECB and therefore the tenant space therefore, 17.7 W/m2 plus the RLA the building complies. as shown below: The lighting power assumed for the proposed design is Adj usted ILPA = ILPA + RLA summarized below: 17.7 + 2.9 20.6 W/m2 Lighting Area Total The lighting system for this tenant space must be de- Power (W/m2) (m2) Power(W) signed with an adjusted lighting power of less than Common Area 11.8 10,000 118,000 20.6W1m 2• This will ensure that the building as a whole Tenant Space 21.0 90,000 1,890,000 will meet the standard. 20.1 100,000 2,008,000 The DECDS is calculated for the proposed design and the building is shown to meet the standard through the Cost Budget Method. Since the lighting systems for the tenant spaces have not been designed, it is necessary to document the assump- tions made to calculate the DECDS. These assumptions will then become requirements for future tenant lighting improvements. The assumption shall be documented so that the tenant lighting systems may meet the standard by using either the prescriptive or system performance method. If the prescriptive method is used to determine future tenant lighting improvement, the ILPA for the tenant spaces is the same as the assumption used to calculate the DECDS. Therefore, the tenant lighting systems must be designed with an adjusted lighting power less than 20.1 W/m 2 . This will ensure that the building meets the standard since this same assumption was used to calcu- late the DECDS. If the system performance method is used to show that future tenant lighting improvements meet the standard, then it is necessary to calculate the required lighting adjustment (RLA). This is shown below: RI.A= ALP assumed for DECOS - ALP assumed for ECB 20.1 - 17.2 2.9W/m2 Suppose a tenant takes a 1,000 m 2 space in the building and uses the system performance method. It is deter- mined through a task-by-task analysis that the internal lighting power allowance ILPA for the tenant space is 17.7 W1m 2 . The adjusted lighting power allowance for 82 [C-20] Jamaica National Building Code: Volume 2 (December 1995) JS 211: 1994 Appendix D - Building Envelope AppendixD: Compliance Guidelines for the Building Envelope Contents of this Appendix c) The difference in air temperature between indoor and outdoor air is not nearly so important for 1 Envelope Design Principles ........................... D-1 building envelope design. 2 Compliance Procedures: General Process ..... D-4 d) Air temperature differences are, however, very 3 Basic Criteria ................................................. D-4 important to the ventilation loads on the ai r-condi- 4 Prescriptive Criteria ....................................... D-5 tioning system. 5 System Performance Criteria ....................... D-20 6 More Envelope Calculation Details Energy reductions from various envelope strategies have been calculated for a typical five story large office (Selected Topics) ......................................... D-33 in Kingston. Figure D-I shows the percentage change in total building annual energy use as a result of applying each envelope strategy to a Base Case building that Commentary represents current Jamaican construction practice. In each case, some of the energy reduction has resulted This section of the guidebook sets out methods to assist directly from the measure used, and additional energy the architect to design the building envelope so that it reduction has resulted from the reduced size of the air- will meet the energy efficiency requirements of the conditioning system. EEBC code. Thus, the general priorities of envelope strategies for Envelope Design Principles Jamaican office buildings are indicated by Figure D-1. While these priorities will vary somewhat for specific buildings and with building type, the figure shows the 1.1 General Introduction relative importance of changes in total building energy use depending modification of envelope measures. The building envelope moderates the outdoor climate to permit comfortable and productive indoor conditions. The also permits a comparison to be made be- tween the effect of each envelope strategy and the In Jamaica's climate, the main envelope design objec- combined impacts of all EEBC code requirements on tive for energy efficiency is to reduce the heat gains from total building energy savings. From Appendix A, the both external and internal sources: combined reduction in total building energy use is approximate 30% to 35 %. As Figure D-l shows, several a) The predominant external load is from solar heat envelope-related efficiency measures can each produce gain. substantial savings on the order of 15%. This indicates b) The internal load from electric lights is also a that envelope strategies can be important to achieving predominant load that can be reduced by using the overall energy savings resulting from the applica- daylighting. tion of the entire code. Jamaica Energy Efficiency Building Code (EEBC-94) - Compliance Guidelines [D-IJ 83 Appendix D - Building Envelope JS 217: 1994 1.2 Windows to pass through the glass for a gi ven amount of heat gain passing through. Figure D-I shows that two- Figure D-l shows that the most important strategies for level light switching with high VLT can save 5% reducing external loads are those that reduce solar heat more energy than using the two-level switching by gain through the windows. Strategies include control of: itself. In the sample building, this results in 16% total building energy reduction instead of 11 %. a) Window area, expressed as window-to-wall ratio (WWR). b) Glass type, expressed as the shading coefficient for 1.4 Roof Insulation and Colour the glass (SCg)' For office buildings, this is a third high priority area for c) Use of interna I shading devices (SCinl) and external reducing building energy use through envelope design. shading devices (SCCXl) (external sunscreens, over- Figure D-l shows that, for 3 to 5 story buildings, roof hangs, fins, venetian blinds). insulation can reduce total building energy use by 5% to Ifproperly used together, in conjunction with downsized 9%. (The percent reduction would be higher for 1 and air-conditioning equipment, these strategies can easily 2 story buildings). Studies show that about 50 mm of reduce total building energy use 15% to 20% or more. rigid insulation is optimum economically in typical office situations. This again assumes appropriate downsizing of the air-conditioning system because the 1.3 DayJighting peak load is reduced. From Figure D-I, a second very important envelope Significant energy reductions can also be achieved from strategy is day lighting, which reduces the internal load using light coloured roof surfaces or special coatings from the electric lighting system in the perimeter areas. with low solar absorptivities. In Figure D-I, lighter Daylighting can be very effective. The Cum per/Marston colours (low colour correction factor numbers) can study (see Refs.) shows total building energy reduction reduce total building energy use in the range of 3% to potentials in the range of 15% for several daylight 10% from the base case, depending upon whether the strategies relating to windows. building is 5 or 3 stories. This strategy also depends on the use of special controls These roof strategies can also greatly improve interior on the lighting system. Simple on/off switches are low comfort conditions on the top floor of the building, cost, but only reduce energy 4%-5%. Use of either two- because less heat is entering the space through the roof. level switching or continuous dimming controls will produce energy savings in the 10% to 15% range. Continuous dimming controls are more effective, but 1.5 Wall Insulation and Colour also are more expensive. These strategies have less impact on reducing energy Several window strategies are very important for effec- use than the same strategies applied to the roof. For a 5 tive daylight use: story building, wall insulation and colour strategies have about 2/3rds of the impact as roof insulation and a) Minimize heat gain: blocking the direct solar rays colour strategies. Fora 3 story building, they have about will reduce heat gain and glare. External shading 1/2 of the impact. devices (overhangs, fins, screens, lightshelves, etc.) are much more effective in minimizing heat gain Wall insulation and colour strategies have much less than glazing with low shading coefficients, for impacton energy than either the window or the daylight- daylighting purposes. ing strategies. Because of their low cost, strategies that use light wall colours are more cost effective than wall b) Maximize light transmission (VLT) while reduc- insulation strategies. ing heat transmission through the glass (SC): new type of glazing can permit up to twice as much light 84 [D-2J Jamaica National Building Code: Volume 2 (December 1995) JS 217: 1994 Appendix D - Building Envelope ENVELOPE Window wall ratio (0.1 - Wall Colour (0.45 ''','' . .:,.~, ercent of Window Ext. Shaded ass Type (Min .) (Max. SCg of glass) 100% Ref! (0.60) 80% Refl (0.40) 80% Tinted (0.58) 70% Retl (0.40) Tinted (0.73) 50% lerna] Shading Devices (Max. SCeff) L. Blinds (0.44) L. Blinds (0.29) L. Blinds (0.36) M. Blinds (0.33) L. Blinds (0.53) umber of Panes (Min.) 1 1 2 2 ] -Value, W /(m2-K) (Max.) 4.60 4.60 2.95 2.95 4.60 A utomatic daylight controls on elect. Ii NO NO NO NO YES Jamaica Energy Efficiency Building Code (EEBC-94) - Compliance Guidelines [D-15J 97 Appendix D - Building Envelope JS 217: 1994 a) First, some internal shading device is required, Opaque Wall Modifications: The wall complies with equivalent to either medium or light coloured vene- the Solar Absorptivity Coefficient requirement but not tian blinds (given the column chosen). with the V-Value requirement. Thus, only the V-Value b) Second, the single pane tinted glass (SCg =0.73) needs to be brought into compliance. This can be even with venetian blinds (SCx =0.57 adding me- accomplished in many ways. However we shal1 exam- dium blinds or SCx =0.53 adding light coloured ine a very direct method. In Table D-5, an option for the blinds) still does not comply without some addi- 150 mm concrete block is to fill the second, empty, tional energy efficiency measure. cavity with perlite insulation. The calculations to derive this number are shown in Table D-2. As the tables show, Thus, the Base Case glazing design does not comply with the use of perlite in one cavity reduces the overall V- the requirements of EEBC Table 4-1. Value for the 150 mm concrete block in-fill section from 3.008 W/m2-K to 2.135 W/m2-K. Vsing this new value, 4.1.4.4 Modifications That Comply: The Base Case a new weighted average V-Value can be computed for building does not comply. Now we explore modifica- the entire opaque wall, as follows: tions to both the opaque wall and the fenestration that will permit the building design to comply with the 2.135 x 767 + 3.507 x 233 Prescriptive Wal1 Requirements. 2.455 W/m2-K Table D-9: Excerpt from EEBC-94 Table 4-1 Table 4-1 EXTERNAL WALL PRESCRIPTIVE REQUIREMENTS Building Type: SMALL OFFICE P('rlile fill allow:; waif with U = 2.455 (0 comply Gross Floor Area less than 4,000 sq. metres Requirement: OTIVw of design shall be <= 61.7 W/m2 OPAQUE WALL U-Value, W/sq.m .-K (M . - For example, 150 mm conc. bl ock with 12 mm rendering both sides, 1 core filled with conc. (no insulating fill) _r..:....pt_iv_i.....:.ty_C_o_e_ff_ic_ie_nt~('-A--'c)~_ _~--':"'~!e--~~ LSO_l_ar_A_bs_o --- For example, light or whit e color WWR Fenestration Features options Percent of Window Ext. Shaded (Min.) 100 % From Glass Type (Max . SCg of glass) Refl (0 .60) 0.21 Intern al ShaclingDevices (Max. SCeff) L. Blinds (0.44) to Number of P anes (Min.) 1 0.30 U-Value, W/(m2-K) (Max.) 4.60 Automatic daylight controls on elect. Ii 98 [D-16J Jamaica National Building Code: Volume 2 (December 1995) JS 217: 1994 Appendix D - Building Envelope The weighted average V-Value is now lower than the fail to meet set levels. Thus, the System Performance maximum allowable U-Value from EEBC Table 4-1, compliance method is much more flexible than the and the wall now complies with the V-Value require- Prescriptive Method. Since it involves only slightly ment. more compliance effort, the System Performance com- pliance method is recommended for use whenever addi- Fenestration Modifications: In Table D-9, two types tional flexibility is desired. of modifications to the Base Case fenestration are re- quired to achieve compliance. First, an appropriate Also, the Prescriptive Requirements are set at the more interior or integral shading device is needed. Second, stringent edge of each range used. This factor, plus the either a reflective (or low-e) glazing must replace the limited set of trade-offs permitted, make compliance Base Case tinted glass, or automatic day lighting con- using the Prescriptive compliance path generally more trols must be used with the perimeter electric lighting stringent than compliance using the System Perfor- system. Three options have been circled in the table; any mance path. one of which will achieve compliance. a) Replace the tinted glass with single pane reflective 4.2 Roof Prescriptive Criteria a glass with a glazing SCg=OAO. This option will The prescriptive criteria for the roof is treated similarly also require the use of light coloured venetian to those for the wall and the WWR is replaced by a blinds; the combined fenestration shading coeffi- Skylight to Roof area Ratio (SRR). cient for the glass and blind together is SC x=0.29 (see Table D-5 and section 5.4.3.2). Another com- 4.2.1 Criteria: The prescriptiveroofcriteriaarespeci- bination of glazing and shading device may also be fied in Table 4-3 contained in Section 4.5 of the EEBC. used, so long as the combined SCx~0.29. b) Replace the tinted glass with double pane reflective 4.2.2 Compliance: To comply, select from EEBC (or low-e) glass with a glazing SC g=0.40, and add Table 4-3 one of the three roof construction types that medium coloured venetian blinds, to produce a most nearly matches the roof construction of your build- combined fenestration shading coefficient of the ing design. Criteria are given for three construction glass and blind together is SC x=0.33 (see Table D- methods: concrete deck, wood frame, and metal deck. 5 and section 5.4.3.2). Another combination of Then, forthe construction type you have selected, select glazing and shading device may be used, so long as oneofthe two options given in the table. If the construc- the combined SCx~0.33. Note: this option would tion features of the roof of your buildi ng design are very allow only 70% ofthewindow be externally shaded. different from the types listed EEBC Table 4-3, then c) Add automatic daylighting controls to the perim- your should use the System Performance method listed eter electric Iighting system, and add light coloured in EEBC 4.6.2 when complying with the roof criteria. venetian blinds to achieve a fenestration shading Within Table 4-3, there are two requirements that must coefficient for the tinted glass and blind together of be met for the opaque roof: SC x=0.53. Other glazings and shading devices may be used, so long as the combined SCx~0.53. a) U-Value: A MAXIMVM value is listed in EEBC Table 4-3. The V-Value of the roof construction Additional prescriptive compliance options could be must be less than or equal to the criteria value listed used, for example column 3 in Table D-7. Note that all (Note: a minimum weight criteria for each of the four of the requirements within acolumn ofEEBCTabie three construction types is also listed in the table). 4-1 must be met in order to comply, including percent b) Solar Absorptivity Coefficient: A MAXIMUM external shading, SCx, fenestration V-value, and any value is listed in EEBC Table 43. The Solar specified dayl ighting controls. Absorptivity Coefficient (Ae) for the roof surface must be less than or equal to the value listed in the On the other hand, the wall system performance compli- table. ance method requires only that the overall system crite- ria be met; even though various wall components may Jamaica Energy Efficiency Building Code (EEBC-94) - Compliance Guidelines [D-I7] 99 Appendix D - Building Envelope JS 217: 1994 Note: Skylights can be considered within the prescrip- (Ae) for the surface of the opaque roof of the proposed tive roof criteria only if the skylights are installed with design must be determined. Table D-4 contains a list of automatic day lighting controls for the electric lighting Solar Absorptivity Correction Factors (Ac) for typical system adjacent to the skylights, per the day lighting roof surface treatments in Jamaica. credit provided in EEBC4.7.2. If the building roof has skylights, and automatic daylighting controls are not If th e surface treatmen t of your proposed roof design has used, then the Roof System Performance compliance a different solar absorptance value (a) from those listed path must be used, per EEBC 4.6.2 and EEBC Eq. 4-4. in Table D-4, interpolation may be used to determine the Ac value. For example, a more expanded list of solar 4.2.2.1 V-Values: To comply, the V-Value for the absorptance val ues (a) are listed on page III.83 of the opaque roof of the proposed design must be determined. DOE-2 Reference Manual, Part 1, May 1981, NTIS. Table D-ll contains a list of U-Values for typical roof construction types in Jamaica. V-Values for both insu- 4.2.3 Roof Compliance Examples lated and non-insulated versions of each roof type are listed in TabJe D-l1. If one of the options listed in the Example 1 . No Insulation: For the roof example, the does not apply to the roof construction of your building, same two-storey office building used for the wall ex- then the U-Value can be calculated. Table D-ll illus- amples is used again. The roof area is 404 m 2 • The roof trates the calculation procedure, and an example calcu- construction is a 150 mm reinforced concrete slab with lation is shown in section 5.5.4 below. 25 mm average sand/cement screed, waterproofed with 2 layers of felt, and protected with a gravel surface. The 4.2.2.2 Solar Absorptivity Correction Factor (Ae): weight of the roof is just over 371 kglm 2• To comply, the Solar Absorptivity Correction Factor Table D-IO: Excerpt -- EEBC-94 Table 4-3 Table 4-3: PRESCRIPTIVE REQUIREMENTS FOR ROOFS Requirement: OTIVR of design shall be <= 20.0 W /sq.m. OPTIONS 3 4 5 6 o e Portion of Roof Metal Deck U-Value, W/sq.m.-K (Max. 0.74 0.57 Weight, kglsq.m. (Min. 58 34 34 &lIar Absorptivity Coefficient (Ac) (Min. ) 1.00 0.70 1.00 Ba~c C(LW! V = 2.6/ doc.\ not ol1lply! NOllS: u- Values listed for each type of opaque roof construction are approximately for: Added R-Value = 0.7 in columns 1 , 3, and 5. Added R-Value = J.4 in columns 2, 4, and 6. 2 Example &lIar Absorptivity Coefficients (Ac): Asphalt, Dark Roof =1.00, Gravel =0.70, Light pebbles = 0.50, Mildew resistant white = .42 3 Skylights: Section 4.7.2 and Table 4-4 may be used in conjunction with this table to include up to indicated pecentages of skylight areas, if day lighting controls are used as specified. 100 [D-I BJ Jamaica National Building Code: Volume 2 (December 1995) JS 217: 1994 Appendix D • Building Envelope v- Value: From Table D-ll, the V-Value of this typical the V-Value requirement for Option 1 for concrete uninsulatedroofis2.61 W/m 2 -K. This does not comply decks in EEBC Table 4-3, but not for Option 2. with the V-Value requirement for Option 1 or 2 for concrete decks in EEBC Table 4-3. Ac: From the Base Case Example above, the roof has a gravel surface, with a Solar Absorptivity Correction Ac: The roof has a gravel surface, with a Solar Absorp- Factor (Ac) =0.85. This does not comply with Option tivity Correction Factor (Ac) = 0.85. This does not 1. The roof sti11 does not comply. comply with Option 1 but does comply with Option 2 for concrete decks in EEBC Table 4-3. However, if white limestone chips are used, theAc value would be reduced from 0.85 to 0.50. This is less than the However, since the V-Value for the roof does not upper limit of 0.70 specified in option] ofEEBC Table comply with either option, this uninsulated roof does not 4-3. Thus, the concrete deck with 25 mm of insulation comply. and surface of white limestone chipsdoes comply with Option 1, and thus with the roof prescriptive criteria. Example 2 - 25 mm oflnsulation: In this example, 25 mm of rigid insulation has been added to the roof Example 3 - 50 mm of Insulation: In this example, 25 construction of the previous example, which is now a mm more of rigid insulation has been added to 25 mm of 150 mm reinforced concrete slab with 25 mm average insulation of the previous example, for a total of 50 mm sand cement screed, 25 mm rigid insulation, water- of insulation. Now, the roof construction is a 150 mm proofed with 2 layers offelt, and protected with a gravel reinforced concrete slab with 25 mm average sandi surface. cement screed, 50 mm rigid insulation, waterproofed with 2 layers offelt, and protected with a gravel surface. u- Value: From Table D-ll, the V-Value of this mod- estly insulated roofis 1.07W/m2-K. This complies with Table D-l1: R-Values and V-values for Typical Roof Constructions 25mm 50mm Dffee D(fee Iconstruction Element Uninsulated Insulation Insulation l21.5 prescriptive criteria covers a range for each of several variables, and the values are set for the most difficult part of the range - the upper bound" The system performance compliance method provides the user with 6.0 much more flexibility than the prescriptive methods. 7.2 To demonstrate this, the same example that was used to 9.6 demonstrate the use of the prescriptive criteria wi 1I be used below to also demonstrate how to achieve compli - ance using the system performance criteria. 102 [D-20J Jamaica National Building Code: Volume 2 (December 1995) JS 217: 1994 Appendix D ~ Building Envelope 5.2.1 Requirenlent: The Overall Thermal Transmit- 5.2.2 OTTV w Compliance Process: Computing tance Value (OTTV w) for the exterior walls of build- the OTTV wfor the external walls of a building is a 2 step ings shall not exceed the following values for each process that uses EEBC equations (4-1) and (4-2). First, square metre of wall surface area: EEBC equation (4-1) is used to determi ne the amount of heat gain per m 2 for each wall orientation separately. a) 67.7 W/m 2 for large office buildings, with gross Second, EEBC equation (4-2) is used to determine the conditioned floor area equal to or greater than overall OTTVw value for all walls of the building 4,000 m2 . together, calculated as the weighted average of the heat b) 61.7 W/m 2 for smaller office buildings, with gross gain per square metre (OTTVj) for all walls of the conditioned floor area less than 4,000 m2• building. c) 55.1 W/m2 for all other buildings. A microcomputer software spreadsheet template (EEBC- In general, walls of large office buildings contain more ENV) is provided (on a diskette attached to these glazed area than walls of smaJl office buildings, which guidelines) that performs the 2 step calculation. Figure in turn contain more glazed area than walls of other D-7 shows the input-output screen for the spreadsheet, building types (from surveys conducted in the U.S.). with all the input areas in italics. The spreadsheet may Since it is easier to reduce thermal transmittance through be used on microcomputers to assist in examining op- opaque waJls than through glazed areas, the EEBC-94 tions for compliance with the OTTV w requirement waH OTIV w criteria have been set accordingJ y . specified in Section 5.2.1. Versions of the spreadsheet Figure D-7: Spreadsheet Screen .. • Base Case Building ENVELOPE SYSTEM PERFORMANCE COMPLIANCE SPREADSHEET (EEBC-ENV) G~ERAL Bldg Narrn Small Office I Option No.1 Be I <--Perim DL credit (Yes?) Oirrate Zone K <---Input ! 0.27 0.00 Area, Wind. (or Sky.) (Sqrn .) 0 20 0 68 0 22 0 39 149 0 Shading Coeff (sex) 0.00 0.73 0.00 0.73 0.00 0.73 0.00 0.73 0.73 0 Ext. Shading (fuctor) 0.00 0.30 0.00 0.90 0.00 0.75 0.00 0.90 0.80 0 U-Value (W An.sq ,,,:{q 0.000 5.910 0.000 5.910 0.000 5.910 0.000 5.910 5.91 0 OPAQUE WALLS/ROOFS Concrete block, 200 mm, 2nd cavity empty, 12 mm rendering U-value (W An sq rI<) 0.000 2.798 0.000 2.798 0.000 2.798 0.000 2.798 2.80 2.613 Weight (kg/sq rn.) 0 244 0 244 0 244 0 244 244 370.88 Absorpt. Coeff . (Ac) 0 0.7 0 0.7 0 0.7 0 0.7 0.70 0.79 Area Daylit (peroent) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Window Solar (or Sky.) (W An.sq.) 0.0 29.7 0.0 46.5 0.0 30.1 0.0 26.4 33.6 0.0 Window Cond. (or Sky.) (W An sq.) 0.0 9.1 0.0 23.9 0.0 10.2 0.0 13.7 14.8 0.0 Op.Wall Solar (or Sky.) (W An sq.) 0.0 10.0 0.0 8.0 0.0 13.9 0.0 10.5 10.4 41.5 Op.Wall Cond. (or Roof) (W An sq.) 0.0 22.1 0.0 15.1 0.0 21.6 0.0 19.9 19.4 24.7 OlTV Com pliance (W hIt sq.) 0.00 70.87 0.00 93.55 0.00 75.78 0.00 70.52 78.25 66.19 OlTV Requirements (W hIt.sq.) 61.70 20.00 Fails! Fails! Jamaica Energy Efficiency Building Code (EEBC-94) - Compliance Guidelines IJ 103 Appendix D· Building Envelope JS 217: 1994 template have been provided for 2 spreadsheet pro- opaque roof and any skylights. A detailed description of grams, Excel 4 (TM) under Windows 3.1 (TM) , and the use of the spreadsheet is contained below in Section Lotus 123 (TM). While the spreadsheet can be used to 5.4. calculate compliance using either metric and imperial units, all examples in this appendix are in metric units. 5.2.3 Calculating the OTTV i for an Individual Also, al1 examples in this appendix have used the Excel Wall: The Overall Thermal Transfer Value (OTTVj) 4 (TM) version. for each exterior wall section that has a different orien- tation is determined by EEBC eq. (4-1). The first two In Figure D-7, results of intermediate calculations are terms of the equation, repeated below, are for the opaque shown in shaded sections of the spreadsheet screen wall (first solar, second conduction) and the last two (toward the bottom). Also, component totals for each terms are for the fenestration (third is solar, and fourth orientation have been converted to W/m2 units to facili- is conduction). tate the analysis of results. The shaded the column "Tot- Avg" contains the sums of total wall areas and window OITVj (TDeq-DT) x CFx Ac x Uw x (l-WWR» areas for all orientations. the calculation ofWWR, and + DT x U w x (J-WWR) the weighted averages of all other input items. + (SF x CF x SC x WWR) + (DT x Ufx WWR) For presentation consistency, D-7 uses the same EEBC Eq (4-1) Where Base Case wall inputs for the example building that were used in the prescriptive compliance section OTTVj Overall thermal transmittanc(;~~ value for the ures D-5, and D-6, and data in Section 4.1.4). The specific wall orientation under consideration in example roof shown in this figure is the uninsulated W/m 2. case, from Prescriptive section 4.2.3 above, example L Solar absorptance coefficient for the surface of the opaque wall. Typical values for Ac are As indicated in the lower right-hand corner of Figure D- given in Table D-4 and are related to the solar 7, both the walls and roof fail to meet the System absorptivity of the opaque surface. Performance criteria. The wall OTTV w r~quirement is Thermal transmittance of the opaque wall, WI 61.70 W/m 2 • However, the compliance value deter- m 2 -K. Typical values are presented inTableD- mined for building'S walls is a higher Base Case OTTV w 5. If a calculation ofU w is desired, the calculation of 78.25 W/m 2• The roofOTTV R requirement is 20.00 procedure is shown below in Section 5.3. W/m2. However, the compliance value determined for WWR Window -to-gross exterior wall area ratio for the the building'S uninsulated roof is a significantly higher wall under consideration. Example calcula- Base Case OTTV R value of 66.19 W/m 2. tions are presented in this appendix in sections 4.1.1 and 6.1.1. The process of achieving compliance using the com- Equivalent door-out-door temperature differ- TDeq puter spreadsheet template invol ves changing the inputs ence, in oC, which incorporates the effects of to reflect modifications to the building'S walls and roof solar gains into the opaque wall under consid- so that the wall OTTV wand roof OTTVR compliance eration at peak design conditions. Typical values values obtained are both less than the respective criteria. for Jamaica are in Table D-13. The spreadsheet template uses EEBC eq. (4-1) to calcu- DT Temperature difference, in oC, between indoor late an OTfVj for each of up to 8 possible orientations, temperature (using 24.4 OC) and outdoor tem- N, NE, E, SE, S, SW, W, and NW. The OTTV j calcu- perature. Typical values for Jamaica are given lated for each orientation is contained at the bottom of in Table D-13. the spreadsheet on the line "OTTV Compliance." The Thermal transmittance of the in W/m2 spreadsheet template then uses EEBC eq. (4-2) to calcu- -K. U-Values for commonly used glass is given late a weighted average OTTV w; the result is displayed in Table D-5. These values are extracted from on the line "0TTV Compliance" in the column "Tot· the ASHRAE Han dbook of Fundamentals 1985, Avg." Forthe roof, the spreadsheettemplateusesEEBC Chapter 27 (Table 13). The 1989 ed ition of the ASHRAE Handbook of fundamentals uses a eq. (4-4) to calculate an OTTVR that includes both complex procedure which takes into consider- 104 [D-22J Jamaica National Building Code: Volume 2 (December 1995) JS 217: 1994 Appendix D - Building Envelope Table D-13: Temperature Differences (DT) and TDeqs for Walls and Roofs Zone A ZoneB ZoneC DT (degC) Temperature differences between indoor and outdoor air 9.4 7.8 6.1 Weigbts of Wall Construction (kg!sq.m.) TDeq (deg C) 0 122 24.4 23.3 22.2 123 -195 20.6 19.4 18.3 196 - 342 16.7 15.6 14.4 343 plus 12.8 11.7 10.6 Weights of Roof Construction (kg!sq.m.) Roof U-Value (W/m2-K) TDeq (deg C) 0.00 - 0.57 19.4 17.8 16.1 0-29 0.58 - 2.50 24.6 22.9 21.3 2.51 plus 29.8 28.2 26.5 0.00 - 0.34 27.8 26.1 24.4 i 30 - 337 31.7 30 I 0.35 1.19 33.3 1.20 plus 38.9 37.2 35.6 0.00 0.34 30.6 28.9 27.2 338 plus 0.35 0.80 34.7 33.1 31.4 0.81 plus 38.9 37.2 35.6 Table D-14: Solar Correction Factors (CF) for 8 Orientations N NE E I SE S SW W NW II CF 0.58 0.84 0.96 I 0.99 1.09 1.2 1.36 0.98 ation val ues at the centre of glass, edge of glass, of windows which are not exposed to direct frames and mullions. In the Jamaican climate sunlight between the hours of 8:00 a.m. and these thermal transmittance refinements have a 5:00 p.m. solar time, on April 21 through only minor effect on fenestration performance; October 21 because of orientation or fixed thus, the added complexity has been avoided exterior shading devices, (such as roof over- here. hangs) shall be considered to be 40 for the Shading coefficient of the fenestration system. purpose of inclusion in Equation 4-1. When Typical values for SC x are given in Table D-5; shading device does not shade the entire win- these have been extracted from Chapter 27 of dow only the shaded portion shall use a SF of the 1985 ASHRAE Handbook (Tables 35, 36, 40. and 39). Manufacturer's data may also be used. CF Correction factor to account for the variation in SF hourly value of the solar energy inci- the available solar, due to the orientation of the denton the windows. The valueofSFis372 WI wall, for the wall section under consideration. m 2 • The solar factor for windows or portions Values for CF are given in Table D-14. Jamaica Energy Efficiency Building Code (EEBC-94) - Compliance Guidelines 105 Appendix D - Building Envelope JS 217: ~994 5.2.4 Calculating the Overall OTIV w for the controls shall be used to reduce the amount of electric Building: The Overall Thermal Transmittance Value lighting when sufficient daylighting is available. (OTTVw) for the total exterior gross wall area of the building is a weighted average of the OTTV j computed If automatic daylight controls are provided for those in section for all of the individual walls. The OTTV is portions of the electric lighting system within 4.6 m of a weighted average of the OTTV i for each wall section. an exterior wall, the OTTV j , calculated using EEBCEq. The OTTVw shaH be determined using Equation (4-2), (4-1), and the day lighting credit is not claimed in the in EEBC-94 Section 4.6.1.3. lighting section for that portion of the wall may be reduced by 30 %. If the daylight credit is claimed in the OTIV = (Aol X OTIV 1 + X OTIV 2 lighting section, then the OTTV j maybe reduced by + .... + 7.5%. The computer spreadsheet calculates this trade- off. The reduced OTTV j value shall then be used in the + AO i x OTIV j ) I evaluation of EEBC Eq. (4-2). (Ao l + Aoz +... Ao j ) EEBC If the automatic day light control credit is taken, then the Where visible transmittance ofthe fenestration system used for that exterior wall shall not be less than 0.25, AO j Gross wall area for the exterior wall section in m2. The gross wall area includes all of the opaque wall surface area and the window sur- 5.3 Roof Overall Thernlal Transmittance face area for the wall section considered. Value (OTTVr ) Overall thermal transfer value for the wall sec tion, as calculated from EEBC 4-1. 5.3.1 Roof OTIV r Requirements: The Overall Thermal Transfer Value (OTTV r ) for the gross area of 5.2.5 Daylighting Credit: A given area of glazing the roof of a building shall not exceed 20 W/m 2 • usually alJows more heat gain to the interior space than an equivalent area of insulated wall. Thus, in daylight- 5.3.2 Compliance: For a roof without skylights, com- ing applications, if larger glass areas are used, the higher pliance with the Roof Overal1 Thermal Transfer Value window-to-wall ratio (WWR) would normally cause a (OTTV r) shall be determined by EEBC Eq. 4-3. For a greater level of cooling energy to be used in the space. roof with skylights, EEBC Eq.4-4 shall be used. However, lighting energy savings due to daylightingcan be greater than cooling energy penalties from additional OTTVr Ac x V r X( IDeqr -DT ) + V r x DT glazed surface area may be reduced when the building EEBC (4-3) envelope is carefully designed for day lighting. OTTVr Ac x Vr x (IDeqr -DT) x (l-SRR) + Vr x DT x (l-SRR)+ 138 x SCs x SRR A general rule-of-thumb for perimeter zones is that an effective aperture (EA) greater than 0.1 will provide + Vs x DT x SRR adequate daylight i1Jumination for the perimeter area within 4.6 m of the external wall Figure E-1 in Where Appendix E). Likewise, an EA greater than 0.2 might OTTV r Overall thermal transmittance value for the produce excessive heat gains without additional day- roof assembly in W/m 2, lighting benefit, and daylighting! thermal gain trade- Ac Solar absorptance coefficient of the opaque offs should be carefully examined for EA>O.2. (For portion of the roof. Typical values for Ac are purposes here EA is defined as SC x VLT). given in Table D-4. Thermal transmittance of the roof assembly, The transparent portions of the building envelope should including both above and below deck insula- be designed to prevent solar radiant gain above that tion, in W/m 2 -K. Typical values for roof necessary for effective daylighting. To ensure that the constructions are listed in various ASH RAE daylighting is effectively used, automatic day lighting documents (e.g., the Hand Book ofFundamen- 106 Jamaica National Building Code: Volume 2 (December 1995) JS 217: 1994 Appendix D ~ Building Envelope tals (1985,1989, etc.), the Cooling and Heating and D-6 show the building elevations and floor plan, and Load Calculation Manual (1979, 1992) or in the Base Case data from the prescriptive compliance manufacturer's literature. Typical values are example (see 4.1.4.1, 4.1.4.2, and4.2.3.1) are applied to given in Table D-l1 , and calculation proce- the System Performance method in Figure D-7. As dures are given in Section 5.4.4.l. Figure D-7 shows, the Base Case example wall and roof IDeqr Equivalent indoor-outdoor temperature differ- do not comply with the System Performance Criteria for ence, in oC, which incorporates the effects of Small Office Buildings. However, simply changing the solar gains. Typical values are listed in TableD- glass type and adding venetian blinds will permit com- 13. pliance with the wall criteria, while adding roof insula- SRR Skylight to roof ratio tion will permit compliance with the roof criteria. These SF Solar factor, for horizontal surfaces, the aver- modifications that result in compliance are shown in age houri y value of the solar energy incident on Figure D-S. the skylights. The value of SF is 435 W/m2. The remainder of this section describes in sequence 5.4 Using the Computer Spreadsheet to each of the inputs to the spreadsheet for the example data Achieve System Performance Compli- used to achieve compliance. ance The same building used to illustrate the application of the prescriptive criteria is used here. Figures D-4, D-5, Figure D-8: Spreadsheet Screen -- Reflective Glass & Venetian Blinds Comply ENVELOPE SYSTEM PERFORMANCE COMPLIANCE SPREADSHEET (EEBC-ENV) Ge.JERAL Bldg NaITE Small Office I Option No.1 1 I <--Perim DLcredit (Yes?) OirTE.te Zone K <---Input Kingston, ~ntego, or Wandeville <--Skylight (Ltg W/sq.m?) Bu ilding Type SO <---Input LO (Ige of e), SO (sm of e) , 0 (other) <--Skylight (Ltg lux level?) ~trie? Y <---~ using fv1etrie units, enter "Yes". <--Skylight (VLTvalur-e--':?)~---I Septenber1994 Ve:rs:bn N NE E SE S SW W tNoI Tot-Avg ROOF Tot. Area, Wall (or Roof) (Sqrn .) 0 123 0 159 0 120 0 159 561 404 WINDOWS/SKYLIGHTS Single pane, refl (SCg=0.50), med. ven. blinds Avg. WWR ---> 0.27 0.00 Area, Wind. (or Sky .) (sqrn.) 0 ....'" 1'\ ... , . .... "'''' ~ "'''' 149 0 Shading Coeff (sex) 0.00 0.42C 0.00 0.42 0.00 0.42 0.00 O.~ 0.42 0 Ext. Shading (factor) 0.00/ ~ :-u {'{II .LllII Q r5\ 'IT _ :90 0.80 0 U-Value (W ,msq..J<) O.oab"' 4.600 0.000 4.600 0.000 4.600 0.000 4.~ 4.60 0 OPAQUEWALLSjRooFS c~~re e"1)'O~7 "'VU' II I I I , " ' ..... """""1 ... mply ~ U-value (W,msq..J<) 0 0 2.79l} 0.000 2.798 0.000 2.798 0.000 2.798 2.80 r~ I. 07~ Weight (kg/sq rn.) 0 2Jf! 0 244 0 244 0 244 ~ ~r Absorpt. Coeff. (Ac) I 0 JJ.7 0 0.7 0 0.7 0 O;!./ 0.70 0.7 Area Daylighted (percent; ' 0 // 0 0 0 0 0 0 ~O 0 Window Solar (or Sky.) (\of Ir:U/:J°.) o. / 17.1 0.0 26.8 0.0 . 17...3"'-----' 0.0 15.2 19.3 0.0 Window O:md. (or Sky.) (W {&l.) .0.0 7.1 0.0 18.6 O. ~.O 0.0 10.7 11.5 0.0 Op.Wall Solar (or Sky.) (I't I .>V·O.O 10.0 0.0 8~.0 13.9 0.0 10.5 10.4 9.3 Op.Wall O:md. (or Roof) ~. ,.~~ 0.0 22.1 0.~5.1 ····· 0.0 21.6 0.0 19.9 19.4 10.1 OTTV Compliance /(~"$q ,) 0.00 ~~' O.OO 68.49 0.00 60.73 0.00 1'60.68 56.26 1 19.39 ""'" OTTV Requirements / ,frl ,.. llq .) ~ .,.p j/~ 61.70 20.00.,.., I /~ cOlnp~r Passes! Passes J CIU111,ncs lO Input data t. 1Vall., alld J oojllow /' Jamaica Energy Efficiency Building Code (EEBC-94) - Compliance Guidelines [D-25] 107 Appendix D - Building Envelope JS 217: ~994 5.4.1 General Inputs areas. If these conditions apply, then enter here the W/m 2 in the applicable areas under the skylights. 5.4.1.1 Bldg Name: Enter a short name to identify the For example, 17.2 W/m 2 might be entered for building project. This can be helpful for future identifi- office spaces. cation of printouts of options. c) Skylight (Ltg lux level?): This entry is blank 5.4.1.2 Option No: Enter a unique number or letter to except if sky lights are being used in the roof, and if credit is being claimed for the use of automatic identify each compliance option that is being considered day lighting controls for I ights under the skylighted for the project. This can be helpful for future reference areas. If the above conditions apply, then enter in identifying multiple compliance options considered here the most applicable choice from three possible for the same project. lux levels, 300, 500, or 700 lux EEBC-94 5.4.1.3 Climate Zone: Enter the appropriate city for Table 4-4). For example,500 lux might be entered one of three climate zones, Kingston for zone A, for office spaces. Montego for zone B, and Mandeville for Zone C (see d) Skylight (VLT value?): This entry is blankexcept Figure D-3). Only the first 21etters of each city name if skylights are being used in the roof, and if credit are required. This choice determines which DT and is being claimed for the use of automatic daylight- TDeq values to use. ing controls for lights under the skylighted areas. If these conditions apply, then enter here the most 5.4.1.4 Building Type: Enter the code for one of three applicable choice from two possible VLT levels, choices of building type, LO for large office, SO for 0.75 (for 0.75 to 0.50), or 0.50 for 0.50 or less) (see small office and 0 for other buildings. This choice EEBC-94 Table 4-4). For example, using a rule-of- determines which building-type-dependent OTI'Vw re- thumb that VLT = 2/3 SC for grey and bronze quirement to apply. glazings, ifSC=0.6, then VLT=O.4, and 0.50 might be entered, for a VLT of 0.50 or less. 5.4.1.5 Metric?: Enter Y or Yes for metric units, or N, No, or blank for inch-pound units. Note: this input 5.4.2 Tot. Area, Wall (or Roof) changes the calculation units used by the spreadsheet. However, the unit values of the inputs entered by the Enter the m 2 of total wall (or roof) area, including the user must be changed manually (e.g., an input fenestra- area of both the opaque surfaces and glazed surfaces. (If tion U-value of 4.6 in metric units must be multiplied by I-P units are used, then enter the area in ft2.) Note: since .176 to obtain the proper V-value of 0.81 in I-P units). the spreadsheet calculates compliance in W/m2, the absolute areas of walls and roof are not as important as 5.4.1.4 Daylighting-related entries: inputs are required the relative areas among the various surfaces. for the following four items only if automatic day lighting controls are being used. 5.4.3 Windows/Skylights a) Perim. DL Credit (Yes?): This entry is blank 5.4.3.1 Area, Wind. (or Sky.): For each building wal1 except if two conditions apply: 1) if automatic orientation, enter the m 2 of any window area, including controls for perimeter day lighting are being used, the area of the glass, sash and frames. This also incl udes and also, 2) if the Lighting Power Control Credit is any glazed doors and clerestory windows that meet the being claimed (EEBC-94 section 5.4.3) to permit wall criteria. For the roof, enter any skylight area. (If an increase in the installed lighting power allow- I-P units are used, then enter the area in ft2.) ance. Ifboth conditions apply, then enter Y or Yes; otherwise, leave blank. The spreadsheet will calculate the weighted average b) Skylight (Ltg W Isq.m. ?): This entry is blank window wall ratio (WWR) for the total building. In the except if skylights are being used in the roof, and if example, this is the average of the 4 orientations and is credit is being claimed for the use of automatic given by the following equation: day lighting controls for lights under the skylighted 108 [D-26] Jamaica National Building Code: Volume 2 (December 1995) J5217: 1994 Appendix D - Building Envelope WWR Building WR1+WWR2+WWR3+WWR4)/4 SC int Internal shading devices, such as venetian blinds or drapes (Table D-5 also provides examples of the impact of internal shading devices upon a All dimensions should be clearly noted on the drawing range of glazing being used or other "take off" sheet, for checking or future reference is needed. This exercise can be time SC ext = External shading devices, such as externallou- consuming, particularly in complex buildings. A spread- vered sun screens. sheet, in which the dimensions of the various construc- For example, a single pane reflective glass with SCg = tions in the building envelope are calculated and the 0.50 with a medium venetian blind (with an effective Window Wall Ratio Summary recorded, could be ex- SCint 0.84) would together produce: tremely useful, particularly if the process will be re- peated. SCg X SC illt 0.50 x 0.84 The wall and fenestration areas for the stairwell building 0.42 and ground are computed and added and the percentage fenestration calculated and recorded for each orienta- Likewise, the same single pane reflective glass with SCg tion. For the example building shown in Figures D-4, D- = 0.50 with an external unpainted aluminum louvered 5, and D-6, the WWR works out to be 0.266 (see the sunscreen (0.85 w/s ratio, and profile angle of 200, for an column "Tot-Avg." in Figures D-7 or D-8). That is SCext = 0.50, per the ASHRAE Handbook of Funda- equivalent to the windows being 26.6% of the total wall mentals, Ch. 27) would together produce: area. SCg X SC ext Skylight Area: If the roof has sky fights, then enter the area of the skylights, in m 2, in the rightmost column of 0.50 x 0.50 the spreadsheet, entitled "Roof." The SRR is calculated 0.25 by the spreadsheet in the same way as the WWR for the windows and the opaque wall. The example building Also, external overhangs and fins may be considered (see Figure D-5) has about 12 m 2 0fskyJights, producing separately in the EEBC-ENV spreadsheet, as indicated a ratio of the area of skylights to gross area of roof gives below. a SRR of 0.03 as fol1ows. The roof area 404 m2 5.4.3.3 External Shading: For each applicable orienta- tion, enter the annual (April to October) average ratio of Skylight area 12 m 2 the window area that is shaded from the direct rays of the SRR 12/404 sun. The primary devices that would provide such 0.03 external shading are overhangs and fins; however, ob- A SRR of 0.03 is equivalent to a skylight percentage of jects such as other buildings or trees could also provide 3%. A compliance example is provided below in external shading. The percent of window externally Section 5.5.5. shaded is determined on the basis of the architect's judgment at this time. A computer program is being 5.4.3.2 Shading Coefficient (SCx): For each appli- written which will accurately calculate the amount of cable orientation, enter the shading coefficient of the external shading on the window from 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 fenestration, including the glass and associated shading p.m. for the relevant seasons. The program will he devices. The SCx can consist of the product of 3 types issued as an addendum to the EEBC-94 code as it is of shading effects: completed and tested. For the example building, the estimated ratio of window area that is externally shaded from the sun's direct rays the shading coefficient of the glazing, that is are as follows: typically in the manufacturers' literature (typical are provided in Table D-5). NE 0.30 of Jamaica Energy Efficiency Building Code (EEBC-94) - Compliance Guidelines 109 Appendix D - Building Envelope JS 217: ~994 SE 0.90 (90% of glass) RI + R2 + R3 + R4 + R5 SW 0.75 (75% of glass) 0.044 + 0.018 + 0.268 + 0.018 + 0.121 NW 0.90 (90% of glass) V-Value l/R tot This input data is shown on the "External Shading" line 1/0.468 in Figures D-7 and D-8. 2.135 W/m2-K 5.4.3.4 U-Value (Fenestration): For each applicable From Table D-3, the V-value for a reinforced concrete orientation, enter the V-val ue of the fenestration. Vsing frame construction is as follows: the centre-of-glass V-value is considered sufficient, a1though composite V-values forcentre-of-glass, edge- Rtot RI + R2 + R3 + R4 + R5 of-glass, and frame may also be used. Table D-5 pro- 0.044 + 0.018 + 0.084 + 0.018 + 0.121 vides typical centre-of-glass V-values for cases with, V- Value = l/R tot and without, internal shading devices. 1/0.285 3.507 W/m2-K V-Values may also be obtained from the manufacturers literature. For the example building, the single pane The areas of the respective wall components are: glass selected is a 6 mm single pane glass, with a V-value of 5.91 W/m2-K without internal shading device and Concrete block wall area 319.8 m 2 4.60 W/m2-K with an internal shading device present. Reinforced concrete wall area 91.6 m2 Thus, the weighted average V-Value for the wall 5.4.4 Opaque Wallsl Roofs consisting of the two components is: 5.4.4.1 U-Value (Opaque Walls): The V-Value for the ( (319.4 x 2.135) + (91.6 x 3.507) ) opaque wall is the weighted average of the areas of the / (319.4 + 91.6) various wall constructions. Ideally these should also be 2.44 W/m2-K calculated separately and added to give the gross wall area. In the case of the example the gross wall area is 561 RoofU Value: The V-Val ue for the roof is the weighted g m2 (to check, add the areas shown on the WWR sum- average of the V-values for areas of the various roof mary sheet and also on the V-Value calculation sheet). constructions. Idea]]y these should also be calculated separately and added to give the gross roof area. In the The types of wall construction are reinforced concrete case of the example the gross roof area is 404 m 2 . For block and reinforced concrete. The V-Values may be the Base Case example building, there is only one type calculated by determining from Table D-3 the resis- of roof construction, a 150 mm reinforced concrete slab tances (R) of all the materials in the construction, adding with 25 mm average sand/cement screed, and water- them and taki ng the reciprocal of R to give the V -Value. proofed with 2 layers of fe1t and protected with gravel. The V-Value for the whole wall is the weighted average of the V-Values for the various constructions of the The V-Values are calculated by determining, from opaque portion of the wall, but not including the fenes- tables the resistances (R) of all the materials in the tration. construction, adding them and taking the reciprocal of R to give the V -Value. The V -Value for the roof is the V-Values for common types of wall constructions used weighted average of the V-Value for the various con- in Jamaica are given in Table D-l, and R-values and structions but not induding the fenestration. calculations for typical wall materials used are listed in Tables D-2 and D-3. From Table D-3, the V-value for R-values and V-values for common types of roof con- the example 150 mm concrete block wa11 is calculated as structions used in Jamaica are given in Table D-l1. For foHows: example, the V-value for the Base Case uninsulated roof is calculated as follows: 110 Jamaica National Building Code: Volume 2 (December 1995) J5217: 1994 Appendix D - Building Envelope RJ + R2 + R3 + R4 + R5 + R6 making trade-offs among envelope features. Compli- 0.044 + 0.009 + 0.049 ance can be achieved in many different ways. + 0.035 + 0.088 + 0.121 V-Value llR tot 0.347 = 2.884 W/m2-K The EEBC-ENV computer spreadsheet enables evalu- ation of trade-off and options to be done very quickly. Likewise, the U-value for the same roof with 50 mm of Becauseofthis, the envelope spreadsheet can beconsid- insulation added is calculated as follows: ered as a very simplified envelope energy design tool. Rtot Rl + R2 + R3 + R4 + R5 + R6 + R7 This section demonstrates several different options for 0.044 + 0.009 + 0.049 + 1. 176 complying with the EEBC-94 envelope System Perfor- + 0.035 + 0.088 + 0.121 mance requirements. The Base Case example building, V-Value = 1IRtot = 1.522 0.657 W/m2-K as shown in Figure D-7, is used as the starting point for each of the options. 5.4.4.2 Weight: Enter the weight of each square metre of external surface of the opaque wall, in kglm 2 . The 5.5.1 Using Daylighting within Perimeter Zones: weight of a square metre of 150 mm thick concrete block The base building example, as modified in Figure D-9, waJ] is about 195 kglm 2 , while the weight for a 150 mm is used as the starting point. In the EEBC-ENV com- thick concrete block wall is about 244 kg/m 2• puter spreadsheet, credit may be taken for the use of automatic daylighting controls for electric lights within 5.4.4.3 Absorptance Coefficient (Ac): Enter the ab- the perimeter zone adjacent to the windows. sorptance coefficient for the type and colour of wall or roof surface. Table D~4 contains Ac values for several Perimeter daylighting. For this example, assume that typical coloured surfaces. all electric lighting in 3 of the perimeter zones (100 percent within 4.6 metres of the external wall) is to be controlled with multiple step daylight sensing dimming 5.4.4 Area Daylighted controls (See EEBC Table 5-2). Due to a constraint in the SE perimeter zone, only 75 percent of the lights in If automatic daylighting controls are used to reduce the electric energy used for lighting within the 4.6 m of the that zone are to be controHed for daylighting. perimeter zones next to the external walls, enter the While these controls will substantially reduce lighting percent of the area for each orientation that is controlled energy use, the lighting system aJready complies with by the automatic controls. For example, if all of the the EEBC lighting requirements, and no additional northeast perimeter zone is controlled for day lighting, credit will be taken within the ]ightingsection for the use then enter 100 under theNE column, whereas if only 75 of these controls. Thus, the 30% credit can be used for percent ofthe southeast perimeter zone is control1ed for the envelope compliance, per EEBC 4.7.1. day lighting, then enter 75 under the SE column. The EEBC-ENV computer spreadsheet calculates the For areas under skylights, enter the percent of the 30% credit if the user inserts the percentage of peri meter potentially day lighted area under the skylights that is lighting for each perimeter zone that is automatically controlled by automatic day lighting control devices. controlled. The user supplies this data in the row (Several examples for perimeter and sky light situations entitled "Area Daylighted (percent)." are provided in Appendix E.) As can be seen in the row entitled "Area Daylighted" 5.5 Examples of Additional System Figure D-9, 100% of the electric lights in 3 zones and 75% in the SE zone is designated as automatically Performance Trade-offs and Features controlled for daylighting. This results in a substantial An important feature of the System Performance enve- reduction in energy flux from the modified base case. lope compliance path is the great flexibility possible in Daylighting is an effective energy efficiency strategy. Jamaica Energy Efficiency Building Code (EEBC-94) Compliance Guidelines [D-29] III Apll~endlix D- JS 217: 1994 Note: in the upper right portion of the EEBC-ENV the roof area in skylights. Acrylic domes are used, with spreadsheet there is an input box with the following text SC =0.60 and U =5.2. The roof with skylights added no to its right: "<-Perim. DL credit (Yes?)." This box longer complies with the roof OTTV R criteria. A should be used only iftwo conditions exist: 1) perimeter solution to this will be sought in the next example. daylighting controls are being used; and, 2) credit is being taken for the use of these controls in EEBC 5.4.3 5.5.3 Combined Use of White Walls and Roof, "Lighting Power Control Credits" to allow additional Daylighting, and Low-E Glazing: This example lighting power to be installed. If a "Yes" is inserted in demonstrates the combined impact of using several this box, the envelope daylighting credit in the EEBC- energy efficiency strategies together. Using the same ENV envelope spreadsheet is set to 7.5% instead of Base Case building example as before, three sets of 30%, per EEBC 4.7.1. In the example in Figure D-9, if changes are made: this entry were input as "Yes," the building design would still comply with the envelope requirements, but just a) The walls and roofs are changed from I ight to white barely. In that case, the compliance value would be (Ae from 0.70 to 0.50), as per the information in 61.22 W/m2,just less than the criteria value of 61.70 W/ section 5.4.4.3 above; m 2. (The EEBC-ENV spreadsheet may be used to verify b) Daylighting controls are used for electric lighting this). in perimeter areas and under skylights, as in the previous example in Figure D-9; and, For the roof, 12 m2 of skylight area has been added in Figure D-9, representing an SRR = 0.03, or about 3% of c) Double pane low-emissivity (low-e) glazing is used Figure D-9: Spreadsheet Screen -- DayJighting & light Venetian Blinds ENVELOPE SYSTEM PERFORMANCECOMPLIANCE SPREADSHEET (EEBC .. ENV) GENERAL Bldg Narre Small Office I Option No.1 2 I 1-----1 <--Perim DL credit (Yes?) Oirrate Zone K <---Input Kingston, rvlontego, or rvbndeville 1 - - - - 1 <--SkyliQht (Ltg W/sq.m.?) Building Type SO <---Input La (Ige of c), SO (sml of c), a (other) 1 - - _ - - 1 <--Skylight (Ltg lux level?) tvetric? y <---If using tvetric units, enter "Yes". <--Skylight (VLT value?) Septan ber 19 9 4 versi:m N NE E SE S SW W m.J Tot-Avg ROOF Tot. Area, Wall (or Roof) (Sqm.) a 123 a 159 a 120 a 159 561 ~ \ 1 WINDOWS/SKYLIGHTS Single pane, tint, light ven. blinds Average WWRor SRR---> Area, Wind. (or Sky.) (sqrn .) a "" .... L"n .... ,,, 1'\ . "'1"1 0.27 149 0.03 12 Shading Coeff (sex) 0.00 (,, 0.53 0.00 0.53 0.00 0.53 0.00 0.5JP 0.53 0.6 Ext. Shading (factor) 0.00 / U.0U U:Ou U.::IU U. W U.I:> u.OO IT.90 0.80 a U-Value (Whnsq....K) f o.ooli 4.600 0.000 4.600 0.000 4.600 0.000 4.600 4.60 5.200 OPAQUE WALLS/ROOFS Co~rete block, 200 mm, 2nd cavity empty, 12 mm rendering !\.. / 1 U-value Weight (Whn.sq....K) (kg /sq rn .) / 0 r OOO 2.798 0.000 2.798 0.000 2.798 0.000 2.798 244 a 244 a 244 a 244 2 y 2.80 "1:070- 370.88 Absorpt. Coeff. (A C) a 1"\"7 1"\ '"'7 1"\ .... "7 '"' .... 7 0.70 0.70 Area Daylighted ~oo 0 75 0 0 ""'> 19,P (peI.09.¢) ° 100 9, ~:~ ~o:. ~o / .~88 ~~ 2;: ~:~ :~:~ V~:: ~:~ I Window Solar (or Sky.) w sq.) Window Cond. (or Sky.) la sq.) 27\6 .•:0: Op.Wall Solar (or Sky.) (.-/ sq.) 0.0 10.0 0.0 13.9 0.0 10.5/ 10.4 9.0 Op.Wall Cond. (or Roof) (fi sq.) 0.0 22.1 0.0/ 15.1 0.0 21.6 0.0 19.,~ 19.4 9.8 __ t-0_TTV c_o_m-'p_li_a_nc_e _ -(W-hn-.s-q. .) ----,L . . _0_.OO __ _ _0_.QO-f-,' 42_.50 __ 5_8_.5_2__ __ 0_.00 __ 45_.68 __-T ~'--i_" 0_.00 1 --t 7 I: ~\f( 28.~~.""' OTTV Requireme nJ' (W iID .sq.) / / r~\.61 .70 l '20.00 )-n j ell' .ll'lu:...,· n lioll S( / - . ,I . .'. I p~ I' Fails! # 1 112 [D-30J Jamaica National Building Code: Volume 2 (December 1995) JS 217: 1994 Appendix D - Building Envelope in place of the single pane tinted glazing with light from 25 mm to 50 mm. Doubling the level of roof venetian blinds (SC g = 0040, SCx = 0.30, VLT = insulation would have produced an OITVR compliance 0.50, U = 1.76). value of 19.77 W/m 2. The choice of alternatives wilJ depend upon design objectives and costs. As might be expected, the combined compliance results for the walls are striking. The OTTV w compliance The wall and roof energy efficiency measures just cited results for the walls, at 32.54 W/m2, are only 54% of the can produce buildings that are highly energy efficient. thermal transmittance results of the OTIV w criteria, at Such strategies can be used in combination to permit 61.70 W/m2. These new compliance results are only buildings to use additional amounts of glazing area. 42% of the thermal transmittance of the original Base This can be seen in the next example. Case. 5.5.4 Combined Compliance Strategies for a The wall results in Figure D-10 indicate that it is pos- Building with 50% Window Glass and 15% sible to design buildings with OTIV w results that are Skylights: This example demonstrates that it is pos- far better than the EEBC requirements. The roof results sible to comply with the OTIVw and OTTVp require- show that adding daylighting controls can bring the ments and still design buildings with substantial glazed building'S roof into compliance. An alternative measure areas for windows and skylights. In this example, the would have been to increase roof rigid insulation levels modified base building is used as a starting point, but the Figure D-I0: Spreadsheet Screen -- Low-e Glass, Daylighting, & White Walls ENVELOPE SYSTEM PERFORMANCE COMPLIANCE SPREADSHEET (EEBC-ENV) GENERAL Bldg Narre Small Office I Option No.1 3 I <--Perim DL credit (Yes?) I~ 1f ky'i9hl (Ug W/sq.m.?) Oirmte Zone K <---Input Kingston, Montego, or rvlandeville 17.2 Building Type SO <---Input LO (Ige otc) , SO (sm of c) , 0 (other) 500 < SkyliQht (Ltg lux level?) rv'etric? Y <---If using rv'etric units, enter "Yes". ~ ORO 1..01 -Skylight (VLTvalue?) Septanber1994 VeIS.bn N NE E SE S SW W , 'tfN Tot-Avg ROOF Tot. Area, Wall (or Fbof) (Sq rn.) 0 123 0 159 0 120 0 1~ 561 404 WINDOWS/SKYLIGHTS Dbl pane low-e, med. ven. blinds Average WWRor SRR --- 0.27 0.03 Area, Wind . (or Sky.) (Sq rn .) 0 .-2() -'1 .RR. f} IJIJ n IJO 149 12 Shading Coeff (sex) 0.00 [ 0.30 0.00 0.30 0.00 0.30 0.00 0.30)) 0.30 0.60 Ext. Shading (factor) 0.00,.( 80 0.00 o.oop [ 1.760 1.~ U-Value (W An s q...K) 0.000 1.760 0.000 1.760 0.000 1.76Q) 5.200 OPAQUE WALLS/ROOFS Contrete'1Jfoclr,'2OO'lTlm, "'I1U cavny "" I tJviHfe U-value (WAnsq...K) a~ 2~ a~ 2~ Q~ 2~ 0.000 2.798 2.80 1.070 Weight Absorpt. Coeff . Area Daylighted (kg /sq rn.) (Ac) t 244 .-0.5 C·1QO 0 n 0 244 [1.'1 75 0 0_ 244 0.5- 100 0 0 0 244 f}t:; 100'): ' 244 0.50 93 ~I 371 to (pen:::ent) /0 0 Window Solar (or Sky.) Window Cond. (or Sky.) (W An sq.) (W An sq.) 0.0 12.2 2.7 0.0 0.0 19.1 7.1 0.0 0.0 12.4 3.0 0.0 / 10.9 0.0 4.1 1:Y ,. 0.0 0.0 Op.Wall Solar (or Sky.) (W An sq.) i 0.0 7.1 0.0 5.7 0.0 9.9 0.0 7.5 / /7.4 9.3 Op.Wall Cond. (or Fbof) (W An sq.) 0.0 22.1 0.0 15.1 0.0 21.6 0.0 { 19.9/ " 19.4 10.1 OTTV Com pliance (W An p sg 0.00 30.90 0.00 36.49 0.00 32.83 0.00/ 2'i.6s II' 32.54 19.39~ sj.) 1/ / . .~61.70 - - 2 0 .00 JI OTTV Requirements -- (W An A .! ~I .tor pc,TIIII{;(U , . lI1ld sk) - -.ltght. P IISII Cf S l , D{H ilg"lllI~ ~ ( ) Jamaica Energy Efficiency Building Code (EEBC-94) - Compliance Guidelines [D-3IJ 113 Appendix D - Building Envelope JS 217: 1994 WWR is increased from 0.27 to 0.50 (or, windows from ous example (in 5.5.3 above). As in the previous 27% to 50% of total wall area), and the SRR is increased example, a combined SCx = 0.30 is used. For an from 0.03 to 0.15 (skylights from 3% to 15% of total actual project, the value of the SC for the glass and roof area). To achieve this increase in glazed area, a blind combination should be sought from the manu- combination of envelope features was sought that would facturer . comply with the EEBC-94 criteria. The following wall Wall measures: This combination of wall measures strategies were used: achieves a compliance value of 40.28 W/m2, that is far less than the OTIVw criteria maximum al10wable of a) The walls were kept a light colour (Ae = 0.70) 61.70 W/m 2. Even if all of the considerable external b) The roof colour was changed from light to white shading were removed from the design, compliance (Ae from 0.70 to 0.50), as in the example in 5.6.1 would still be achieved (but barely, at 61.68 W/m2). above. Day/ighting with Skylight: EEBC 4.7.2 provides for a c) Daylighting controls are used for electric lighting credit if automatic daylight controls are used to control in perimeter areas and under skylights, as in the all of the electric lights within the designated area under previous example (in 5.5.3 above). External shad- the skylights. As can be seen in the roof column in Figure ing is added to the sky lights. D-11 , 100% of the electric lights in the required areas d) Low-e glazing is used in place of the single pane under the skylights are automatically controlled for tinted glazing with venetian blinds, as in the previ- daylighting. This is designated by the "100" in the roof column in the row entitled "Area Daylighted (per- ~gure D-11: Spreadsheet Screen -- Compliance at WWR = 0.50 and SRR = 0.15 ENvE't:QPE SYSTEM PERFORMANCECOMPLIANC.E SPREADSHEET (EEBC-ENV) ~, Ge,!ERAL Bldg~rne Sma II Office I Option No.1 3 I <--A9rim. DL ered~ (Yes?) airrate~~ K <---Input Kingston, tvbntego, or r.landeville 17.2 <--Skyli~ht (Ltg W/sq.m ?) Building Type <---Input LO (Ige ote), SO (sm ote), 0 (other) 500 <--Skylight (Ltg lux level?) ' " SO tv1etrie? ""-r <---If using tv1etrie units, enter "Yes". 0.50 <--Skylight (VLT value?) Septenber1994 VeISDn ~N NE E SE S SW W tfN Tot-Avg ROOF Tot. Area, Wall (or Root) (Sqrn .) ~~3 0 159 0 120 0 159 561 ~O4_ WINDOWS/SKYLIGHTS Dbl. pane Qw-e (@O.40), med. ven. blinds Average WWR---> 0.50 0.15 ~ Area, Wind. (or Sky .) (Sq rn.) o ( 62 0 80 0 60 0 282 61 Shading Coeff (sex) 0.00 0.33 0.000.00 0.33 0.00 O. 0.33 0.33 0.60 Ext. Shading (fuctor) 0.00 V. JV V. W V.W V. W U.lt> u.w v. OO 0.74 1.00 U-Value (WAnsq..K) 0.000 1.760 0.000 1.760 0.000 1.760 0.000 1.760 1.76 0.295 OPAQUE WALLS/ROOFS Concrete block, 200 m m, 2nd cavity empty, white colour U-value (WAnsq..K) 0.000 2.798 0.000 2.798 0.000 2.798 0.000 2.798 2.80 '1.,. 0.657 1 a 'JAA f1 'JAA f1 'JAA rI 'JAA ~ Weight (kg/sq rn .) 3 71 ~~~~~ Absorpt. Coeff. (A c ) a a 0.5 a 0.5 0 0.5] 0.5 Area Daylighted (percent) a 0 100 0 100 0 100 100 41;~ O·°vE/ Window Solar (or Sky.) (W An sq.) 0.0 24.8 0.0 37.1 V 31.0 10.1 Window Cond. (or Sky .) (W An sq.) 0.0 8.4 0.0 8.4 0.0 8.3 0.0 8.4 0.2 Op.Wall Solar (or Sky.) (W An sq .) 0.0 4.2 0.0 5.0 0.0 6.1 0.0 4.9 5.0 3.1 Op.Wall Cond. (or Root) (W An .sq.) 0.0 13 0.0 13.1 0.0 13.2 0.9 13.1 13.1 5.7 L i .... OTTV Compliance (W An sq.) 0.00 ,-47.13 0.00 35.85 0.00 45.29 LQ.OO 35.64 I ~0.~8_ 19.16 - ~ OTTV Requirements (W An sq.) /?/ // / 161 .70 20.00 . . . /' t .\.,,ad;11 ~' &. - eX. / PlI fJfJes ! P asses I U'all~' (. nd ptrllll. fiuJ'Il ghtlll 7 / (, ./)~ 'RR=) J" ~(J mnl In. \ uL 114 [D-32] Jamaica National Building Code: Volume 2 (December 1995) JS 217: 1994 Appendix D - Building Envelope cent)." Additional data is required to properly consider 6.1 Window-to-Wall Ratio (WWR) the daylight credit for skylights. Entries must be pro- vided for: Five ranges of WWR are presented in the table of the a) Lighting power in W/m2 (17.2 is entered); prescriptive criteria, with the ranges moving from rela- b) Illumination level in lux (500 is entered); tively little window area with WWR<0.10 (less than 10%) to large amounts window area with 0040 . 350 - EJ assure their reduced use with the availability of Q) c 300 - adequate levels of daylight. W CO :::J C c: a w 4- CJ Z 1.3.2 Reduction of Contrasts. Benjamin Evans' ::::::i 0 Daylight inA rchitecture outlines five basic concepts to 0 reduce contrasts in brightness which promote uniform U 2 - distribution of light within a building; namely, o~-------------------------------- 0.0 5.0 10.0 15.0 20.0 25.0 30.0 a) Avoid use of direct sunlight and skylight; LIGHTING POWER DENSITY - W/m 2 b) Use direct sunlight only sparingly in noncritical Figure E-2: Potential cost-savings on task areas; cooling system with use of daylighting. 120 [E-2] Jamaica National Building Code: Volume 2 (December 1995) JS 217: 1994 Appendix E - Daylighting 80-90% 30-40% 0% ~ NO SHADING INTERNAL EXTERNAL SHADING SHADING Figure E-3: Solar-heat transmission Figure E-5: Daylight admitted high in and location of shading. room bounced off walls. - Figure E-4: Light bounced off surrounding surfaces c) Bounce daylight off surrounding surfaces; threshold level of il1uminance is maintained within the daylighted area. d) Admit daylight high above floor level; and, To integrate daylight and electric light, luminaires within e) Fi Iter day light with use of vegetation and shading a day lighted area must be controlled independent of non devices. daylighted areas; and, luminaires must be controlled as daylight conditions permit (Fig. E-6). Figures E-4 and E-5 demonstrate some of these impor- tant daylighting concepts. Manual on-off switches are the most basic of controls used in daylighting but, in practice, these are frequently under-utilized. So, integration of daylight and electric 1.4 integrating Daylight and Electric-Light light is frequently achieved with the use of automatic The use of daylight and electric-light must however be day lighting controls. coordinated that each supplements the other while a Jamaica Energy Efficiency Building Code (EEBC-94) - Compliance Guidelines 121 Appendix E - Daylighting JS 217: 1994 OUTSIDE INSIDE 46 Figure E-6: Zonal control of electric-light. 5 49 33 16 Total Total 2 Envelope Design and rejected admitted 53 47 Daylighting 2.1 Type of Glazing Figure E-7: Transmission cnar~lC(er~ istics of bronze, antisun II II Glass types used for buildings are considered either ordinary or special, solar control glasses being one type of special glass which is designed specifically to reduce solar heat gains. But, solar control glasses can reduce daylighttransmission more significantly than heat-gain. 2.2 Shading Devices So, it is advisable that both thermal and visual properties Shading devices can be classified as being either oper- of glass types be examined before making a selection. able or fixed. With proper window management, the former can be more effective as potential1y greater Specification of glazing should therefore be made only control can be exercised over the transmission of both after consu lting data provided by the respecti ve glazing sunlight and excessive levels of daylight. manufacturer, or generic data provided in reference books as the ASHRAE: Handbook of Fundamentals. Position of a shading device relative to its glazing is Grey and bronze-tinted glazing, for example, can reduce however important to the effective reduction of solar daylight by 50% more than the reduction of solar heat heat gain. The external placement of a shading device, gain. But, commercially available blue-green glazing for example, best utilizes the natural ability of glass to can reduce daylight transmission 10% less than it re- resist heat transfer so that less heat is transferred into a duces solar heat gain. And, new glass coatings prove building. But placing the same device indoors prevents even more effective in this respect. heat from escaping outdoors. So, for cooling-dominated climates such as Jamaica's, external shading is the 122 Jamaica National Building Code: Volume 2 (December 1995) JS 217: 1994 Appendix E - Daylighting OUTSIDE INSIDE No Overhang / illumination __ gradient rL~ (g _r_ as_s) _7'_ _ _-_ -- -_ _ -_-_- _-_ -----'j 9 21 Short Cantilever illumination gradient x ~ (no overhang) 14 I I 8 Greater reduction of " " / gradient near window ''- , / " _ than deep in room --- Total rejected /To,al admitted ......... --~~-=--=---=----=-- - _._- 53 47 Figure E-8: Transmission characteris- tics of clear float with light-coloured Figure E-9: Distribution of daylight venetian blinds. transmitted through windows. preferred option (see Fig. E-3). However, internal characteristics between a tinted glass with no shading shading devices can also be effective, especially when device and a clear glass with an internal shading device. good management of the internal shade is used. With poor window management (shades deployed when they ought not be), fixed external shades may therefore 2.3 Windows and Skylights provide better solar-control than internal placement of The distribution of daylight transmitted through win- operable shades. References as theA rchitectura l Graphic dows is characteristically three to four times brighter Standards should be consulted for information on de- near a window than to the back of a room. The pattern signing shading devices for solar control, reduction of of distribution for windows, and skylights, however glare, etc. depends on the orientation, shape, and location of their apertures as well as visible transmittance of the glazing, The combined effects of glazing and shading devices presence of shading devices, or the lack thereof. should be examined as a system, both as to comfort and energy benefits and as to cost. For example, Figures E- 2.3.1 Distribution of Daylight with Windows. 7 and E-8 compare the differences in transmission Narrow openings higher in a space permit greater pen- Jamaica !Energy Efficiency Building Code (EEBC-94) - Compliance Guidelines [E-5] 123 Appendix E - Daylighting jS 217: 1994 2.3.2 Distribution of Daylight with Skylights. Skylights permit more uniform distribution of daylight within a room than windows, by virtue of their orienta- tion towards the brightest portions of sky for most of the >< day (Fig. E-10). However, skylights should be shaded to :::J keep solar heat-gain within acceptable limits, especially ....J during the period of peak, design cooling-load. The size of skylights will impact their proper spacing. Small skylights should be placed no further than the height of a room from each other to provide even illumination; and large skylights (over 2.8 m2) in area Figure E-IO: Distribution of daylight should be placed no further than twice the room's height transmitted through skylights. from each other. And any light-wells (beneath sky lights) should be widely sloped away from the skylights to soften contrast between the light-well and ceiling. etration and uniformity of daylight within the space. Overall lighting levels are however reduced with the 3 Integrating Daylight and presence of horizontal overhangs. But, illuminance near Electric Light the window is reduced more than that to the back of the room. So, the distribution of daylight is, in effect, improved in the presence of overhangs. This is demon- 3.1 Methods of Integration strated in Figure E-9, which shows a more uniform Various methods exist to integrate daylight and electric daylighting gradient if an overhang is present. In gen- light. In the article "A Comprehensive Approach to the eral, the effect of overhangs on daylighting is positive, Integration of Daylight and Electric Light in Buildings" for the slight reduction in overall illumination is more for instance, Eliyahu Ne'eman classifies integration than offset by the reduction of glare and the improved methods relevant to building-types. Five methods uniformity of the daylighting distribution. (adopted from his article) are described in Table E-1 (overleat). Windows however allow effective penetration of day- light only up to depths three to five times their floor-to- Furthermore, the use of automatic daylighting controls ceiling height. Increasing window head-heights to the facilitates what Eliyahu Ne'eman terms the Dynamic level of the ceiling, or above, therefore allows daylight Integration of Daylight and Electric Light (DIDEL). to penetrate much further than would otherwise have And with DIDEL, daylight should be used to its maxi- been expected. mum (and electric light to its minimum) to create an efficient and visually pleasant environment. Orienti ng windows either east or west should neverthe- less be handled with great care, as solar heat-gain may prove unacceptable. Proper external shading is very 3.2 Daylighting Zones important for east or west windows. Southern orienta- tions will provide bright but variable lighting levels; and Within a building however, areas similarly illuminated orientation to the north will provide diffuse light of may represent independent lighting zones. The size of uniform lighting levels, throughout the course of a day, these zones depend on the sky conditions (at the time), thus providing the best dayIighting conditions available. and fenestration design as it affects distribution of daylight within a building (mentioned in section 2.3 of this text). 124 Jamaica National Building Code: Volume 2 (December 1995) JS 217: 1994 Appendix E - Daylighting Table E-t Methods of Integratins Dayli~ht and Electric Li~ht NUMBER 1a 1b 2a 2b 3 4 5 SPACE INTER- Single-space Single-space Single-space Single space Inter-space Transitional Outdoor RELATIONSHIP integration integration integration integration integration integration integration ROLE OF Dominant Dominant To add Background Dominant Gradation Dominant DAYLIGHT light source light source qualityto lighting and source in of light source for at least for entire lighting supplement peripheral intensities during part of space of space to electric rooms indoors the daytime the space light and out ROLE OF Zonal Supplement General General Dominant Exclusive Exclusive ELECTRIC supplement to daylight and task and task source source in source LIGHT to poorly on dull and lighting lighting in inner windowless during daylit areas cloudy days rooms buildings the night SIZE APERTURE Large Large Small Small Large windows skylights windows skylights windows DIRECTIONAL Side: Above: Side: Above: Side: PROPERTY admitted admitted admitted admitted admitted OF DAYLIGHT through through through through through vertical skylights vertical skylights vertical outer walls on roof outer walls on roof outer walls DIRECTIONAl.. Above: Above: Above: Above: Above: Above: PROPERTY fixtures fixtures fixtures fixtures fixtures fixtures OF ELECTRIC on ceiling on ceiling on ceiling on ceiling on ceiling on ceiling LIGHT SPECTRAL Important: Important: Important: Important: Important: Important: Prime PROPERTY critical critical good good critical good importance O:F ELECTRIC for accurate for accurate colour colour for accurate colour for TV LIGHT colour colour rendering rendering colour rendering coverage judgement judgement source source judgement source required required required EXAMPLES OF Schools, Factories, Publ ic bldgs, Public Public bldgs, Underground Sport stadia, SUITABLE USE small and operating buildings, offices, and structures, & and offices, and museums theatres, large large or small deep-plan large swimming workshops landscaped factories hospitals factories pools offices & factories BENEFITS Visual Visual Low cost Low cost Improved Elimination Uninter- comfort, comfort of of visual of rupted optimal optimal construction, construction, comfort for "visual shock" visual energy- energy- and less and less occupants when entering transition savings; savings; exposure exposure moving or from daylight subjective subjective to outside to outside from area leaving to electric well-being well-being noise noise to area the building light Jamaica Energy Efficiency Building Code (EEBC-94) - Compliance Guidelines 125 Appendix E - Daylighting J5217: 1994 4- E (lux) 2000 10'~ , \ \ \ ' 1500 0.9 I'. \ \ \, \ 1000 \ , 750 >- 0.8 \ \ 500 CJ \ \ WORKING PLANS -,- 750 ffi 0.7 \ ' z UJ \ \ \ ~ 0.6 \ \ \ \ i= J: g 0.5 Figure E-ll: Daylight penetration and I.L o electric light supplement. z 0.4 o i= ~ 0.3 --I] 0: u.. • ~~EP S~~Ic.~J,,!G~~8 lux It 2 STEP SWITCHING - 538 lux 6. CONTINUOUS DIMMING - 538 IUK 3.2.1 Internal Lighting-Levels. Interior lighting 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 levels may be determined with use of either hand- EFFECTIVE APERTURE ca1culation methods (such as lumen or daylight-factor) or use of microcomputer programs (such as DAY- LIGHT, CAD LIGHT, and MICROLITE). Figure E-12: DayJighting with win- If the building design budget permits, a model should dows and use of electric lighting in also be built at a scale no smaller than 1:25; and perimeter zones. reflectance of internal surfaces and furniture should be accurately reproduced. IJIuminance should then be mea- sured at various points within the model using a photom- eter. Such a scale model can be an extremely valuable 3. 3 Lighting Controls tool for assessing the qual itative aspects of the proposed day lighting design for the building. Further information Automatic day lighting controls dim or switch lumi- on building and analyzing such models can be found in naires consistent with the level of daylight illumination Benjamin Evans' Daylight in Architecture, and else- available such that a specific design illuminance can be where. maintained. 3.2.2 Establishing Daylight Zones. I nDaylighting: Luminaires within a particular daylight zone must how- Design and Analysis, Claude L. Robbins recommends ever be connected via a common electrical circuit to its three lighting zones for rooms irrespective of orienta- respective control. And, this is equaIJy true for use of tion, as long as contrast between the zones does not manual controls, as each zone within a room must be exceed a brightness ratioofl:3. And, automatic controls controlled independent of the others. should be installed within each zone to switch or dim the luminaires within them as daylight conditions permit 3.3.1 Dimming Controls. In the presence of low (see Fig. E·11). levels of daylight illuminance, dimming controls are more effective than switching controls, but they are 126 Jamaica National Building Code: Volume 2 (lDecember 1995) JS 217: 1994 Appendix E ~ Daylighting more expensive; and some are available without off- To be effective, at least two lighting zones must exist switches which allows luminaires and their controls to and switches must be conveniently located to facilitate consume energy even when electric light is completely ease of use. But ultimately, it is the conscientious use of imperceptible. Figure E-12 indicates relative lighting these controls that determine their effectiveness. So, energy from dimming versus switching con- occupants mustturn offluminaires as daylight illumina- trols. tion permits. 3.3.2 Switching Controls. Switching controls are however more effective with high levels of daylight 3.4 Luminaires illuminance. But when activated abrupt changes in light- In table E-l, two factors concerning luminaires are ing-levels may occur that disturb occupants of the build- obviously important to integrate daylight and electric ing. light, name I y: In Daylighting: Design and Analysis however, Claude a) The directional properties of electric light rela- L. Robbins states that these controls are available in tive to that of day light; and, two- through five-step switching sequences. Two-step (or on/off) switching can only switch luminaires on or b) The spectral properties of electric light. off. The use of these controls are therefore recom- mendedonlywhere marked changes in illumination can 3.4.1 Directional Properties of Electric Light. be tolerated and daylight illumination is consistently Daylight is typicaHy admitted through vertical windows high. and electric light down from ceilings. So, the di rectional properties of each is understandably different. With use of multiple circuits however, each circuit can Effective integration of both therefore requires occu- be progressively turned off as rising levels of daylight permit until all circuits are able to be turned off. And. the pants to be unaware, or at least unconcerned, whether interior space is lit by daylight or not. Indirect lighting partial use of electric light results in a smooth transition between daylight and electric light compared to the systems are therefore preferred for daylighting design, as light diffused by retlection off textured surfaces loses single-circuit option. most of its directional qualities. Luminaires are there- 3.3.3 Installing Photocells. Photocells should fore suspended from ceilings and their light bounced off light-coloured surfaces to make the directionality of nevertheless be well placed within each zone to accu- rately monitor their average illuminance, that lumi- their light less distinct. naires within them can be effectively controlled. In zones adjacent to windows for example, photocells are 3.4.2 Spectral Properties of Electric Light. typically placed two-thirds the depth of the zone in from Again, the ability to distinguish between daylight and the window. electric light is important if both are to be successfully integrated. Electric light should therefore have colour Care should therefore be taken in locating photocells appearance and rendering similar to that of daylight. within a zone, and manufacturers specifications on this Data on the spectral distribution of luminaires is avail- matter should be followed. Claude L. Robbins' Daylighting: Design & Analysis should also be con- able from literature of the respective manufacturers, or from other guides on lighting. And, a number of lumi- sulted for further information on the topic. naires have spectral properties sufficient to integrate 3.3.4 Manual Controls. Manual controls permit them with daylight. The efficient types of fluorescent two-step switching control where occupants, and not lamps are one such example. photocells, determine when luminaires are to be turned on or off. Jamaica Energy Efficiency Building Code (EEBC-94) - Compliance Guidelines 127 Appendix E • Daylighting J5217: 1994 "Deluxe" lamps are highl y recommended for their supe- rior colour-rendering properties. But~ "tri-phosphor" lamps should be used with caution, as its colour distor- NOON SUNLIGHT tion may prove unacceptable. 4 COMPLIANCE PROCEDURES 400 500 600 700 780 4.1 Basic Requirements for Daylighting ~E c 50 INCANDESCENT ~~ Credit 3: 40 ;---.-----.----t-------j-.---1'----1 g The EEBC does not require the use of day lighting as ffi 30 1---·--·---,--·--'--_' ,.....-.... ···c-------ir---I---- part of compliance. Rather, use of day lighting controls ~ 201-----~-·-~- --~//---!-·---rl for electric lights are encouraged via credits on other o ~ 101----------+~/---+----.--·--1--! envelope or lighting requirements (e.g., amount of ~ O~·~-=-L,~--.. ~~~~=_-~~~-L~ glazing or lighting power allowed). These credits are provided in recognition of the ability of daylighting to save energy. E c WHITE TUBULAR Compliance procedures have been established to make I 75 I----j-·ft-----j--+-I!----IC\-----·+-----j the installation of daylighting more attractive. r:r: w ~ 501-----H~--+-~----I--~·--~------; Basic requirements provide no daylighting credits, but D- o the basic requirements must be followed if day lighting ~ 25 credits are to be earned under the code. And, basic ~ w requirements are specified separately for envelope and 780 lighting systems. HIGH PRESSURE 4.1.1 Envelope Credits. There are no basic require- MERCURY ments in EEBC section 4.4 that pertain to daylighting. But, there are air leakage requirements directly appli- cable to windows and skylights (EEBC 4.4.2 and 4.4.4 respectively). 4.1.2 Lighting Credits. I1lumination levels recom- 400 500 600 700 780 mended for the design of electric lighting in EEBC section 5.4 (tables 5-5 & 5-7) are the same recom- mended for use of automatic day lighting controls. These controls are consequently expected to reduce lighting power as the design illuminance is exceeded. And, their photoelectric sensors shall be capable of Figure E-13: Distribution of reducing Jightingpowerby 50% or more in the presence power over light spectrum. of sufficient daylight. Credit may be obtained for sen- sors if more than 50% of the illumination from the luminaire is within the daylighted area. No daylight sensor shall receive credit for controlling an luminaire 128 10J Jamaica National Building Code: Volume 2 (December 1995) JS 217: 1994 Appendix E - Oaylighting Further discussion of these credits is therefore presen ted under separate headings below. 4.2.1.1 Walls: EEBC Tables 4-la through 4-lc contain wall options for code compliance. For daylighting credit, daylighting controls must be provided to controllumi- naires to a depth of 4.6 m in from the external wall providing daylight. And where daylight sensors are provided, these must be placed within the space occu- pied by luminaires described above. 4.2.1.2 Roofs: EEBCtable4-2containsroofoptionsfor code compliance. However, no explicit mention is made 4.6m of daylighting. But, EEBC section 4.7.2 states that credits are provided on satisfaction of the following conditions: Figure E-14: Illumination of day lit a) The percentage of gross roof are occupied by floor-area by luminaire outside the skylights shall not exceed the value specified in area. EEBC table 4-3; and, b) Lighting system used in the day lighted area be- neath skylights shall use automatic day lighting controls. if less than50% of the illumination is within the daylight These conditions being satisfied, credits under option 5 zone in which, or near which, it is located (see Fig. E- of EEBC table 4-2 shall apply to daylighting. The area 14). of skylights (specified in EEBC table 4-3) can however be increased if external shading is provided for the Daylighting controls may be centralized. In fact, EEBC skylights at least during the period of peak design 5.4.2.2 and EEBC 5.4.3 describe credits provided to cooling-load (EEBC section 4.7.2.1). reduce the required number of controls and increase connected lighting power (CLP) of controls respec- 4.2.2 Lighting Credits. Prescriptive requirements tively. But, sensors shall not control over 1,500 W of for lighting credit are found in EEBC section 5.5. CLP. However, no explicit mention is made of daylighting. Section 4.3.2 of this appendix describes EEBC credits Credits are nevertheless provided for use of daylighting that directly apply to daylighting. controls listed in EEBC table 5-2. And, the adjusted lighting power (ALP) defined in EEBC section 5.4.3.1, can be substituted for the connected lighting power 4.2 Prescriptive Requirements for (CLP) in EEBC section 5.5.2. Daylighting Credit Compliance shall therefore be achieved when the ALP 4.2.1 Envelope Credits. Credits provided under does not exceed the building's interior lighting power EEBC prescriptive requirements of the envelope sec- allowance (ILPA) determined from EEBC equation 5- tion are applicable firstly to walls (where daylight is 3, for the area of building using the controls. transmitted through vertical windows), and secondly to roofs (daylight being transmitted through skylights). Jamaica Energy Efficiency Building Code (EEBC-94) - Compliance Guidelines [E-I IJ 129 Appendix E - Daylighting JS 217: 1994 4.3 System Requirements For Day~ If the above two conditions are met, then the area of lighting Credit skylights should be neglected in the calculation of the OTTV, as described in EEBC equation 4-3 for the roof 4.3.1 Envelope Credits. System performance re- area. quirements for day lighting credit are provided individu- ally for walls and roofs EEBC section 4.5. Further 4.3.2 Lighting Credits. Lighting credits are only description of these credits is therefore presented under provided where conditions for envelope credit have separate headings below. been met. In which case, two credits are applicable, namely: 4.3.1.1 Walls: For wall credits, daylight is assumed to be transmitted through vertical windows (as opposed to a) the use of more lighting power; or, light transmitted through skylights). b) the use of fewer lighting controls Credit is provided for use of both manual and automatic Both credits are contained in the basic requirements of controls. The floor area considered to receive adequate EEBC section 5.4. But, credit shall only apply to lumi- daylight must however be determined as defined in naires having 50% or more of their visible light output Section 4.3.2 of this appendix. And, windows must focused on the day lighted floor area. provide adequate illumination. Credits to Increase Lighting Power: Maximum lev- Windows with effective aperture (EA) 0.10 or more are els of connected lighting-power (CLP) are specified by considered adequate for this purpose; EA being defined EEBC section 5.6. However, credits are provided for as: use of daylighting controls that permit CLP to be in- EA = WWRxTVIS Eq.(E-l) creased even further. where, These credits, termed Power Adjustment Factors (PAF), are listed in EEBC table 5-2, and are used in EEBC WWR Window-to-wall ratio equation 5-1 to calculate the Lighting Power Control Credits (LPCC). TVIS Visible transmittance The values for PAF are however conservative, as con- Window height must however be 0.9 m or higher and tinuous dimming and stepped controls have been found window head must be over 1.2 m above the finished to reduce annual, lighting energy by over 50% (refer to t100r level. Fig. E-12). So, a whole building analysis (as outlined in Appendix C and EEBC section 12) should be under- Conditions being met, OTTV calculated for walls along taken if larger credits are desired. the dayHghted floor area can be reduced by 30%, if Lighting Power Control Credit (LPCC) has not been Credit To Reduce Lighting Controls: EEBC section taken; or 7.5%, if LPCC has been taken. The daylighted 5.4.2.1 specifies the minimum number of lighting con- floor area is described below in section 4.3.2 of this trol points to install within a building. With the use of appendix. automatic daylighting controls, this number can how- ever be reduced in accordance with EEBC section 4.3.1.2 Roofs: Daylight credit for roofs are provided 5.4.2.2. and Table 5-1. only where conditions of EEBC section 4.7.2 are met, that is: Floor Area Daylighted Through Windows: To re- a) Percentage of gross roof area occupied by sky- ceive wall credits, width of daylighted floor-area shall lights shall not exceed the value specified in be considered on a cumulative basis along the length of EEBC Table and, each window. Those windows admitting daylight plus 0.6 m wide portions of wall either side of these windows b) Electric-light over daylighted area shall be regu- lated by automatic daylighting controls. 130 [E-12] Jamaica National Building Code: Volume 2 (December 1995) JS 217: 1994 Appendix E - Daylighting : 0.6 m : Luminairies must be ! automatically - I , 0.6 m : Boundary of Oaylit Zone --n----.,H/2 / / / L. or W I I \ \ \ H/2 : controlled -I - - 1- - - i' ~ - ~- I - -\-- : : -l I-----tl I , ' D I / Ll~ \ (~ ~ I / \ / \ I / I These luminairies These I must have luminaires should not have daylighting controls daylighting controls D D D Figure E-16: Skylights and the di- mensions of day lighted floor-area. Figure E-15: Daylit floor-area and place- ment of automatic dayJighting controls within them. (Fig. E-15). And, depth of daylightedfloor-area shall be considered 4.6 m providing no opaque, floor-to-ceiling Window Wall , r --.c-~ik---<-~ Does not count for skylight's daylit area ------- - partitions are installed within that depth. Floor Area Daylighted Through Skylights: Where roof credits are applicable however, daylighted area shall be determined from the equation: (Ls + H) x (Ws + H) Eg. (E-2) i Interior where, I Glass Partition Daylighted fl oor area Part of dayli! area Length of skylight Width of skylight G2a Daylit Area Under Skylight Height oflight-well (floor to lowest point). ~ Daylit Area Next to Vertical Glazing Fig. E-16 shows the dimensions for calculating the daylighted floor-area from skylights. Figure E-17: Daylighted floor-area with Overlapping daylit areas: Where overlapping overlapping dayJighted areas. daylighted areas exist, overlapping areas shall be con- sidered a single space, daylighted areas being accounted for only once in the calculations (see Fig. E-17). Jamaica Energy Efficiency Building Code (EEBC-94) - Compliance Guidelines [E-13] 131 Appendix E - Daylighting JS 217: 1994 where, Aoi Gross wall area for the ith exterior wall, m 2 OTTVi Overall Thermal Transfer Value for the ith exterior wall, W/m2 OTfV can therefore be calculated for walls described above as follows: OTTV [(45.6 x 399.6) + (62.5 x 199.8) + (68.0 x 399.6) + (80.0 x 199.8)]1 [(399.6 x 2) + (199.8 x 2)] 61.4 W/m2 OTfV should however not exceed 57 W/m 2 . But when daylighting is used, EEBC section 4.7.1 states that OTTV for the wall providing daylight can be reduced by 7.5% (when LPCC is claimed). And in this case, all external walls provide daylight; so OTTV can be calcu- lated: Figure E-18: Three-storey office build- ] OTTV 61.4 x (1 - 0.075) = 56.8 W/m2 ing in Kingston, Jamaica. And, from EEBC section 5.5.2 Connected Lighting- Power (CLP) should not exceed the Interior-Lighting Power Allowance (ILPA) determined from EEBC equa- tion 5-3 as follows: 5 Calculation Procedures ILPA = ULPAxGLA [EEBC Eq. 5-3] Situation 1: where, A three-storey building, located in Kingston, is 36 m ULPA Unit Lighting Power Allowance long by 18 m wide: larger sides being oriented north and determined from EEBC table 5-5, south (Fig. E-18). Strip windows are used throughout: W/m2 floor-to-floor height is 3.7 m; and external walls have GLA Gross Lighted Area, m2 OTIVfs of 45.6,62.5,68.0, and 80.0 W/m2 clockwise: from north to west. In this case for example, The building has an installed lighting power of20 W/m2 ULPA 17 W/m2, and and daylighting is to be used that EEBC performance GLA 648m 2 requirements may be satisfied. Therefore, According to EEBC section 4.6.1, Overall Thermal Transfer Value (OTIV) for exterior walls shall be ILPA 17 x 1944 33048 W determined by the EEBC equation 4-2 as follows: CLP 20 x 1944 38880W OTTV (A01 X OTIV1 + A0 2 x OTIV2+ .... + AO j X OTTVj)/(Aoj + Aoz + Aoj) The building will therefore not comply with EEBC [EEBC Eq. 4-2J standard. But according to EEBCsection 5.4.3.1, Light- 132 [E-14] Jamaica National Building Code: Volume 2 (December 1995) JS 217: 1994 Appendix E - Daylighting ing Power Control Credits (LPCC) are provided for the 20 x 707.52 use of day lighting controls. And, these credits are deter- 14,150.4 W mined from equation 5-1 in EEBC, that is: And for the building as a whole, LPCC = (CLP)dl X PAF [EEBC Eq. 5-1] CLP ALP + (CLP)el where, 18,547.2 + 14,150.4 32,697.6 W LPCC Lighting Power Control Credit, W The building'S CLP is therefore less than ILP A previ- (CLP)dl Connected Lighting Power in area that ously calculated. So, the building now exceeds EEBC uses daylight controls, W performance requirements for both external walls and lighting. PAF Power Adjustment Factor determined from EEBC table 5-2 Situation 2: (CLP)dl is then reduced by LPCC as follows: A five-storey building is to be located in Kingston (See ALP = (CLP)dl - LPCC Fig. E-19). The proposed building is square: constructed as defined in situation 1: with 1,337 m 2 of floor space per where, storey; window head 3.05 m above floor-level; and installed lighting-power of 20.5 W/m 2 • ALP = Adjusted Lighting Power, W The building has a 10.7 m, square courtyard: so OTIVs And according to section 4.3.1 of this appendix, daylit become 44.6, 60.6, 66.2 and 77.5 W1m 2 clockwise, from floor-area for which this credit is provided has a depth north to west. And, daylighting is proposed to comply of 4.6 m in from the wall for which daylighting credits with EEBC performance requirements. have been provided. In this instance, daylighting credit can be applied to all external walls. Therefore, the floor area Ad}' for which lighting credit is applicable, can be calculated as fol- lows: iii ~l 1,944 3 [(36 - 4.6 x 2) x (18 4.6 x 2)] 1,944 707.52 1,236.48 m2 And in EEBC table PAF =0.25 for use of multiple- step daylighting controls. Therefore, 20 x 1,236.48 24,729.6 W LPCC 24,729.6 x 0.25 6,182.4 W and, ALP 24,729.6 - 6,182.4 18,547.2 W I Figure E-19: Typical floorplan of the CLP for the core of the building, (CLP)e]' is then . five-story building in Kingston. calcu lated as follows: Jamaica Energy Efficiency Building Code (EEBC-94) - Compliance Guidelines [E-IS] 133 Appendix E - Daylighting JS 217: 1994 Overall Thermal Transfer Value (OTTV) for exterior ILPA 17 x 6,685 walls shall be determined by the EEBC equation 4-2, as 113,645 W follows: CLP 20.5 x 6,685 137,042.5 W OTIV (Ao] X OTIV] + A0 2 X OTIV2 + ... + AO j x OTIVj)/(Aoj +Ao 2 +... + Aoj) So, the building will not comply with EEBC section [EEBC Eg. 4-2] 5.5.2. But, EEBC section 5.4.3.1 states that Lighting where, Power Control Credit (LPCC) is provided for the use of day lighting controls. And, these credits are determined Gross wall area for the ith exterior wall, from equation 5-1, as follows: m2 LPCC [EEBC Eg. 5-1] Overall Thermal Transfer Value for the ith exterior wall, W/m2 where, LPCC Lighting Power Control Credit, W For the building described above, the building's external dimensions are 38.1 x 38.1 x 18.5 m high and those of (CLP) Connected Lighting Power in area that the courtyard 10.7 x 10.7 x 18.5 m high, so AO i and uses daylight controls, W OTIV are calcu lated as follows: PAF Power Adjustment Factor determined (38.1 x 18.5) + (10.7 x 18.5) from EEBC table 5-2 902.8 m 2 (CLP)dl is then reduced by LPCC as follows: OTTV [( 44.6 x 902.8) + (60.6 x 902.8) + (66.2 x 902.8) + (77.5 x 902.8)] / ALP = (CLP)dl - LPCC (902.8 x 4) where, 62,225 W/m2 ALP = Adjusted Lighting Power, W Now for large buildings, OTIV of vertical walls should be at least 63 W/m2 to comply with EEBC section And according to section 4.3.1 of this appendix, daylit 4.6.1.1. So, this building already complies with the floor-area for which this credit is provided has a depth requirement and does not have to be modified. of 4.6 m in from the wall for which daylighting credits are provided (see Fig. E-20). For EEBC section 5.5.2, Connected Lighting-Power (CLP) should however not exceed the Interior-Lighting In this instance, day lighting credit can be applied to all Power Allowance(lLPA)determinedfromEEBCequa- external walls. Along the outer most walls, floor area tion 5-3 as follows: (Adl ), for which daylighting credit is applicable, can therefore be calculated as follows: ILPA = ULPAx GLA [EEBCEg.5-3] where, = 5{(38.1)2 - [38.1 - (4.6 x 2)P} = 3,082 m 2 ULPA Unit Lighting Power Allowance deter But along walls facing the courtyard, Adl must be mined from EEBC table 5-5, W/m2 calculated according to section 4.3.1 (d) of this appen- GLA Gross Lighted Area, m 2 dix, as follows: In this case for example, ULPA 17 W/m2, where, GLA 1,337 x 5 Length of skylight 6,685 m2 Width of skylight Therefore, Floor-to-ceiling height 134 [E-16] Jamaica National Building Code: Volume 2 (December 1995) JS 217: 1994 Appendix E - Daylighting 2~ Figure E .. 20:· Section through courtyard of five-storey office building. The dimensions of the skylight, in this case, should ALP 70,824.68 - 24,788.64 however be taken as that of the courtyard. And, height of 46,036.04 W the light-well should be taken as that of the window head The portion of the building for which day lighting credit above the floor-level. But, the area of the courtyard is not provided (Ael) is however determined as follows: should not be considered as part of A dl . So, Adl in this case should be calculated as follows: Ael (1,337 x 3,454.86 = 3,230.14 5[(10.7 + 3.05)2 - (10.7)2] 372.86 m 2 And, the Connected Lighting Power, (CLP)el is calcu- lated as follows: And the summation of areas for which daylight credits are provided (Y ~l) can be determined as follows: (CLP)el 20.5 x 3,230.14 66,217.82 W 3,082 + 372.86 3,454.86 m 2 For the building as a whole, CLP is therefore determined So, as follows: 20.5 x 3,454.86 CLP ALP + (CLP)el 70,824.68 W 46,036.04 + 66,217.82 112,253.86 W And in EEBC table PAF =0.35 for use of continu- ous dimming controls. Therefore, The building'S CLP is therefore less than ILPA previ- ously calculated. So, the building complies with EEBC LPCC 70,824.68 x 0.35 performance requirements for external walls and light- = 24,788.64 W ing. Jamaica Energy Efficiency Building Code (EEBC-94) - Compliance Guidelines 17J 135 Appendix E - Daylighting JS 217: 1994 6 References Arasteh,D., R. Johnson, S. Se1kowitz, and D. Connell, "Cooling Energy and Cost Savings with Daylightingin a Hot and Humid Climate", Sun world, V.10, No.4, 1986, ASHRAE, Handbook of Fundamentals, Ashrae, At- lanta, 1985, CEC, "Lighting Design Practice" ,Advanced Technolo- gies Application Guidelines, California Energy Com- mission (CEC), March 1990. CIBSE, Code for Interior Lighting, CIBSE, London, 1984. Egan, David M., Concepts in Architectural Lighting, McGraw Hill, New York, 1983. Evans, Benjamin H., Daylight in Architecture, Archi- tectural Record Books, New York, 1981. Lam, William c.,PerceptionandLightingasFormgivers for Architecture, McGraw Hill, New York, 1977, Lam, William C., Sunlighting as Formgiver for Archi- tecture, Van Nostrand Reinhold, New York, 1986. McCluney, Ross, "A Daylighting" Checklist" Solar Age, April 1985, MD., p.84 Moore, Fuller, Concepts and Practice ofArchitectural Daylighting, Van Nostrand Reinhold, New York 1985. Ne'eman, Eliyahu, "A Comprehensive Approach to the Integration of Daylight and Electric Light in Buildings", Energy and Buildings, V .6, 1984, pp. 97-108, Packard, Robert T., AlA editor,Architectural Graphic Standards, John Willey & Sons,New York, 1981. Robbins, Claude L.,Daylighting: Design andAnalysis, Van Nostrand Reinhold, New York, 1986. 136 18] Jamaica National Building Code: Volume 2 (December 1995) JS 217: 1994 Appendix F - Lighting AppendixF: Lighting the energy and cost benefits of some key energy-related Contents of this Appendix lighting measures. 1 Introduction ....................................................... F-l Figure F-l shows the percentage reduction in total 2 Basic Lighting Requirements ............................. F-5 building energy use as a result of applying each lighting 3 Interior Lighting Power Allowances (ILPA) measure to a Base Case five-story large office building Prescriptive Path .............................................. F-16 that represents the current Jamaican construction prac- tice in the early 1990's. For comparative purposes, the same scale for percentage of total building energy Commentary reduction is used as in Figure D-l in the Appendix on Building Envelopes measures. This section of the compliance guidebook describes compliance with the energy saving requirements for These result also demonstrate an important side-benefit lighting systems and lighting equipment in buildings. of more efficient lighting systems -- as less energy is used for lighting, less heat is given off by the lighting To specify the minimum requirements for lighting sys- into the interior of the building. Thus, less air-condi- tems and controls. The intention is to set minimum tioning energy is needed to withdraw that heat from the design parameter for lighting systems. More efficient building. In each result shown in Figure F-1, some of the lighting systems should be used where possible, as energy reduction has resulted directly from the lighting considerably more savings in energy are possible than measures used, and additional energy reduction has those obtained from meeting the minimum design pa- resulted from the reduced load on the air-conditioning rameters established in the EEBC-94. system. The figure shows the benefits from improved efficiency Introduction in 4 types of lighting measures: fluorescent lamps, ballasts, troffers and and daylighting. The base case lighting includes 40W T12 1200 mm lamps, stan- 1.1 Benefits dard loss magnetic core ballasts (one ballast per lamp), The electric lighting used within a building can be a and a standard troffer with prismatic lens. Daylighting major part of the building'S total energy use, especially controls are not used in the base case design. if excessive lighting power is installed in the building Figure F-l demonstrates that more efficient lighting and then its use over time is poorly controlled. Results equipment and systems can cause a profound improve- from the energy and economic analysis conducted of ment in the energy efficiency of a typical office building: potential energy efficiency measures, including those measures required by the EEBC, give an indication of Jamaica Energy Efficiency Building Code (EEBC-94) - Compliance Guidelines IJ 137 Appendix F ~ lighting JS 217: 1994 LIGHTING Base case: Prismatic, 4OWT12, Std. Ballast Lamp, 36W (T12) c:::j Lamp, 32W (TS) I Prismatic and 40 WT12, with: ] Ballast, High Eft. Core ] Ballast, Super High Eft. Core Ballast, Electronic ParabolicTroffer and 36WT12, with: l Ballast, Standard J Ballast, High Eft. Core Ballast, Super High Eff. Core Ballast, Electronic DAYLIGHTING, using: On/oft controls_ c::::J ~~oo~~ J 2-step controls, highVLT glass_ j co~ooo~~mm~goontro~_:_~.~~I~:~~~~~~~~~~~~~__~~~~~~~~~~~_ -2~0% -15% -10% -5% 0% 5% 10% 15% 20% Percentage Change in Total Building Energy Use (from Base Case) Figure F-l: Impacts of Energy Strategies for Lighting Systems (Large Office) a) Simply using more efficient fluorescent lamps can use by 4% - 6%, depending upon the control strat- reduce the total energy used by the entire building egy adopted. by 3% - 5%. Daylighting depends on the use of controls on the b) Use of higher-efficiency ballasts is even morestrik- lighting system. Simple on/off switches are low cost, ing, with total energy reductions for the building in but only reduce energy 4% -5%. Useofeithertwo-level the range of 7% - 11%. switching or continuous dimming controls wi 11 produce c) Note that use of one bal1ast per lamp has been the energy savings in the 10% - 15% range. Continuous norm in Jamaica, and the use of one ballast to serve dimming controls are more effective, but also are more multiple lamps has not been examined here. This expensive. would produce even further savings. The energy and economic analysis to evaluate the im- d) Another highly effective strategy is switching from pacts of the EEBC also examined the relative economic a standard troffer with prismatic lens to an open cell benefits of each of the lighting measures. Figure F-1 parabolic troffer. This measure by itself can reduce shows an example of the economic output for the sepa- total building energy use by some 12%. In combi- rate lighting and daylighting measures from a national nation with high-efficiency ballasts, the parabolic economic perspective, where increasing net present troffer can reduce total building energy use by 15% value (NPV) represents increasing economic benefit. -17%. However, it is a more expensive option. The figure shows that the lighting and daylighting mea- e) Daylighting is also a very effective energy-effi- sures examined are clear winners, with most strategies ciency strategy. The analyses performed indicate being highly cost-effective. The highly cost-effective that daylighting can reduce total building energy results for the measures including the parabolic troffer 138 [F-2] jamaica National Building Code: Volume 2 (December 1995) JS 217: 1994 Appendix F - Lighting Parab., 36Wf12, Electronic Ball. I - i Parab., 36Wf12, Hi Effic. Ball. "" I I i " "." Parab., 36Wf12, Sup Hi Effic. Ball. """ I I Parab., 36Wf12, Std. Ball. "" I .. I I "[ Ballast - Electronic 1 ! Oaylighting - two-step controls :·:·· • . 7.4.3 Separate Air Distribution Systems i I 7.5.1 Sizing I comply with either the prescriptive VAC system re- quirements of EEBC sections 7.5.1 to 7.5.5 or with the whole-building annual budget method ofEEBC section 12. If the whole building approach ofEEBC Section 12 . ':.:'.. . ' .: : 7.5.2 Fan System is used, then the EEBC prescriptive VAC requirements i Design Criteria i 7.4.4 Temperature are used to define a VAC base case. The base case Controls . .. 'j ,i': •. ( ··\ : i.· .·i>· H< defined for the entire building becomes a benchmark . ....... ....•..,: , . ".: ~ : .. .. 1 : : · ..•I..• ,·.· ·.,·.·.~ L '" u Whole-building analysis and compliance requires the 7.4.6 Humidity Control ?> ,': 7.5.4 System :. cooperation of Architect, Electrical and Mechanical : ·>2 < .• ... ' I .:. . Temp . Reset Engineers and will likely result in a more innovative and ' .. : ., 7.4.7 Materials & •· · •••i•.·.,·.·.•:·· .·· " . ...... :.. : : .. energy efficient building, but must also be used in ": Construction 1 conjunction with basic and prescriptive requirements. ..-.":" ;.... In the future, compliance using the Whole-building 7.4 .8 Completion Annual Budget Method of EEBC section 12 will be ·1 / 1 Requirements required for all buildings with gross floor area exceed- ,. ;i ing 4,000 m2 • ~ ~ ~r 12. Optional Compliance .. 2 Ventilation & Air ~ with Annual Whole ... Compliance Achieved Building Budgets . ': .. \ ................. ( ; .. ............. . , , .. < Conditioning Systems 2.1 Load Calculations Load calculations may be used to accomplish one or Figure H-2: Compliance With VAC more of the following objectives: Requirements of the EEBC a) Provide information for equipment selection sys- tem sizing and system design. b) Provide data for evaluating the optimum possibili- ties for load reduction. 162 [H-2] Jamaica National Building Code: Volume 2 ( December 1995) JS 217: 1994 Appendix H: VAC Systems c) Permit analysis of partial loads as required for system design, operation and control. Before a cooling time can be properly estimated, a complete survey must be made of the physical data. TabJe 1.4 (ASHRAE GRP 158) gives acheck list of both internal and external input information that should be included. The procedure for calculating space design Cooling: 24"C and 55% [ 7.4.1.1 Indoor cooling load is outlined in Table 1.2 (ASHRAE GRP RH or equivalent ~ I Design Conditions 158) using the Cooling Load Temperature Difference (CLTD) method. The EEBC load criteria for applying Zone A: Kingston 34°C db, 27'C wb the ASHRAE GRP 158 method are contained in EEBC Zone B: Montego Bay sections 7.4.1.1 to 7.4.1.8. Figure H-3 explains the key 32°C db, 2{)G wb ~ criteria graphically. A Lotus 123 (TM) spreadsheet for Zone C: Mandeville D 3rC db, 24 Gwb using the ASHRAE GRP 158 method has been devel- oped in Jamaica, and the JBS should be contacted for the 7 Lis non-smoking and availability and use of this software package. 9 Lis smoking -. ASHRAE 62-1981 & later Space cooling is the rate at which heat must be removed from the spaces to maintain air temperature at a constant Use actual, ~f known, or 7.4.1.4 Building value. Cooling load, on the other hand, is the rate at else use values in ~ Occupancy which energy is removed at the cooling coil that serves Table 7-2 r one or more conditioned spaces in any central air con- ditioning system. Loads based on envelope 7.4.1.5 Envelope characteristics consistent ~ It is equal to the instantaneous sum of the space cooling wi Sect. 4 compliance loads for all spaces served by the system plus any additional load imposed on the system external to the Use actual design or power budgets from Sections 5.5 ~ .6 Lighting conditioned spaces. Items such as fan energy, fan loca- or 5.6; other load,; from Other tion, duct heat gain, duct leakage, heat extraction light- design data or ref sources ing systems and type of return air systems all affect component sizing. May increase up to 10% at designer's option ~ The manner in which load source enters a space is indicated as follows: May increase up to 10% a) Solar radiation through transparent surfaces such above design loads 7.4.1.8 Pickup to account/or steady ~ Loads as windows state loads b) Heat conduction through exterior walls and roofs c) Heat conduction through interior partitions, ceil- ings and floors d) Heat generated within the space by occupants, lights, appliances, equipment and processes Figure H-3: EEBC Criteria for Prepar- e) Loads as a result of ventilation and infiltration of ing Load Calculations outdoor air t) Other miscellaneous heat gains. jamaica Energy Efficiency Building Code (EEBC-94) - Compliance Guidelines 163 Appendix H: VAC Systems JS 217: 1994 Diversity of cooling load results from not using part of 2.1.2 Outdoor Design Conditions: Outdoor design the load on a design day. Therefore, diversity factors are conditions for Summer design loads may be as stated in factors of usage and are applied to the refrigeration Table 7-1, EEBC~94, but it is advisable to check local capacity of large air conditioning systems. These fac- weather data. tors vary with location, type and size of application. 2.1.3 Outdoor Air Ventilation: Outdoor air flows Generally, di versity factors can be applied to loads from through a building in three different modes; forced people, and lights as there is neither 100% occupancy ventilation, natural ventilation and infiltration. The air nor total lighting at the time of such other peak loads as exchange rate at any given time generally includes all peak solar and transmission loads. The reduction in three modes. In large buildings, the effect of infi Itralion cooling loads from non-use are real and should be and ventilation and distribution and interzone airflow accounted for. Listed are some average typical diversity patterns, which include smoke circulation in the event of factors for large buildings during occupied periods. fire, should be determined (ref. 1987 HVACvol. Chap- ter 58). Type of Diversity Factor Application Lights People Forced ventilation is generally mandatory in larger buildings where a minimum amount of outdoor air is Office 0.70 to 0.85 0.75 to 0.90 Apartment, Hotel 0.30 to 0.50 0.40 to 0.60 required for occupant health and comfort and where Department Store 0.90 to 1.00 0.80 to 0.90 mechanical exhaust system is advisable or necessary. Industrial 0.80 to 0.90 0.85 to 0.95 Tighter, more energy-conserving buildings require ven- tilation systems to assure adequate amount of outdoor In the case ofindustrial, diversity should also be applied air for maintaining acceptable indoor air quality. GRP to the machinery load. 158 Table 5.3 outlines the ASHRAE ventilation re- quirements for occupants, but for further general appli- Peak loads vary with the time of day and month of year. cations, a basis of estimating the Lis per person is: Applications with low internal loads are more sensitive People not smoking People smoking to building envelopes. For other types of applications where lights, people and other internal loads are more 7 recommended 19 recommended dominant, the hour of the peak load generally will 2minimum 12 minimum depend on the relative magnitude and peak hours of the In any event, to provide for physiologicaJ needs, the following loads: outdoor air quantity should never be less than 2 Lis per a) Solar through-See GRP 158 Table 3.25 for glass person. peak hour for orientation of the major glass area b) Lighting-See GRP 158 Table 4.4 for appropriate 2.1.4 Building Occupancy: The rates at which heat lighting schedule and profile and moisture are given off by human beings depend on the type of activity, mode of dress and environmental c) Ventilation-Typically peaks at 1500 hours (3:00 conditions. Some practical values for these rates are P.M.) solar time given in Table 4.5 (ASHRAEGRP 158) forthe approxi- d) Roof, if present-See GRP 158 Table 3.8 for mate conditions, activity and dress appropriate to the appropriate type of roof and peak time applications listed and which are commonly encoun- (Courtesy ASHRAE GRP 158 Load Calculation tered. The latent heat gain from people can be consid- Manual) ered instantaneous cooling load, but the total sensible heat gain is not converted directly to cooling load. The 2.1.1 Indoor Design Conditions: Indoor design radiant portion is first absorbed by the surroundings and conditions may be 24°CDB 55% RH or any equivalent then con vected to the room at so me later time depending comfort conditions (19 IlC WB). upon the thermal characteristics of the room. The radi- ant portion of the sensible heat loss is near 70% and this 164 [H-4] Jamaica National Building Code: Volume 2 (December 1995) JS 217: 1994 Appendix H: VAC Systems was used to generate the cooling factors in GRP 158 In a cooling load estimate, heat gain from al1 appliances, Table 4.6. With regard to people density, column 1 of electrical, gas or steam, should be taken into account. GRP 158 Table 5.3 namely "Estimated Persons/300 m2 Electric typewriters, calculators, cheque writers, teletype floor area" contains additional information for occu- units, copiers, posting machines, etc. can generate 10-15 pancy area by use. W/m2 for general offices or 20-25 W/m2 for purchasing and accounting departments. In offices with computer 2.1.5 Envelope: The EEBC Code requires that enve- display terminals at most desks, heat gains range up to lope cooling loads be based on envelope characteristics 50 W/m 2• consistent with the values used to demonstrate compli- ance with EEBC Section 4. Bu ilding materials, external Fans that circulate air through HVAC systems add surface colours, orientation and external shading may be energy to system by one or all of the following pro- determined from the plans and specifications. cesses: a) Temperature rise in the airstream from fan ineffi- Possible high ground-reflected solar radiation from adjacent water, sand, parking Jots or solar loads from ciency adjacent reflective buildings should not be overlooked. b) Temperature rise in the airstream as a consequence The effect of solar radiation is more pronounced and of air static and velocity pressure immediate in its impact on exposed non-opaque sur- c) Temperature rise from heat generated by motor and faces. Chapter 27 of the 1989 HVAC Volume discusses drive inefficiencies the calculations of heat loads imposed by fenestration. Duct heat gain is normally about 1% of the space Heat gain through exterior opaque 'surfaces is derived sensible cooling load. Outward duct leakage is a direct from the same elements of solar radiation and thermal loss of cooling and must be offset by increased air flow gradient as that for fenestration areas. It differs prima- unless it enters the conditioned space directly. ril y as a function of the mass and nature of wall or roof construction, since those elements affect the rate of 2.2 Simultaneous Heating and Cooling conductive transfer through the composite assembly to the interior surface. 2.2.1 Dual-duct, Multizone and Terminal Re- heat Systems: These may be classified as all-air 2.1.6 Lighting: Since lighting is often the major space systems. These provide complete, sensible and latent load component, an accurate estimate of the space heat cooling capacity in the cold air supplied by the system gain it imposes is needed. Only part of the energy from and no additional cooling is required at the zone. lights is in the form of convective heat, which is picked up instantaneously by the air conditioning system. The Where reheat is obtained from refrigeration hot gas remaining portion is in the form of radiation that affects injection apparatus, much of the cost of prime fuel is the conditioned space once it has been absorbed and re- eliminated, but refrigeration energy costs remain the released by walls, floors, furniture, etc. This absorbed same. energy contributes to space cooling load only after a time 1ag, so part of this energy is radiati ng after the lights These systems can provide good control of space ther- have been switched off. The time lag should always be mal conditions. However, they are also very energy considered when calculating cooling load. intensive and the EEBC requirements limit their use to a few specific situations on an exception basis: 2.1.7 Other Loads: The EEBC Codes list a number of sources from which data on other system loads may a) Dual-Duct Systems. Dual-duct systems condition be compiled. Actua1 information based on the purpose all the air in a central apparatus and distributes it to for which the building is intended combined with the the conditioned spaces through two parallel ducts designer's experience should be close enough to satisfy extended through the building. One duct carries the needs of the project. cold air and the other warm air, providing air sources for both heating and cooling at a11 times. In Jamaica Energy Efficiency Building Code (EEBC-94) - Compliance Guidelines 165 Appendix H: VAC Systems JS 217: 1994 each zone, a valve responsive to a room thermostat The heat wheel is a rotary air-to-air heat exchanger. This mixes the warm and cold air in proper proportions revolving cylinder is filled with heat transfer media to satisfy the prevailing heat load of the space. through which air passes. Supply air flows through half b) Multizone Systems. The multizone system is the wheel, exhaust air through the other half. In applica- similar to the dual-duct system except the zone tions with 100% outside air, exhaust air passes through requirements are met by mixing the cold and warm half the wheel, outside air through the other half. air through zone dampers at the central air handler The simplest method of using condenser heat is making in response to zone thermostats. The mixed, condi- tioned air is distributed throughout the building by return (hot) condensing water available directly to the reheat coils. a system of single zone ducts. Mu ltizone system applies to a relatively small num- ber of zones served by a single central Air Handling 2.3 Separate Air Distribution Systems Unit. Side-by-side hot and cold airstreams are pro- vided. Each zone is provided with dampers to mix 2.3.1 Non-Simultaneously Operating Zones: The hot and cold air to satisfy the requirements of the code requires that zones which are expected to operate zone. nonsimultaneously for more than 750 hours per year be served by an independent air distribution system. The c) Terminal Reheat Systems. Terminal reheat is a air conditioning system selection and design should, method of zone control. The system obtains condi- under these circumstances, provide central system com- tioned air from the central unit at a fixed cold air ponents that will permit isolation of these areas. temperature. The air quantity is selected to offset the maximum cooling load in the space. The control An example of such a system is chilled water where a thermostat calls for reheat when the cooling load in central chiller plant provides chilled water which is the space drops below the design value and the circulated through terminal units consisting of chilled reheat which is located close to the point of distri- water coils, blowers, air filters, drain pans for conden- bution, is applied. Reheat may be obtained from hot sate, etc. Terminal units must be properly controlled by water, steam, electricity, condenser water or hot thermostats and be provided with positive means of refrigerant gas. shutdown. Variable Refrigerant Volume (VRV) sys- 2.2.3 Concurrent Operations In engineered con- tems using refrigerant in place of water should also be trol systems to minimize simultaneous heating and cool- considered as the energy savings is considerable. ing either by sequencing the heating and cooling or by limiting the source of the heating energy input. Some 2.3.2 Zones with Special Requirements: The exceptions will always exist as in the case of dehumidi- code requires that zones with specific temperature and fication with reheat. humidity requirements be provided with separate air distribution systems or, alternatively, be equipped with 2.2.4 Recovered Ellergy:The EEBC encourages the additional equipment to enable the main plant to be use of recovered energy. Recovered heat comes from controlled for comfort purposes only. Apart from the internal heat sources such as lighting, computers, busi- methods described in 7.4.3.1, radiant panel systems may ness machines, occupants, mechanical and electrical be used to control the climatic conditions. Temperature equipment. It is used for space heating, domestic or is maintained by circulating water, air or electric resis- service water heating and air reheat in air conditioning tance. Radiant panel systems may be combined with any systems. Proximity of the heat source to the heat use is central station air system. the most significant constraint when using heat recovery equipment. The cost of transporting air over great dis- tances can be prohibitive. A variety of heat exchangers 2.4 Temperature Controls are available for heat recovery but the heat wheel and An air conditioning system maintains desired environ- reclamation of condenser heat are the most common. mental conditions within a space. In almost every appli- 166 [H-6] Jamaica National Building Code: Volume 2 (December 1995) JS 217: 1994 Appendix H: VAC Systems cation there are several ways in which this may be 2.5 Off-Hour Controls achieved. Temperature control operation should follow a natural sequence where one controlling thermostat After the general needs of a building have been estab- monitors the requirement depending on the need. lished and the buildi ng and system subdivision has been made based on similar needs, the mechanical system 2.4.1 System Control: The EEBC requires that each and its control approach can be considered. Designing air conditioning system has at least one temperature systems that conserve energy requires knowledge of the control device. The function of the control system is to building and its operating schedule. adjust the equipment to match the load. Controls should be automatic and simple for best operating and mainte- The EEBC Code requires that automatic controls be nance efficiency. Control devices may be grouped under used to reduce energy through equipment showdown in the three classifications of sensors, controllers and con- non-use areas. Run equipment only when needed. Un- trolled devices. Many control systems include other der most conditions, equipment can be shut down some elements such as switches, relays and transducers for time before the end of occupancy. However, shut down signal conditioning and amplification. Chapter 51 "Au- time should not permit the space temperature to drift out tomatic Control", 1987 HVAC Systems and Applica- of the selected comfort zone before end of occupancy. tions ASHRAE Handbook may be used as reference. For residential and small commercial applications, the supply air fan may be allowed to cycle with the com- 2.4.2 Zone Control: The EEBC requires that each pressor. Fan systems serving areas where ventilation is zone has thermostatic control that responds to the tem- critical, such as operating theatres, are not good candi- perature of the zone. Loads vary over time in the various dates for this consideration. areas due to changes in weather, occupancy, activities Fixed minimum outdoor air control provides ventila- and solar exposure. Each space with a different expo- sure requires a different control zone to maintain con- tion air, space pressurization and make up for air ex- stant temperature. Some areas with special require- haust fans. The motorized outdoor air damper should be interlocked to open only when the supply fan operates ments may need individual control or individual systems independent of the rest of the bui lding. A design should and should do so quickly to prevent excessive negative maintain conditions in no-load zones during peak and duct pressurization. The rate of outdoor air flow is off-peak system loads. determined by damper opening and the pressure differ- ence between the mixed air plenum and outdoor air 2.4.3 Thermostats: The single most important sym- conditions. bol of an energy conservation programme is the room thermostat. This one device represents the entire HVAC 2.5.3 Isolation Areas: The EEBC Code requires the capability to isolate zones that have substantial non- system to the occupant who does not understand or even simultaneous operation. Examples of such areas are care where the cold air comes from. It is the easiest place meeting rooms, board rooms and lunch rooms. The to start conservation with comfort programme. EEBC section 7.4.1.1 requires indoor conditions to be main- designer must obtain as much information as possible regarding the anticipated hours of use and times of tained at conditions equivalent to 24°C DB, 55% RH, but research has shown that comfort can and does exist occupancy so that simultaneous loads may be consid- ered to obtain optimum air conditioning loads and at higher values of relative humidity. (ANSI/ASHRAE operating economy. It is desirable to design adequate Standard 55 - 1981). flexibility into each HVAC System so that cooling and The savings will resu It from maintaining space tempera- ventilation may be shut off when unoccupied. Ideally, tures at a level which is compatible with new standards each area should have equipment distribution and con- and which cannot be easily defeated by occupants. All trol that allows it to be cooled independently of any the benefit accruing can be undone by allowing free, other area. unlimited access of the occupants to thermostat adjust- ments. Jamaica Energy Efficiency Building Code (EEBC-94) - Compliance Guidelines [H-7] 167 Appendix H: VAC Systems JS 217: 1994 2.6 Humidity Control effect of heat gain on equipment size and operating cost, the need to prevent condensation, the need to control The Code sets 1imits on the application of humidity temperature change in long duct lengths, the need to controls. This is necessary to prevent corrosion, prevent control noise with inferior duct lining. condensation on work surfaces, reduce static electric- ity, prevent product contamination, provide personal All cooling ducts in any non-conditioned space should comfort, compensate for hygroscopic materials and be insulated and have vapour retarders to prevent con- control microbial growth. Corrosion of surfaces such as densation. Duct liner insulations have sound-permeable bearings and electrical contact surfaces occurs with coatings or other treatment on the side facing the air- 50% RH. At relative humidities below 40%, static stream to withstand air velocities without deterioration. charges may form attracti ng dust particles that later may Duct insulations include semirigid boards and flexible become airborne in objectionable concentrations. The blanket types. process of dehumidification by refrigeration requires a cooling coil carefully selected to maintain space condi- Exterior duct insulation can be attached with adhesive tions. It is advisable to use a psychrometric chart for with supplemental pre-attached clips and pins or with proper selection and to determine reheat requirements. wiring and banding. Liners can be attached with adhe- Controlled dehumidification always requires the use of sive, clips and pins. extra energy. 2.7.3 Duct Construction: Duct construction stan- dards do not deal with system design in terms of layout 2.7 Materials And Construction and sizing. This is provided by the Design Engineer. 2.7.1 Piping Insulation: Thermal insulations are The VAC Contractor is responsible for the construction materials or combinations of materials, applied to re- and .installation of structurally sound ductwork that will tard the flow of heat energy by conductive, convective meet specified performance, is satisfactorily air tight andlor radiati ve transfer modes. The main functions are and wil1 not vibrate and breathe when the air stream to reduce heat gain or loss, prevent vapour condensation varies in pressure. on surfaces with a temperature below the dewpoint of There are two distinct classifications of systems: surrounding atmosphere and provide fire protection. For pipes, thermal insulation normally consists of inor- a) Low velocity for systems up to 50 mm wc and ganic fibrous materials such as glass and calcium sili- velocities up to 10 m/s. cate and organic cel1 ular materials such as cork, foamed b) High velocity for systems 50 mm through 250 mm rubber, polystyrene and polyurethane. The physical wc and velocities over 10 m/s. form may be flexible, rigid or semirigid. The EEBC outlines certain test procedures that must be Small pipes are insulated with cylindrical half-sections observed and reports that shall be provided for duct of insulation with factory applied jackets that form a work which is designed to operate at static pressures in hinge and lap or with "slip-on" flexible closed-cell excess of 75 mm wc. material. Fittings insulation should always be consistent with pipe insulation. Insulation on large piping requir- Each classification has a separate duct construction ing separate jacketing is wired or banded in place and standard contained in the SMACNA publications. The the jacket wired, cemented or banded, depending on the most extensively used construction material is ga]va- type. Jacketing commonl y consists of various combina- nized steel sheets. This is due to its low cost, workability tions oflaminates of paper, aluminium foil, plastic film and structural strength. Others are al uminium for warm and glass fibre reinforcing. This membrane should be air ducts, ventilators and louvres to resist corrosion; impervious. black steel for boiler breechings, hoods, belt guards, fire dampers; copper and stainless steel for fume exhaust 2.7.2 Airhandling System Insulation: The need ducts, swimming pool exhaust and fume hoods; asbes- for duct insulation is influenced by duct location, the tos and fibrous glass for other special applications. 168 [H-8] Jamaica National Building Code: Volume 2 (December 1995) JS 217: 1994 Appendix H: VAC Systems When copper is used in conjunction with other metals, Balancing by total heat transfer is based on the determi- the two must be isolated to prevent corrosion by elec- nation of water now by an energy balance about the trolysis. coil. From field measurements, water flow may be determined by the following equation: 2.8 Completion Requirement Lis = Load in W / (500 x ~tw) The Contractor should test all systems in the presence of Test Data: the Engineer and owner's representative to prove per- Entering WB Temperature 20.3°C formance, provide for the instruction of operating per- (76,385 J/kg) sonnel on the attendance, operation and maintenance of Leaving WB Temperature 11.9°C the equipment, furnish "as installed" drawings, estab- (51,916 J/kg) lish warranty dates and furnish warranty certificates. Air Volume 10,380 Lis Operating and maintenance manuals are the central reference of organized information and instructions. Leaving Water Temperature = 15°C These manuals should be prepared by the Design Engi- neer who should ensure that the manufacturer furnishes Entering Water Temperature = 8.6°C at least one copy of the manual relating to his equipment to the original owner. Lis = [4.5 x 10,383 x (76,385 - 51,916)] / [15.67 x 106 x (15.0 - 8.6)] . Balancing and adjusting of the air distribution system is 11.4 essential to the performance of all ventilating and air conditioning systems and this exercise must be con- ducted before any attempt is made to balance hydronic In order to test and adjust the HV AC control system, it or refrigerant systems. The minimum instruments will be necessary to become thoroughly acquainted necessary for air balance are manometer, tachometer, with the design intent, obtain copies of control diagram anemometer, ampere meter, thermometers and a few and compare design to installed equipment and field lengths of pitot tubes. installation, obtain manufacturers recommended oper- ating and testing procedure. The proper location of Chapter 57 of the 1987 HVAC Handbook outlines the controllers and transmitters shou ld be checked, adverse procedure for air balance and discusses method of conditions, if any, noted and alternative locations sug- application. Additional information may be had from gested. the Balancing and Adjustment Manual published by Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association Inc. (SMACNA). 3 Prescriptive Requirement There are a number of methods employed to accomplish balancing ofhydronic systems, but whichever approach 3.1 Sizing is used, proper instrumentation and good pre-planning The EEBC requires that the V AC system and equip- is needed. Water now instruments and components must be installed during construction of the piping ment be sized at no more than the loads determined by the method described in EEBC section 7.4.1. Yet, the system. air conditioning equipment should be sufficiently sized Balancing by direct now measurement is preferred. This to enable people or products to function within the approach is accurate because it eliminates compound- buildings at optimum level. The system should at aU ing errors introduced by other methods. A full and times provide a desirable environment for employees to detailed description of its application is contained in reduce fatigue and errors and make the location a Chapter 57, 1987 HVAC Handbook. desirable place to work. Jamaica Energy Efficiency Building Code (EEBC-94) - Compliance Guidelines [H-9] 169 Appendix H: VAC Systems JS 217: 1994 system is more than 7.5 kW input. Figure H-4 illustrates 3229 __ , __________________________-, the impact of fan control on the electricity consumption for large office buildings and demonstrates by compari- son the effectiveness of the various methods of control. 2691 These include constant volume, outlet damper, inlet vane and variable speed applications. 2153 The code requires that for V A V fans with motors 25 kW or larger control devices shall be included to limit the 1615 motor demand to no more than 50% kW input at 50% design air volume, based on the manufacturers test data. A fan can be selected to meet this requirement as 1076 illustrated in Figure H-5. As can be seen, only airfoil and backward inclined fans have part load ratios above 50% 538 k W at 50% volume. This means that only these fan types wi]] have a possibility of not meeting the V A V part load o__ ____'___"_ ~ requirement of this section. Air foil and backward inclined fans using discharge dampers will almost never Constant Outlet Inlet Variable Volume Damper Vane Speed be able to meet this requirement, although this is not a very common design anyway. Air foil fans with inlet D Cooling Fans I.ighting Equipment vanes (curve Ai n Figure H -5) are very common and rna y Note: All options are water-cooled reciprocating chillef; COP=4.5 not meet the part load performance requirement. Actual fan selection part load performance, available from the fan manufacturer, should be used to test for compliance Figure H-4: Impact of Fan Control with this requirement. 3.2.1 Air Transport for All-Air Users: Air is the final transport medium for all-air systems. This is con- The code specifies multiple cooling units whenever the veyed through filters, heat exchange equipment, ducts design load is in excess of 500 kW. In such applications, and various terminal devices to the space to be condi- other important factors, for example first cost, may tioned. The power to move the air is supplied by fans. prejudice the viability of the project when two or more EEBC requires that in any such cooling system the total chillers are selected to meet load requirements. In these sensible heat removed in W be no Jess than 5.5 times the circumstances, instead of using multiple units, one may total fan power input in W. opt for equipment equipped with multiple compressors and multiple fans with each circuit independently piped 3.2.2 Other Systems: The Code prescribes that in and wired. selecting air conditioning systems other than all-air, the In the event multiple units are selected, the code allows design must ensure that the total energy requirements their combined capacity to exceed the design load. including all fans and pumps is no more than that of an However, in such an application, the code requires that equivalent al1-air system. The Code sites the following possibil ities: the units be sequenced and each controlled indepen- dently based on demand. a) Air and water systems with central air condition ing eq uipment, duct and water distribution systems and a room terminal. The room terminal may be an 3.2 Fan System Design induction unit, a fan-coil unit or a conventional The EEBC specifies that the fan systems under consid- supply air outlet combined with a radiant panel. eration for this section should be limited to supply, b) All water systems with central air conditioning return and exhaust fans where the total of any single 170 [H-IO] Jamaica National Building Code: Volume 2 (December 1995) JS 217: 1994 Appendix H: VAC Systems 100 Airfoil or backward-inclined centrifugal fan with S 80 "1 ~ /1 'I, discharge dampers. Air foil centrifugal fan with inlet vanes. ~ c: C) / / II Forward-curved centrifugal fan with discharge dampers or riding curve. 'w 60 .,.......... ~/ Q) ,1 / Forward-curved centrifugal fan with inlet vanes. 0 C / / 'l // Vane-axial fan with variable pitch blades, (l) U 40 ,. ...-: ' / L- (l) ./ ....... " ; a.. ..... / " ~ / Any fan with variable speed drive (mechanical -- ./- /" drives will be slightly less efficient). 20 ,.,- ~ a 20 40 60 80 100 Percent Design LIs Figure H-5: Fan Energy at Part Load plant, water distribution system, terminal units with based on experience must be applied to any design. chilled water coils, heating coils, blowers and fil- Chapter 32 of the 1989 ASHRAE Handbook - Funda- ters. The fan recirculates air continuously from the mentals - gives information on calculating the system space through the coil which contains either hot or effect factors and lists loss coefficients for a variety of chilled water. fittings. c) Unitary systems with components factory assembled into an integrated package or self contained con- 3.2.4 Special Oeeu pancies: For certain applications, sisting of an indoor unit with either a water cooled the Code prescribes fixed values for Fan Performance condenser, integral air-cooled condenser or remote Index. These relate to designs where the occupancy area air cooled condenser. by use is less than 4.75 m 2 per person. Table 7.2 of EEBC-94 may be used as reference. The designer should prepare a summary of the design and selection criteria, a brief outline of the systems 3.2.5 Variable Volume Systems: A Variable Air deemed inappropriate and a comparison of the systems Volume (VAV) system controls the dry bulb tempera- selected for detailed study. ture within the space by varying the volume of supply air rather than the supply air temperature. The fan system is 3.2.3 Power Consumption of Fans: The Code designed to handle the largest simultaneous block load, requires that system components, such as ducts and not the sum of the individual peaks. filters, be selected to provide the prescribed Fan Perfor- mance Index (FPI). The calculation used to determine As each zone peaks at a different time of day, it borrows FPI is stated and this relates to air t10w quantity, total extra air from offpeak zones. Air is delivered to the space pressure of supply fan and gross floor area. Fans of at fixed temperature and a space thermostat controls flow different types and even fans of the same type but by varying the position of a volume regulating device in supplied by different manufacturers, do not necessarily duct, pressure-reducing box or terminal diffuser or grille. react to a system in the same way. Therefore,judgement Jamaica Energy Efficiency Building Code (EEBC-94) Compliance Guidelines IIJ 171 Appendix H: VAC Systems JS 211: 1994 Fan controls must be used to save power and to operate COP for electrically driven air conditioners include at minimum system pressure for noise control. Check compressor, evaporator and condenser. COP for water fan operati ng characteristics at maximum and minimum chilling packages do not include chilled water or con- tlow and provide the minimum outside air volume that denser water pumps or cooling tower fans. complies with the Code. 4.1.2 Integrated Part Load Value: The Code Additional information may be sourced from Chapter 2, requires that in complying with minimum efficiency 1987 ASHRAE Handbook, Systems and Applications. requirements the equipment should also comply with part-load requirements. VAC systems are sized to sat- isfy a set of design conditions which are selected to 4 Ventilating & Air generate near maximum load. Because these design conditions prevail during only a few hours each year, the Conditioning Equipment equipment must operate most of the time at less than rated capacity. In order to apply equipment, the required environmen- tal conditions, both for product and personal comfort, Depending on equipment type, cooling system COP's must be known. Mechanical cooling equipment should will vary with changes in cooling load over a given be selected in multiple units to match its response to period. In cases where COP drops significantly at part load fluctuation and allow equipment maintenance dur- loads, improvement can be made by installing control ing non-peak operation. EEBC-94 Table 8-1 lists the systems to optimize operating conditions and minimum performance requirements. With today's im- mance by staging multiple machines or by increasing proved cooling equipment, machines are available with chilled water temperatures according to building cool- significantly higher efficiency values than older ma- ing needs. Part Load improvement is applicable to chines and even higher than minimum standards set by equipment which does not cycle on and off to meet part ASHRAE. Equipment is widely available to meet the load needs. The energy performance will depend on basic requirements listed in EEBC-94 Section 8.4.4 degree and duration of part load operation so that for which is mandatory under all compliance paths. buildings with constant cooling load near or equal to full load, the savings are negligible. Tables H -1 through H -91 ist more detailed rating condi- tions and basic requirements in relation to equipment 4.1.3 Field Assembled Equipment and Compo- performance. nents:Field assembled (built-up) systems contain com- ponents such as supply fan, reheat coils, cooling coils, 4.1 Basic Requirements compressors, water pumps, cooling towers or air cooled condensers, etc. In all probability these components are 4.1.1 Minimum Equipment Performance: The not obtained from the same manufacturers in which case EEBC Code requires that equipment shall have a mini- the entire system should comply with the requirements mum performance criteria at standard conditions no of the Code. more than the values shown in EEBC-94 Table 8-l. Rated cooling capacity of equipment and electrical Heat operated cooling equipment such as absorption consumption under normal operating conditions can be chillers must comply with the requirements of Table H- obtained from nameplate and manufacturers' technical 9 unless the source of heat is waste steam or special literature. The Coefficient of Performance (COP) id applications such as hospitals. defined as: In evaluating the total energy input, the total sum of all COP = Useful Effect (kW) energy consuming components and accessories must be I Total Input (kW) used. 172 [H-12] Jamaica National Building Code: Volume 2 (December 1995) JS 217: 1994 Appendix H: VAC Systems 4.2 Maintenance c) Provide basic training for equipment operators. Chapter 35 of the 1991 ASHRAE Handbook - HV AC A ventilating and air conditioning system that is difficult Applications deals in detail with operation and main- to maintain will not be properly maintained, with a tenance management and addresses the issues that af- consequent increase in energy costs. The VAC designer fect a maintenance programme. should observe the following basic criteria: a) Provide adequate space and accessibility for eq uip- 4.3 Equipment Supplier Responsibility ment. This includes ease of access, space for main- tenance and repair, access for removal and replace- The Code lists information that shou Id be furnished by ment of large items of equipment suppliers of venti1ating and air conditioning eq uipment b) Request written maintenance and operating proce- to enable determination of their compliance. As a rule, dures. A collection of manufacturers' maintenance the manufacturers' engineering manual provides full and operating procedures is helpful. mechanical and electrical specifications which are val u- able guides to determine equipment performance. Table H-l Standard Rating Conditions and Minimum Performance Unitary Air Conditioners and Heat Pumps Air Cooled Electrically - Operated <39,650 W Cooling Capacity - Except Packaged Terminal & Room Air Conditioners Reference Sub Category & Rating Condition Minimum Standards Category (Outdoor Temperatures, deg. C) Performance (1) ARI210-81 1<1> Seasonal Rating 2.9 COP AR1240-81 (seasonal) ARI210/ < 19,050 W 240-84 Cooling Cap acity 3<1> Standard Rating (35 db) 2.93 COP Cooling Mode 3<1> Low temp: Rating (28 db) 2.8 COP > 19,050 < 39,560 W Standard Rat ing (35 db) 2.93 COP Capacity All Cooling Mode Low temp: Rating (28 db) 2.8 COP < 19,050 W Cooling Capacity 1<1> Seasonal Rating 2.9 COP Heat ing Mode (seasonal) > 19,050 < 39,560 W High Temp: Rating (8 db/6 wb) 3.3 COP Cooling Capacity All Heating Mode Low temp: Rating db/-9 wb) 2.3 COP (Heat Pump) Note: 1) For multi-capacity equipment, the minimum performance shall apply to each capacity step provided and allowed by the controls. Jamaica Energy Efficiency Building Code (EEBC-94) - Compliance Guidelines [H-13] 173 Appendix H: VAC Systems JS 217: 1994 Table H-2 Standard Rating Conditions and Minimum Performance Unitary Air Conditioners and Heat Pumps - Evaporatively Cooled Electrically - Operated <39,650 W Cooling Capacity - Except Packaged Terminal & Room Air Conditioners Reference Rating Conditions Minimum Standards Category Indoor °C Outdoor Performance AR121O-81 AR1210/ Standard Rating 240-84 < 19,050 W 27 db/ 19wb 35 db/24 wb 2.9 COP > 19,050 W Standard Rating < 39,560 W 27 db/19 wb 35 db/24 wb 2.9 COP Low Temperature Rating < 19,050 W 27 db/ 19 wb 27 db/ 19 wb 2.93 COP > 19,050 W Low Temperature Rating < 39,560 W 27 db/ 19 wb 27 db/19 wb 3.2 COP Table H-3 Standard Rating Conditions and Minimum Performance Water-Cooled Air Conditioners and Heat Pumps - Cooling Mode <39,650 W Cooling Capacity - Eectrically Operated Reference Rating Conditions Minimum Standards Category Indoor Air °C Entering Water Pert'ormance (1) Standard Rat ing ARI 210-81 < 19,050W 27 db/19wb 29 degC 3.1 COP ARI 210/ > 19,050W Standard Rating 240-84 < 39,560W 27 db/ 19 wb 29 degC 3.2 COP -- Low Temperature Rating ARI 320-85 < 19,050W 27 db/ 19wb 24degC 3.0 COP Standard Rating < 39,560W Entering water 24 degC 3.5 COP ARI 325-85 Ground water Cooled Low Temperature Rating Ent ering wat er 10 degC 3.7 COP Note: (1) For multi-capacity equipment, the minimum performance shall apply to each capacity step provided and allowed by the controls. 174 [H-14] Jamaica National Building Code: Volume 2 (December 1995) JS 217: 1994 Appendix H: VAC Systems Table H-4 Standard Rating Conditions and Minimum PeIiormance - Pack:agJ:rl Termina1 Air Conditioners, Heat Pumps and Room Air Conditioners Air-Cooled, Eectlically Operated Reference Sub Category & Rating Condition MiniDDlm Standards Category Outdoor Temperature eC) Perlonnance (1) ARl31O/85 PTACs,PTAC Standard Rating (35 db) 2.9mp H.P.'s (2) Cooling Mode WWl 1 Rating (28 db) 3.6mp ARl380-85 PTACs H.P.'s Standard Rating (8 db/6 wb) 3.3mp Heating Mode ANSI! RACs<2640W Standard Rating (35 db) 2.8mp AHAM Cooling Mode RAC-I-82 RACs>2640W Standard Rating (35 db) 3.1mp Cooling Mode Notes: 1) For Multi-Capacity Equipment, the minimum performance shall apply to each capacity step provided and a1lowed by the controls. 2) For Ca1culations: 2051 W < Capacity < 4395W 3) Heat Pumps used to produce service hot Water Table H·5 Standard Rating Conditions and Minimum Performance - Water-Source and Groundwater Source Heat Pump~ Electrically Operated < 39,650 W Cooling Capacity Reference Rating Condition Minimum Standards (3) °c (1 ) Perfonnance Water Source Heat Pumps Standard Rating 3.8 COP ARI320-869 21 deg C Entering Water CTI201-(86) Groundwater-Source High Temperature Rating 3.4 COP Heat Pumps 21 deg C Entering Water (2) ARI325-85 Low Temperature Rating 3.0 COP 10 deg C Entering Water (2) Notes: 1) Air entering indoor section 21 deg. C db /16 deg. C wb (max.) 2) Water Flow Rate Per Mfg. Spec. 3) For detailed references, see Section 14 Jamaica Energy Efficiency Building Code (EEBC-94) - Compliance Guidelines [H-15] 175 Appendix H: VAC Systems JS 217: 1994 Table H-6 Standard Rating Conditions and Minimum Performance - Lar~ Unitary Air Conditioners & Heat Pumps - FJectriailly Operated> 39,650 W Cooling Capacity Category! Efficiency Minimum Reference Standards Tenn Penommnce COP Air Conditioners CDP 2.8 Air Cooled ARI 360-85 IPLV 2.5 Air Conditioners Water! CDP 3.1 Evap. Cooled ARI 360-85 IPLV 2.8 Condensing Units CDP 3.1 Air Cooled ARI 365-85 IPLV 3.4 WaterlEvap. Cooled CDP 3.8 ARI 365-85 IPLV 3.8 Table H-7 Standard Rating Conditions and Minirrum Performance - (&Yew) c:entrifugll and Rotary /type Water CbillingPackag;s - Electrically Operated Category Efficiency Minimum Tenn Penonnance Centrifugd CDP 3.5 ARI 3ffl.-85 Air Cooled IPLV 3.5 WaterQ)oled CDP 5.0 =< 880 kW IPLV 5.1 Water Cooled CDP 5.3 >880kW IPLV 5.4 CDP 3.2 ARI550-83 AirQ)oled IPLV 3.3 Water Cooled CDP 5 IPLV 5.2 176 16J Jamaica National Building Code: Volume 2 (December 1995) JS 217: 1994 Appendix H: VAC Systems Table H-S Standard Rating Conditions and Minimum Performance - Reciprocating Water Chilling Packages - Electrically Operated Category Efficiency Minimum Reference Standards Term Performance ARI590-81 Air Cooled COP 3.1 with Condenser IPLV 2.8 Air Cooled COP 3.4 without Condenser IPLV 3.5 ARI590-81 Water Cooled COP 4.7 IPLV 4.9 Table H-9 Standard Rating Conditions and Minimum Performance - Heat Operated Water Chilling Packages - Water Cooled Condensing Category/ Efficiency Minimum Reference Standards Tenn Pe rfonnance Direct Fired ANSI Z21/40.1-1981 COP 0.5 ANSI Z21.40.1a-1982 Indirect Fired COP 0.7 Note: COP is the net coolingoutputl total heat input, with electrical auxiliary inputs excluded. Jamaica Energy Efficiency Building Code (EEBC-94) - Compliance Guidelines [H-I7] 177 Appendix H: VAC Systems JS 211: 1994 This page is intentionally blank. 178 Jamaica National Building Code: Volume 2 (December 1995) JS 217: 1994 Appendix I - Service Water Heating Appendix I: Service Water Heating - Systems and Equipment Thus, the EEBC requirements will pertain mainly to Contents of this Appendix hotels and hospitals. 1 General Design Considerations .......................... 1-1 An informal survey of a number of Jamaican facilities 2 Compliance Procedures ...................................... 1-3 was conducted to estimate their energy consumption 3 System Sizing ..................................................... 1-4 levels for service water heating. From this quick ex- 4 Equipment Efficiencies ....................................... 1-6 amination, very few of the facilities displayed energy 5 Piping Insulation ................................................. 1-9 consumption levels for service water heating as effi- 6 Solar Energy Alternative .................................. 1-13 cient as those produced by the EEBC code requirements. 7 Operation and Management .............................. 1-13 Also, there is currently in Jamaica little or no data col- lection as to hot water quantity, type, temperature, or flow consumption. Commentary The energy usage in these buildings can be significantly Heating water for use in building services is utilized reduced if the following conservation measures were for comfort and for some level of sterilization, particu- adapted. larly in kitchens and laundries. a) Metering of hot water usage There are many different service water heating system designs available to the industry. All of the equipment b) Metering of hot water temperature types and/or systems utilize some form of energy which c) Controlling hot water flow rate must be controlled. d) Maintaining hot water generating and storing fa- cilities The purpose of this appendix is to illustrate various e) Insulate and maintain the insulation of all hot wa- methods for establishing standards which will assist ter storage, tanks and circulating pipelines. the Bureau of Standards to implement an Energy Effi- cient Building Code (EEBC) for Jamaica. Although the number of institutions and buildings im- pacted is small, the amount of energy used is consider- able. Thus, savings through the adaptation of the EEBC 1General Design Considerations service water heating requirements will be greatly ben- In Jamaica, most of the hot water consumption occurs eficial to the national economy. in the hotel industry, in hospitals and pharmaceutical For example, from calculations using the service water manufacturing. However, the requirements are unlikely heating system of a local typical hotel, to show a sav- to apply to most pharmaceutical manufacturing spaces, ings of J$246,429 per annum in fuel by the proper insu- since the requirements of the EEBC are for buildinos lation of its hot water piping. and spaces intended primarily for human occupan~. jamaica Energy IEfficiency Building Code (EEBC-94) - Compliance Guidelines [I-IJ 179 Appendix I - Service Water Heating JS 211: 1994 1.1 Hot Water Temperatures for Various One may enter a public place and open a hot water fau- Operations cet only to find the water that flows may be scalding hot, lukewarm, or even cold. A tavern cleanses its There is no accepted definition for temperature of "hot" glasses or a sandwich shop washes its dishes in clear or water. Each job or operation has its own suitable water treated water frequently below 49°C and the resulting temperature, whether set up by common practice or by bacteria count may be above the minimum bacterial the manager of a specific institution. Most sanitary requirements established by public health codes. codes or nationally adopted standards define the condi- tions of the hot water required for each application un- Individual skin sensitivities vary. Many people cannot der consideration. Table 1-1 lists recommended tempera- wash their hands in 49 °C water, while others can work tures for a number of functions within buildings. in scalding hot water without harm. Temperatures gen- era]]y desired for the most common operations of the home, commercial and manufacturing institutions are listed in the accompanying table. These can serve as one of the bases of most computations, as practical ar- eas of operation rather than as specifications. Tempera- Table 1-1 tures dictate most factors of hot water, controls, mixing Recommended Service Water arrangements, piping and insulation. Temperatures Most of the users of hot water in Jamaica are hotels, hospitals and to a lesser extent, food processing. To Use control bacterial growth in these industries, hot water temperatures within the 60°C range are recommended. Human Needs This high temperature, however, increases the potential Lavatory, hands & face 39-43 for scalding, so care must be taken. Shaving, shampooing 43-46 Warm bath 33-37 Supervised periodic flushing of fixture heads with 76 Hot bath 37-46 °C water is recommended in hospitals, hotels, and health Housecleaning Needs centers. In some instances, water is only required at 49 Mopping, scrubbing 38 °C. Here, it is more economical to supply water at the Wall and wood work cleaning 41-43 60 °C level and blend the portion required at 49 °C. It Cleaning glass 44 is very important with this type of system to maintain Window cleaning 49 good blending control and good quantity control me- Residential Dishwashing tering. Machine 60 Handwash, towel dry 44 It is almost axiomatic that hot weather, particularly with Residential Machine Laundry 60 accompanying high humidities, increases the consump- Commercia1!Industrial Laundry 82 tion of hot water for persona] hygiene, laundries and Commercial Spray Dishwashing beverage dispensaries. Probably the greatest use of hot Rack type > 66 wash water is for cleaning, whether for the human person or 82-91 final rinse for apparel, home or shop cleaning. Single tank conveyer type > 71 wash With advancing labor costs as well as the scarcity of 82-91 final rinse help for cleaning tasks, technology has entered the sani- Multiple tank conveyer type > 60 wash tary field more than ever before. Detergents and clean- > 71 pumped rinse ing compounds have been highly developed, with spe- 82-91 final rinse cial soaps for almost each type of job. At the same Chemical sanitizing type 60 wash time, new and special types of floors and walls have > 24 rinse come into use, such as polyvinyls, asphalt and rubber base tiles, terrazzo and plastics, each of which now de- 180 Jamaica National Building Code: Volume 2 (December 1995) JS 217: 1994 Appendix I - Service Water Heating mands some particular compound to produce optimum Information about compliance with the various basic resu1ts. requirements is inc1uded below. Compliance with the various prescriptive measures is not inc1uded in this Of equal importance in larger establishments is the wide appendix. use of machines for production c1eaning where the type of hot water and cleaning compounds affect the effi- cacy and quality of c1eaning. Most cleaning standards 2.1 Additional Recommendations or sanitary codes specify end results in c1eanliness, with- In addition to satisfying the EEBC requirements, it out mention of water quality or temperature require- would also be highly desirable if additional steps were ments. Bui Iding supervision inspects the results with- taken, as follows. First, the buildings, new or existing, out any consideration being given to the cleaners! prob- must be surveyed to determine whether any area usi ng lems of hot water supply. hot water is operating efficiently. This survey must: L2 Maintenance of Steam Traps a) ascertain what is necessary to reduce hot water load to code requirement and Steam traps are critical when used on steam heated hot b) determine what is necessary to reduce hot water water systems. Since these contain moving parts, they consumption. must be checked periodically for functionality. Water consumption can be reduced by restricting flow When a trap fails to operate, it reduces system capacity rate and usage by installing flow restrictors in faucets, and controL When these units are worn they must showers, etc. Timers can also be utilized in some in- quickly be replaced. Note that the smallest leak from stances. the orifice of a trap will result in hundreds of dol1ars in Having determined the hot water consumption require- lost steam. ment for the building, with regards to supply tempera- ture and minimum required supply temperature, the ther- mostat must be set at the lowest temperatures at which 2 Compliance Procedures hot water will meet consumption needs. In cases of hot To comply with the EEBC, it is mandatory for the rel- water fluctuations, mixing valves must be installed to evant buildings to implement and comply with the ser- control these fluctuations. Booster heaters should be vice water heating system requirements contained in installed to proved elevated temperatures rather than EEBC-94 section 9, inc1uding basic requirements for; heating the total system to a higher temperature for this purpose. a) sizing of systems b) equipment efficiency 2.2 Reducing Thermal losses c) piping insulation d) controls Thermal losses can be reduced by: e) equipment and controls to conserve hot water a) the heating medium EEBC section 9 also contains additional prescriptive b) the distribution piping criteria that apply to special situations. These include: c) the storage facility f) the required economic cost-benefits analysis of an These losses are proportional to the temperature differ- electric heat pump water heaters for low tempera- ences between the hot water and the surroundings and ture service water heating (up to 63°C). to the resistance of pipe and storage tanks heat flows. g) the required use of a gas vent dampers when flue These losses can be reduced as discussed above, or by dampers and other safeguards are not present. adding insulation. Insulation is the most effective way h) the required use of heat traps on storage water of reducing losses in a hot water system. heaters. jamaica Energy Efficiency Building Code (EEBC-94) - Compliance Guidelines [1-3J 181 Appendix I - Service Water Heating JS 217: 1994 All bare pipes and storage tanks must be insulated and case the storage tank would be of maximum capacity damaged insulations repaired or replaced. Small pipes while in the second no storage would be needed. In must be insulated with circular half-sections of insula- between these two extremes, any number of combina- tion with flexible cell materials. Larger pipes should tions is possible. be insulated with flexible material. Genera]]y, however, for most building purposes it is more economical to install a small capacity heater and 3 System Sizing a large tank rather than a large heater and a small tank, because storage capacity costs less than heater capac- Section 9.4.1 of EEBC-94 requires that service water ity. heating design loads for the purpose of sizing and se- For the most economical instal1ation, therefore, the gen- lecting systems by determined in accordance with pro- cedures in Chapter 54 of ASHRAE Handbook, 1987 eral rule would be to use a small heater in combination with a large tank. This rule fixes the minimum hourly Systems and Applications Volume, or a similar proce- dure. Note that Chapter 44 of ASH RAE Handbook, heater capacity (Hhc) at 1/24 the average daily hot wa- 1991 Applications Volume is an update to Chapter 54 ter consumption. In practice, though, the capacity has of the 1987 volume. to be slightly larger in order to provide for radiation losses. Table 1-2 provides estimates of hot water usage by func- tion and fixture type that might be used to determine The minimum heater with an hourly capacity of 5% of system capacities. The material be10w is intended to the average daily consumption may be used where this provide guidance in determining design loads and sys- consumption may be accurately predicted and where it tem sizing requirements. does not vary greatly from day to day. For average in- stallations where the daily consumption and the peak demand may vary slightly from day to day, and where 3.1 Storage Capacity & Hourly Heater they can be predicted with reasonable accuracy, a heater Capacity having an hourly capacity of 7.5% of the average daily hot water consumption should be used. In buildings Systems for providing hot water for services and fix- where the daily fluctuations may be great, where there tures in buildings are of two kinds: is extraordinary uncertainty as to daily consumption, or a) instantaneous, and where a considerable amount of hot water may be b) wasted, the heater should have an hourly capacity of 10% of the average daily consumption. In the instantaneous system, the water is heated as used, These figures are said to be not satisfactory for multi- there is no storage, and the capacity of the heater is coil heaters. Where this type heater is used, a workable equal to the peak demand. rule is to provide double the heater capacity indicated In the storage system, hot water is heated continuously by the above percentages. Table 1-3 summarizes the or intermittently as desired. When there is no demand above data for determining the heater capacity. the heated water is stored in a tank for installations of 3.1.2 Storage Tank Capacity (Ct ): There are a number equal hot water capacity. The capacity of the heater in of methods of selecting the capacity of the storage tank. a storage system is less than that of an instantaneous Perhaps the best is to plot a load curve based on actua1 heater. metering of the hot water requirements. A horizonta1 3.1.1 Hourly heater capacity (HhJ: in a storage sys- line representing the heater capacity is drawn on the tem this may range all the way from the minimum, where curve and the areas above this line studied to determine it is just equal to 1/24 of the average daily hot water the correct capacity of a tank to supply the extra de- consumption, up to an instantaneous heater, with a ca- mand of the peak periods. pacity equal to the actual peak demand. In the first 182 [1-4] Jamaica National Building Code: Volume 2 (December 1995) 'ir 3 '" j:j" - Ut ...... ::;:; " 'm ~ ::0 I'D Table 1-2 ~ ~ m 3 n Hot Water Heater Estimate Data ii' ~ n "'< 1:10 :. Column 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 is: :i" OQ n Maximum Possible Hot Water Consumption, L per Hr 0 a. I'D m m Building Bath Dish Foot Kitchen Laundry Laundry Pantry Private Public Shower Slop Max. Length 1:10 Type Tub Washer Basin Sink Stat. Rev. Sink Wash Wash Bath Sink Hourly Daily of Peak r-0 Tub Tub Basin Basin Demand Con- Demand ~ sumption Hr. n 0 Apartment 57 57 11 38 95 284 38 11 19 227 76 .20 10 4 3 "2.. Dormitory 114 11 132 379 11 38 757 57 .25 10 4 iii' ~ n Gymnasium 114 45 11 38 757 .60 * I'D Hotel 76 114 11 76 132 568 76 11 38 284 114 .30 15 10 C\ c Indust . Plant 114 114 45 76 IJ 57 757 76 .70 * is: !!.. Loft Bldg. 11 38 568 76 .20 7.5 3 :r I'D Office Bldg. 11 30 57 .15 7.5 III Residence 57 57 11 38 95 284 38 11 189 57 .30 10 4 YMCA 114 114 45 76 114 379 76 11 38 757 76 .30 * * AlI-Day Restaurant Per $1.00 meal 8L per meal 6L per meal 15 10 2-Meal Hand Machine :JIro Restaurant Per $2.00 meal 6Lper meal 9L per meal 10 4 ~ ~ I-Meal Dishwashing Dishwashing t'D :::J Restaurant Per $3.00 meal 4Lper mea] 17L per meal 5 3 a.. ;:C. Hospital 303 to 379 L per day per bed Must be figured Ut t'D Garage 189 L of 32°C water per car washed individually < ;:r t'D ~ .... t'D "'" ::c - <» W t'D .... Q,) :i' OQ Appendix I Service Water Heating a J5217: 1994 Table 1-3 a) Maximum hourly demand (D mh ), Litres (Th1. Hourly Heater Capacity Baths [47 apts x 57 (from Col. 2)] =2679 (From Average Daily Hot Water Consumption) Wash Basins [47 x 11 (from Col. 9)] 517 Sinks [47 x38 (from Col. 5)] = 1786 Type Indirect Direct-Fired of Surface Heater Mu1ti-Coil Heater Dishwashers [47 x 57 (from Col. 3)] = 2679 Maximum hourly consumption Installation Submerged, Intermittent Steady Operation 2679 + 517 + 1786 + 2679 Operation == 7661 Maximum hourly demand (Dmh) Minimum 5.0% 10% = 7661 x 0.20 (from Col. 13) Average 7.5% 15% == 1532 Generous 10.0% 20% b) Average daily consumption, Litres (Table 1-3) max. hourly demand x factor (from Col. 14) 1532 x 10 = 15320 Storage should be provided to take care of all reason- able peak loads. Additional capacity should be allowed c) Hourly capacity of heater (H hc )' Litres (Table 1-2). in the cases where two or more peaks come close to- Assume an average installation. Table 1-2 indicates gether and sufficient time does not elapse for the heater that 7.5% of average daily consumption is suitable. to warm up the tank water. In order to prevent the in- Thus: coming water from lowering the temperature of the tank == 15320 x 7.5% (or 0.075) 1149 water too much, the capacity obtained by the above calculations should be increased by 1/3. d) Capacity of storage tank (Ct), Litres (Table 2). Since information to construct a demand curve has Where it is not possible to plot a demand curve the fol- not been supplied for the example, use Eq. I-1. Ob- lowing rule may be used: tank capacity, in L, equals tain the length ofthe peak demand period (Lpd ), in the length of peak demand, in hours, per Eq. 1-1. hours, from column 15 of Table 1-2. The value Eq. I-I obtained is 4 hours. The maximum hourly capac- ity of the heater (Hhc) has just been determi ned im- where, mediately above. Thus, from Eq. I-I: Ct == Capacity of the storage tank, in L. Ct == 1.33 x Lpd x (Drub - H hc) Lpd Length of peak demand, in hr. == 1.33 x 4 x (1532 - 1149) Drub Maximum hourly demand, in L. 2043 L Hourly heater capacity, in L. Dimensions for a suitable tank may be selected from 3.2 Example of Calculating Heater and Table 1-4. Storage Tank Capacities An apartment house contains 47 apartments. In each 4 Equipment Efficiencies of these there is a bath, wash-basin, kitchen sink, and dishwasher. The following are calculations that use data 4.1 Minimum Efficiencies from Tables I-I, 1-2, and 1-3 to determine the maxi- mum hourly demand, average daily hot water consump- EEBC-94 Table 9-1 lists the minimum efficiencies re- tion, capacity of an indirect heater, and capacity of the quired for various classifications of water heating equip- storage tank. ment. There are two types of efficiency requirements: a minimum heater efficiency and a maximum standby loss. 184 Jamaica National Building Code: Volume 2 (December 1995) JS 217: 1994 Appendix I - Service Water Heating Table 1-4 1) Hot water heaters of different sizes and insula- Capacity of Storage Tanks tion have different standby losses. 2) A properly designed, sized and insulated distri- (Number of L per m of Length) bution system is necessary to deliver minimum water temperatures satisfactorily for the uses Diametermm Capacity L served. 450 50.0 3) Heat traps between recirculating mains and in- 500 61.7 frequently used branch lines will reduce convec- 600 89.0 tion losses to these lines. 750 138.9 4) Control of circulating pumps to operate only as 900 198 needed to maintain proper temperature at the end 1050 272.5 of the main line, will reduce losses on return 1200 355.8 lines. 1350 450.5 5) Provision for shutdown of circulators during 1500 556.1 building vacancy reduces circulation losses. 1650 672.7 6) Provide and maintain adequate flow and tem- perature devices to all sizes and types of hot water service systems. Data that can be used to support compliance includes It is recommended that the standard rating conditions data from recognized certification programs or from and minimum performance of water heating equipment equipment manufacturers. The compliance with the listed in the EEBC be further refined for application to minimum heater efficiencies is straightforward, from Jamaican conditions. EEBC Table 9-1. The following efficiency factors should be considered, in complying with the specifica- Compliance with the standby loss requirements includes tions in the table: several exceptions, and is covered in the next section, below. a) Recovery Efficiency is the heat absorbed by wa- ter divided by heat input to the heating unit, dur- ing the period that water temperature is raised from 4.2 Calculating Heat Losses From Tanks inlet temperature to final temperature, using To comply with the EEBC-94 requirements for standby (Tr Tj)fff x 100. losses from storage tanks, one must determine that the b) Thermal Efficiency is the heat in the water deliv- loss is less than the requirement listed for the specific ered as the heater outlet divided by the heat input standby situation listed in EEBC Table 9-1. of the heater unit over a specific period. c) Energy Factor is a measure of the overall effi- An exception applies to large storage water heaters and ciency of a storage water heater representing heat unfired storage tanks because of difficulties in using in the daily delivered water divided by the estimated standard test procedures to large storage systems. There- daily energy consumption of the water heater (A fore, the standby loss requirement does not apply to USDOE test procedure may be used to determine units without a standing pilot light that are over 530 this factor). litres capacity and have insulation ofR-2.2 or more cov- d) Hot water Distribution Efficiency is the heat con- ering the tank surface. tained in the hot water at point of use divided by the heat input to the heater at a given flow rate. It is possible to have standby losses much lower than e) Overall Efficiency is the heat in the water deliv- those required by the EEBC. The following material ered at point of use divided by the heat supplied to assists the user to calculate tank heat losses, and to esti- the heater for any selected closed time period. The mate tank insulation requirements for various levels of critical design considerations are: losses. Jamaica Energy Efficiency Building Code (EEBC-94) - Compliance Guidelines [1-lJ 185 Appendix I Service Water Heating u JS 217: 1994 Steps 1 to 4 below enable the user to determine the base and top. This type of problem is easiest to calculate on case heat losses per m 2 of tank surface and the annual a heat flux basis, i.e. heat loss per square metre per hour. energy consumption for a base case tank condition. Steps On the average, the original base case heat flux is: 5 to 8 below permit calculation of the tank insulation R-value needed to obtain a desired reduction in heat Eq.I-8 losses. After the process is described, an example cal- where, culation is performed for a 3 m diameter by 5 m tall tank. Base Case average heat flux, W/m2. Step 1: Calculate the area of the walls and top of the tank from equations 1-2 and 1-3: and, the calculation of the desired average heat flux (qdesired) through the surface of the tank can be obtained 1\",= :rr; DR Eq.I-2 from equation 1-9: ~ = :rr; D2/4 Eg.I-3 (1 % reduction) Eq.I-9 qdesired where, Step 6: Determine insulation amount required to achieve this result by determining the new heat transfer coeffi- 1\", Area of walls of tank, m2• cients (he) related to qdesired' from Table I-?, and then ~ Area oftop of tank, m2. converting the he values to insulation R-values for tank D Diameter of tank, in metres. walls and top respectively via equations 1-10 and 1-11: H Height of tank, in metres. Rfw 1-10 Step 2: Calculate the heat loss from the tank walls and Eq.I-11 top from equations 1-4 and 1-5: The insulation to be added can be determined as the Ow = hcwA(Tr TA) Eq.I-4 difference between the film resistances just determined 0 1 = hctA(TT- TA) Eg.I-5 above in Eq. 1-12 and 1-13 and the total thermal resis- tance of the tank. where, Step 7: Determine the total thermal resistance of the Heat loss from walls and top of tank, respectively, inW. tank from: Heat Joss coefficient for walls and top of tank, re- gdesired (TT + TA) / Rtotal Eq.I-12 spectively, W/m2 • K. or Temperature within the tank, oc. Temperature of the air outside the tank, oc. (TT + T A) / gdesired Eq.I-13 Step 8: The R-values of insulation to be added to the Step 3: Calculate the total annual heat loss from equa- walls and top of the tank, respectively, will be the dif- tion 1-6: ferences between the total resistance of the tank minus the film resistances for walls (Rfw) and top (Rft): o ; ;: (Ow + Ot) x 8760 hr/yr Eq.I-6 1-14 Step 4: Annual energy consumption can be estimated by dividing the total heat loss (0) by the system effi- ~jns Eq. 1-15 ciency (Seff), per equation 1-7: Summary and further calculations: The above pro- Eq.I-7 cess results in determination of base case tank losses and energy use, plus estimated R-value of insulation Step 5: Choose a desirable percentage loss reduction, needed to achieve a desired reduction in heat loss. Us- and estimate the combined reduction through tank walls 186 [1-8J Jamaica National Building Code: Volume 2 (December 1995) JS 217: 1994 Appendix I - Service Water Heating ing the results above, one can also calculate the revised = 2.23 x 104 W annual energy consumption, and the savings in annual energy cost from the added tank insulation. By com- From the top ofthe tank, he can be found again by inter- paring this with the cost of the insulation, the payback polation to be: period for the added insulation can be determined. he = 12.50 W / m2 • K Heat loss from the tank top is: 4.3 Example .. Storage Tank Heat Losses Qt = (Tr TA) An uninsulated hot water tank is kept at 66 °C (339 K) 12.50 W/m 2 • K x 7 m2 x 42 K via steam coils inside the tank. If the tank is 3 m in diameter by 5 m tall, how much energy is lost from the 3.68 x 103 W wal1s and top of the tank each year? What R value of Total heat loss per year, using Eq. 1-6, is: insulation would be required to eliminate 95% of this heat loss? Assume an average ambient temperature of Q = (Q w + Qt) x 8760 hr/yr 24°C. = (2.23 x 10 4 + 3.68 x 103) W x 8760 hr/yr The solution uses ASHRAE Table 2, heat transfer sec- = 8.19 x 1011 J/yr tion. Heat loss from the walls is found by using the fig- ures for vertical surfaces near the bottom of the chart. Note that for a steam heated system with an 80% effi- Losses from the tank top are calculated using the fig- cient boiler and distribution system, that Eq. 1-7 can be ures for horizontal surfaces facing upward, directly be- used to determine annual fuel usage for the loss: low the vertical surfaces row. Eb Q / Seff The area of the walls and top of the tank are determined 8.19 x 1011 J/yr 10.80 from equations (1-2) and (1-3) above: 1.0 x 10 12 J/yr in fuel usage. 1\.:= Jt DH In order to reduce heat losses by the heat loss 3.14 x 3 m x 5 m from the walls must be cut to 5% of its original value. This type of problem is easiest to calculate on a heat 47m 2 flux basis, i.e. heat loss per square metre per hour. On ~ = Jt D2/4 the average, the original heat flux from Eq. 1-8: 3.14 x 32 /4 7 m2 qb = (Q w + Qt) / (Aw + At) The temperature difference between the tank walls and ::: 2.23xl04 + 3.67x10 3) / (47 + 7) the air is 42 °C. The convective heat transfer coeffi- = 481 W/m 2 cient is found by interpolating between the figure for The desired condition is to reduce this figure to 5% of 27.8 °C and 56.6 °C temperature difference (~T) from that, or from Eq. 1-9: the table. qdesired qb X (1 % reduction) At AT 27.8 DC, he 10.45 WI m 2 • K. 481 W/m2 x (1-0.05) At AT 55.6 DC, he 10.45 W / m 2 • K 24.1 W/m2 Therefore, for our case, Note from the table that as the temperature difference between the tank and the ambient air decreases, so does he = 11.30 W 1 m2 • K the heat transfer coefficient, he' If insulation is added, Heat loss from the walls will be: the surface temperature of the insulation will be nearly that of the ambient air. If a very precise answer were Qw = heA (Tr TA) required, we could use an interactive process to deter- = 11.30 W/m2 • K x 47 m 2 x 42 K mine the exact equilibrium conditions. Such precision Jamaica Energy Efficiency Building Code (EEBC-94) - Compliance Guidelines [1-9J 187 Appendix I - Service Water Heating J5217: 1994 is not warranted here. We will arrive at a conservative estimate for insulation thickness by simply using the he 5 Piping Insulation figures for (TT - T A ) = 10°C from the table. EEBC-94 section 9.4.3 specifies minimum piping in- sulation levels for both circulating and non-circulating These coefficients translate into R values of: systems. That section refers to EEBC Table 7-3 in the Rfw 11 hew VAC section of the EEBC. That table lists minimum 1/10.45 insulation thicknesses both for service water systems and for chilled water systems intended for space cool- 0.10 m2 • K/W ing. The portion of EEBC Table 7-3 that pertains to Rft 11 h et service water systems is reproduced here for reference. 1/11.53 Insulation thicknesses in EEBC Table 7-3 are based on 0.09 m2 • K/W insulation with thermal conductivities within the range listed for each fluid operating temperature range, rated The total thermal resistance required can be found by in accordance with ASTM C 335-84 at the mean tem- using 1-13 so that for the tank in question: perature listed in the table. For insulation that has a Rlotal = (TT + TA>l qdesired conductivity outside the range shown for the applicable 42 oK/24.1 W/m2 fluid operating temperature range at the mean rating temperature shown, when rounded to the nearest The insulation that must be added is the difference be- 0.00144 W/(m 2·K), the minimum thicknesses shall be tween Rtotal and the film resistances found above, or determined by the following equation: from Eqs. 1-14 and 1-15: ~ins::: RtotaJ - Rfw EEBC Table 7-3 (partial) 1.7 0.1 Mininlum Insulation Thicknessa,b, mnl, 1.60 m2 • K/w for Various Pipe Sizes R tins R total - Rft 1.7 - 0.09 Fluid Run- Pipe Diameter, mm 1.61 m 2 .. K/W Temp. outs Less 31.8 63.5 127.0 More Range to than to to to than The proper insulation level to achieve a 95% reduction °C 51.0 25.4 51.0 101.6 152.4 203.2 in heat loss to the atmosphere is thus approximately R = 1.6 m 2 • K/W. Domestic and Service Hot Water Systemsc In making a recommendation to a building owner, the 40.6+ 12.7 25.4 25.4 38.1 38.1 38.1 normal procedure would be to consider what standard thickness of an appropriate type of insulation met or Notes: exceeded this resistance value. Note that the level of 1) For minimum thicknesses of alternative insulation types, 95% loss reduction was chosen arbitrarily for the ex- see text below discussing EEBC Eq. 7-3. ample. Depending on the cost of fuel to service water 2) Insulation thicknesses, mm, in the table are based on heating system, and the cost of insulation, a lower level insulation having thermal resistance in the range of 0.028 of insulation might provide a better return on invest- to 0.032 m2 - oCI W-mm on a flat surface at a mean tem- ment. In calculating the optimum economic level of perature of 24 C. Minimum insulation thickness shall be increased for materials having R va] ues less than 0.028 insulation, curves are generally drawn which balance m 2 - oCI W-mm or may be reduced for materials having the cost of insulation against the value of the fuel saved R values greater than 0.032 m2_oC/W-mm. over the projected life of the insulation. 3) Applies to recirculating sections of service or domestic hot water systems and to first 2.4 m from storage tank for non-recirculating systems. 188 [I-I OJ Jamaica National Building Code: Volume 2 (December 1995) JS 217: 1994 Appendix I - Service Water Heating T PR[(1 + tIPR)K!k 1] EEBC Eq. (7-1) Beff Estimated boiler efficiency. HV Heating Value offuel, J/L. See Table I-? Where T minimum insulation thickness for material with con- Step 4: For the base case, estimate the annual energy ductivity K, mm. cost. PR pipe actual outside radius, mm. Eq.I-17 insulation thickness from the table, mm. where, K conductivity of alternate material at the mean rating temperature indicated in the table for the applicable Base Case annual energy cost, J$. fluid temperature range, W/(m2X). Cost per unit of fuel, either in J$ or in US$. k the lower value of the conductivity range listed in Step 5: Estimate the amount of insulation (1) to add to the table for the applicable fluid temperature range, W/(m 2·K). piping, in mm. This becomes the Revised Case. Table 1-5 shows the heat conductivity of various pipe Step 6: Next, for the Revised Case calculate the an- insulting materials, for possible application to EEBC nual fuel consumption and cost in a similar fashion to Eq.7-1. the Base Case, namely: Er (L x Xr x H) / (Beff x HV) Eq.I-18 5.1 Energy Savings from Piping where, Insulation, a Calculation Procedure Er Revised Case annual fuel consumption, L/Yr. While the EEBC specifies minimum levels of insula- Xr Revised Case heat loss per metre of pipe, W. To de- tion, increased insulation levels might be cost-effective, rive, use the nomograph (Figures I-la and I-lb) to given hours of use and fuel costs. The following pages determine the heat loss per metre of pipe. detail a procedure for calculating energy savings for increased insulation levels, and reference various insu- Step 7: Likewise, for the Revised Case determine the lating materials and conductivity (k) values. A calcula- annual energy cost, Cr in either J$ or US$ (consistent tion procedure for determining these factors is as fol- with step 4 above), using: lows: Eq.I-19 Step 1: Verify that pipe is insulated (yes or no). Step 8: Energy Savings (Es), in L/Yr, is then determined Step 2: Determine hot water temperature for the appli- from: cation, in DC. Eq.I-20 Step 3: For the Base Case, estimate annual fuel con- sumption using the following equation: Es = Savings in annual fuel consumption for the Revised = (L X Xb x H) I (Beff x HV) Eq. 1-16 Case compared with the Base Case, L/Y r. where, Step 9: Finally, annual cost savings (Cs ), in either J$ or US$ (consistent with steps 4 and 7 above), is deter- Eb Base Case annual fuel consumption, L/Yr. mined from: L length (L) of hot water piping from the drawings, in metres. Eq.I-21 Base Case heat loss per metre of pipe, W. To derive, use the nomograph (Figures I-la and I-lb at end of 5.2 Piping Insulation Exanlple this Appendix on pages 1-14 and 1-15) to determine the heat loss per metre of pipe. The following is an examp1e of the process just de- H hours per year that pipe is hot, hr/yr. scribed. A typical building operates a hot water circu- Jamaica Energy Efficiency Building Code (EEBC-94) - Compliance Guidelines [1-1 IJ 189 Appendix I - Service Water Heating JS 217: 1994 Table 1-5 Heat Conductivity Of Pipe Insulating Materials (Values to be used in the absence of specific data for the exact material and brand name used) Mean Temperature, " C Insulation Appr. Appr. 38 93 149 204 260 316 371 427 Type Use Density Range"C Kg/m3 Conductivity, k W/m-K x 10-1 85% Magnesia 316 176 .50 .55 .61 .66 Laminated Asbestos 317 480 .58 .65 .72 .79 4-ply Corrugated Asbestos 149 192 .82 .89 Molded Asbestos 538 256 .48 .55 .62 .69 .76 .84 Mineral Fibre, * Wire-reinforced 538 160 .42 .50 .61 .71 .81 .91 Diatomaceous Silica 871 352 .92 .95 .98 1.01 1.04 Calcium Silicate 649 176 .46 .53 .61 .66 .74 .81 Mineral Fibre, Molded 177 144 .37 .45 .56 Mineral Fibre, * Fine Fibre, molded 177 48 .33 .39 .45 Wool Felt 107 320 .48 .53 Values of k The thermal conductivity k for specific insulations is available from manufacturers and it is suggested that calculations be based on data which apply to the material and brand name of the insulation to be used. In the absence of such data, Table 1 is included as a rough guide. Mean temperatures in Table 1 are arithmetic means between the inside surface and outside surface of insulation. lating system which requires the pipe lines to be con- H 8760 hr/yr. (hours per year that pipe is hot). = tinuously maintained hot (H 8760 hrfyr). There is a Beff = 0.80 (Estimated boiler efficiency). total of 1524 m of hot water piping in this building, of HV = 4.94 X 10 7 J/L (the Heating Value of fuel). an average diameter size of 38 mm. The hot water sup- ply temperature is 60°C. The boiler used as the heat- and solving the equation yields the following base case ing source is considered to have an efficiency (Beff) of annual fuel consumption: 80%, the fuel is #2 oil, and the cost per litre of #2 oil (L X Xb x H) / (B eff X HV) (Cf ) is J$ 2.20 fL. (1524 m x 3.17 x 105 Jim x 8760 hr) In step 3 or the procedure the values for equation 1-16 I (0.80 x 4.94 x 107 J/L) are for this example: (4.23 x 1012 J/yr) I (3.95 x 10 7 J/L) L 1524 m. 134,264 Liyr Xb 3.17 x 105 Jim (the Base Case heat loss per metre of pipe, from nomograph 1-1a) 190 [1-12J Jamaica National Building Code: Volume 2 (December 1995) JS 217: 1994 Appendix I - Service Water Heating Step 4 of the procedure determines the annual energy :::: J$ 246,429 Iyr cost for the Base Case example. Since the value for Eb has just been derived immediately above, and the cost per litre of #2 oil (Cf)is J$ 2.20 /L, then equation -- may 6 Solar Energy Alternative be solved directly as: During the past decade, considerable effort has gone Cfx into the development and use of solar energy for heat- == J$ 2.20 IL x 134,264 Llyr and cooling. The performance of solar heating and cooling systems, however, has not been totally satisfac- J$ 295,381 Iyr tory except in the area of water heating. Even in this Step 5 of the procedure involves determining the amount area its use has been confined to low temperature heat- of insulation (I) to add to piping, in mm. This becomes ing. However, some new higher-temperature systems the Revised Case. Various thicknesses of insulation were are being employed in the Caribbean area that are using considered to reduce heat losses consistent with invest- several tanks in series, with each tank oriented verti- ment cost. For the example, a 25 mm thick fiberglass cally to produce high temperatures from the last tank in insulation was chosen for the 38 mm diameter pipe. the series. In Step 6 of the procedure, a revised heat loss for the It is desirable to consider the use of solar energy for pipe (Xr ) is determined in order to calculate a revised service water heating within this energy building code. annual fuel consumption (Er). From the nomograph (Fig. However, the EEBC does not, at this point, contain re- I-1a), the revised heat losses (Xr ) will be reduced to quirements for the use of solar energy usage. 5.27 x 104 J/hr per metre of pipe .. Using this value in In order to assess the performance of a solar energy sys- equation 1-18 yields an annual fuel consumption of: tem, two performance measures must be used: 1) the Er == (L x Xr x H) I (Beff x HV) percent solar and 2) the system's efficiency. 1524 m x 5.27 x 104 Jim x 8760 hr) I (0.80 x 4.94 x UP IlL) 7 Operation and Management 22,251 Llyr Energy consumption management requires the imple- In Step 7, the annual energy cost for the Revised Case mentation of the various guidelines as laid down by these is: codes for the various energy input to the buildings. AJI potential areas for heat loss must be constantly moni- Cr xEr tored. AJI heat transfer surfaces and systems must be J$ 2.20 IL x 22,251 Llyr maintained to the level indicated in these guidelines. I$ 48,951 Iyr In the final two steps of the procedure, the annual fuel consumption and annual fuel costs of the Revised Case are compared with those of the Base Case to derive the annual savings. In Step 8, the annual savings in fuel consumption in L/yr, is: Es== E b - Er 134,264 Llyr 22,251 Llyr 112,013 Finally, in Step 9 the annual cost savings (C s ), in J$, is: I$ 295,381 /yr - I$ 48,951 /yr Jamaica Energy Efficiency Building Code (EEBC-94) - Compliance Guidelines [1-13J 191 Appendix I - Service Water Heating JS 217: 1994 219 195 170 Water Temperature, DC 146 82° S 71° (/) (/) 122 0 60° ......I ~ 98 ro (1) I 73 49 24 0 12.5 18.8 E 25 E (1) N 31.3 C/) Q) c- 37.5 o: 50 None 62.5 75 Figure I-la: Heating - Heat Loss Nomograph for Various Pipe Sizes 192 [1-14J Jamaica National Building Code: Volume 2 (December 1995) JS 217: 1994 Appendix I - Service Water Heating 586 488 Water Temperature, DC 0 177 391 0 149 S 0 (IJ 121 (IJ 293 0 -I 93 0 ....... co Q) I 195 98 0 12.5 18.8 E 25 E Q) N 31.3 U5 Q) a. 37.5 CL 50 None 62.5 75 Figure I-lb: Heating - Heat Loss Nomograph for Various Pipe Sizes Jamaica Energy Efficiency Building Code (EEBC-94) - Compliance Guidelines [1-15J 193 Appendix 1- Service Water Heating JS 217: 1994 This page is intentionally blank. 194 Jamaica National Building Code: Volume 2 (December 1995) JS 217: 1994 Appendix J- Operations and Maintenance Appendix/: Operations and Maintenance (OIM) Contents of this Appendix However, the EEBC does not contain specific require- mentsfor how the building should actually be oper- 1 Introduction ..................................................... J-l ated and maintained. It is the intention of this appen- 2 Maintenance Responsibility and Management Con- dix to offer some assistance to building owners and/or trol ................................................................... J-2 operators concerning the importance of proper op- erations and of good maintenance. These are two 3 Need for Training in O&M Practices critical factors in the quest for effective energy man- for Buildings .................................................... J-3 agement. 4 O&M Support Services ................................... J-3 Introduction Commentary on this Appendix For basic O&M objectives to be achieved for a building, a professional programme of energy management should The Energy Efficiency Building Code (EEBC) is in- be put into place. The key to the success is team work. tended to reduce the use of energy in commercial and It is strongly recommended that the O&M energy man- institutional buildings. The EEBC focuses primarily agement team for a building include the following: on requirements for a building's design. A building's planning, design and construction can be accom- a) The energy coordinator, the operations and plished to assure that the building, as turned over to maintenance foreman and the utility clerk; the owner, has the potential to offer both the comfort b) The representative of the principal fuel supplier level and the energy efficiency indicated by the EEBC. (for most buildings, this will be the electric utility); The EEBC contains several design requirements to c) The principal building occupant and end user; assist in proper building operation and maintenance d) The use of the appropriate consultants and/or (O&M). For example, ventilating and air-condition- contractor must be involved at the earliest possible ing (VAC) vendors are required to provide informa c in the building's energy management tion to owners about proper operation and perfor- programme. mance of equipment and systems (see EEBC sections 8.4.7 and 8.4.8). Also, new buildings are required to For smaller buildings, one person may accomplish sev- contain adequate capabilities for being monitored eral of the functions just listed above. This professional relative to their energy consumption (See EEBC sec- approach should extend to all new buildings, as well as tion 11). to an building retrofits and equipment replacements. Much benefit can be derived by having as much coordi- nation between the design of the building and operation Jamaica Energy Efficiency Building Code (EEBC-94) Compliance Guidelines O-IJ 195 Appendix J~ Operations and Maintenance JS 217: 1994 and maintenance of the building. This interaction will tion has caused degradation below the specified perfor- help give the building designers direct feedback as to mance. how the next building might actually work. For the O&M programme to be effective, the building The building's management and operating personnel management must be willing to commit the necessary should be fully cognizant of the provisions of the basic financial support. In this context, both current and EEBC code. They should recognize that energy con- future plans for renovations and or expansion of the sumption is inextricably linked to proper operation and building should be determined and budgeted accord- maintenance, and should understand that a holistic ap- ingly. proach to energy management is necessary. The energy management programme should have several key com- ponents, including the establishment of proper data 2 Maintenance Responsibility collection, metering and logging of building operation and Management Control and performance, and establishing and maintaining a schedule of physical survey of the entire building. A major consideration with regards to building is whether the building is tenanted or owner-occupied. This has Building conditions and energy use levels should be direct impacts on the allocation of maintenance funds. monitored routinely, including all fixtures and energy Usually the responsibility for O&M in Jamaica falls saving devices. Deviations from efficient conditions under one of the following headings: should be determined and corrected quickly. All meter- ing devices should be kept in functional order and a) The operator is the owner, who has direct proper communication channels should be established responsibility for maintenance; or, between the various decision-makers. b) The operator is a tenant, who assumes no responsibility for maintenance. Operational personnel and supervisors should be trained In Jamaica, in either case, repair and maintenance is and an educational programme maintained to acquaint usually carried out by private contractors. building occupants with energy-efficient operational procedures and goals. Also, a new trend is developing in Jamaica. The larger property owners are now using property management Obviousl y, good housekeeping is of utmost importance, companies to perform all the necessary servicing and and it can save substantial energy. Cleaning of build- maintenance for the categories of buildings falling ings, grounds, windows, shadings, walls and roofs would under this code. This is a positive development, but be included here. Operation, maintenance and repair of every effort must be made to assure that these companies air conditioning, ventilation system and equipment is incorporate energy-efficient methods as part of their also crucial. Consideration must be given also to the servicing and maintenance practices. operation, maintenance and repairs of lighting, power, and elevator systems. Maintenance and repairs of build- The management team generated to oversee the opera- ing structure, incl uding interior and exterior walls, door, tion and maintenance of each building will differ in covering, painting and decoration all form part of the terms of site and groupings. Proper supervision is the basic O&M practice. key to success or failure of the entire building manage- ment operation. The most effective methods, efficient Preventative maintenance should be emphasized in or- equipment and thorough training will not produce satis- der to keep a building and its equipment in satisfactory factory results unless they are accompanied by adequate operational condition by providing system inspection, and competent supervision. detection and prevention of incipient failures, overhaul, lubrication, calibration, etc. This will reduce the need Jamaica's rating in O&M management skills is fairly for corrective maintenance, which must be performed to low, and for energy efficiency bui 1ding O&M to become restore an item to satisfactory condition after a malfunc- widespread, an attitudinal change must be achieved. 196 0-2J Jamaica National Building Code: Volume 2 (December 1995) JS 217: 1994 Appendix J - Operations and Maintenance The main vehicle for this will be job training for building able. Factors involved include: manpower utilization; management and employees. Training courses should spare parts; necessary tools and test equipment; contrac- be developed, based on operating hand books, and tor services; and, support facilities. Currently, very few circulated to all concerned so that uniform information local organizations would possess all the necessary is available nationally. resources to perform a comprehensive O&M programme. Generally, however, they should be able to perform 3 Need for Training in O&M adequate trouble shooting, plus some of the other ser- vices. In choosing an external (contractor) maintenance Practices for Buildings organization, it is very important that management as- certain the services mix and the reliability level of the From an energy efficiency view point, it is necessary that organizations being considered. the maintenance manager pay particular attention to interior and exterior deterioration. One approach to achieve this is to establish suitable preventative mainte- nance programs that emphasize cost-effective mainte- nance levels. Having identified the elements that will offer a better contribution to energy efficiency, the maintenance cycle must be tailored to suit. Although there is considerable historical knowledge available indicating the benefits of proper O&M for buildings, such knowledge is not being properly utilized by the local Jamaican building industry. There are several causes for this situation. First, only a few Jamaican organizations now possess the technical skills needed to assess the costs and benefits of energy- efficient building operations and preventative mainte- nance programs. However, rising energy prices are helping to expand the local market for such skills. Second, building owners and operators lack under- standing of capital investment strategies concerning energy-efficiency practices. The level of knowledge required to implement satisfactory O&M programmes is not readily available within the local building main- tenance practice. Because of the low level of O&M practice associated with the local building management program, technical assistance should be offered to raise skill levels. This technical training should address the proper use and maintenance of controls, metering instruments and the art of monitoring buildings for energy efficiency. 4 O&M Support Services As part of establishing an O&M program, a building owner should determine what support services are avail- Jamaica Energy Efficiency Building Code (EEBC-94) - Compliance Guidelines 197 Appendix J - Operations and Maintenance JS 217: 1994 This page is intentionally blank. 198 Jamaica National Building Code: Volume 2 (December 1995) JS 117: 1994 Appendix K - Definitions AppendixK: Definitions, Abbreviations, Acronyms and Symbols area factor (AF): a multiplying factor which adjusts the Commentary unit power density (UPD) for spaces of various sizes to accountforthe impact of room configuration on lighting The purpose of this Appendix is to define terms, power utilization. abbreviations, acronyms, and symbols which are used throughout both the Energy Efficiency Build- area of the space (A): the horizontal lighted area of a ing Code (EEBC) and these Guidelines to the given space measured from the inside of the perimeter EEBC. The intent is to enable users of these walls or partitions, at the height of the working surface. documents to fully understand the context in which these terms, abbreviations, acronyms, and sym- automatic: self-acting, operating by its own mecha- bols are used. nism when actuated by some impersonal influence, such as, a change in current strength, pressure, temperature or mechanical configuration. (See also manual.) B Definitions ballast: a device used to obtain the necessary circuit conditions (voltage, current, and wave form) for starting A and operating an electric-discharge lamp. accessible (as applied to equipment): admitting close approach; not guarded by locked doors, elevation, or ballast efficacy factor - fluorescent (BEF): the ratio other effective means. (See also readily accessible.) of the relative light output expressed as a percent to the power input in watts, at specified test conditions. adjusted lighting power: lighting power, ascribed to a luminaire(s) that has been reduced by deducting a light- ballast factor (BF): the ratio of a commercial ballast ing power control credit based on use of an automatic lamp lumens to a reference ballast lamp lumens, used to control device(s). correct the lamp lumen output from rated to actual. annual fuel utilization efficiency (AFUE): the ratio of building: any new structure to be constructed that annual output energy to annual input energy which includes provision for any of the following or any includes any non-heating season pilot input loss. combination of the following: a space heating system, a space cooling system, or a service water heating system. air conditioning, comfort: treating air to control its temperature, relative humidity, cleanliness, and distri- building energy cost:the computed annual energy cost bution to meet the comfort requirements of the occu- of all purchased energy for the building, calculated pants of the conditioned space. Some air conditioners using the methods of Section 12 of this code. may not accomplish all of these controls. Jamaica Energy Efficiency Building Code (EEBC-94) - Compliance Guidelines [K-IJ 199 Appendix K - Definitions JS 217: 1994 building envelope: the elements of a building that c enclose conditioned spaces through which thermal en- check metering: measurement instrumentation for the ergy may be transferred to or from the exterior or to or supplementary monitoring of energy consumption (elec- from unconditioned spaces. tric, gas, oil, etc.) to isolate the various categories of energy use to permit conservation and control, in addi- building type: the classification of a building by usage tion to the revenue metering furnished by the utility. as follows: coefficient of performance (COP) - cooling: the a. assembly: a building or structure for the gather- ratio of the rate of heat removal to the rate of energy ing together of persons, such as auditoriums, input in consistent units, for a complete cooling system churches, dance halls, gymnasiums, theaters, or factory assembled equipment, as tested under a museums, passenger depots, sports facilities, and nationally recognized standard or designated operating public assembly halls conditions. b. health and institutional: a building or structure for the purpose of providing medical treatment, coefficient of performance (CO P), heat pump- heat- confinement or care, and sleeping facilities such ing: the ratio of the rate of heat delivered to the rate of as hospitals, sanitariums, clinics, orphanages, energy input, in consistent units, for a complete heat nursing homes, mental institutions, reformato- pump system under designated operating conditions. ries, jails, and prisons combined thermal transmittance values (U o): see c. hotel or motel: a building or structure for tran- thermal transmittance, overall. sient occupancy, such as resorts, hotels, motels, barracks, or dormitories conditioned floor area: the area of the conditioned space measured at floor level from the interior surfaces d. multifamily: a building or structure containing of the walls. three or more dwelling units (see dwelling units) e. office (business): a building or structure for conditioned space: a cooled space, heated space, or office, professional, or service type transactions; indirectly conditioned space. such as medical offices, banks, libraries, and governmental office buildings connected lighting power (CLP): the power required to energize luminaires and lamps connected to the f. restaurant: a building or a structure for the building electrical service, in Watts. consumption of food or drink, including fast food, coffee shops, cafeterias, bars, and restau- control loop, local: a control system consisting of a rants sensor, a controller, and a controlled device. g. retail (mercantile): a building or structure for control points: the quantity of equivalent ON or OFF the display and sale (wholesale or retail) of switches ascribed to a device used for controlling the merchandise such as shopping malls, food mar- light output of a luminaire(s) or lamp(s). kets, auto dealerships, department stores, and specialty shops (see also retail establishments) cooled space: an enclosed space within a building that is cooled by a cooling system whose sensible heat h. school (educational): a building or structure for capacity: the purpose of instruction such as schools, col- leges, universities, and academies a. Exceeds 15.76 W/m2 or 1. warehouse (storage): a building or structure for b. Is capable of maintaining space dry bulb tem- storage, such as aircraft hangers, garages, ware- perature of 30 °C or less at design cooling houses, storage buildings, and freight depots conditions. 200 [K-2] Jamaica National Building Code: Volume 2 (December 1995) J5217: 1994 Appendix K- Definitions D design energy consumption (DECON): the computed daylighted space: the space bounded by vertical planes annual energy usage of a proposed building design. rising from the boundaries of the daylighted area on the floor to the above floor or roof. design energy costs (DECOS): the computed annual energy expenditure of a proposed building design. daylighted zone: dwelling unit: a single housekeeping unit comprised of a. under skylights: the area under each skylight one or more rooms providing complete independent whose horizontal dimension in each direction is living facilities for one or more persons including per- equal to the sky light dimension in that direction manent provisions for living, sleeping, eating, cooking, plus either the floor to ceiling height or the and sanitation. dimension to an opaque partition, or one-half the distance to an adjacent skylight or vertical E ing, whichever is least. economizer (air): a ducting arrangement and au tomati c b. at vertical glazing: the area adjacent to vertical control system that allows a cooling supply fan system glazing which receives daylighting from the glaz- to supply outside air to reduce or eliminate the need for ing. For purposes of this definition and unless mechanical refrigeration during mild or cold weather. more detailed daylighting analysis is provided, the day lighting zone depth is assumed to extend economizer (water): a system by which the supply air into the space a distance of 4.6 metres or to the of a cooling system is cooled directly or indirectly or nearest opaque partition, whichever is less. The both by evaporation of water or by other appropriate daylightingzone width is assumed to bethe width fluid (in order to reduce or eliminate the need for of the window plus either 0.61 metres on each mechanical refrigeration). side (the distance to an opaque partition) or one half the distance to an adjacent skylight or verti- efficiency (VAC system): the ratio of the useful energy cal glazing whichever is less. output (at the point of use) to the energy input in consistent units for a designated time period, expressed daylight sensing control (DS): a device that automati- in percent. cally regulates the power input to electric lighting near the fenestration to maintain the desired workplace illu- emergency system (back up system): a system that mination, thus taking advantage of direct or indirect exists for the purpose of operating in the event of fail ure sunlight. of a primary system. default assumption: the value of an input used in a energy: the capability for doing work; having several calculation procedure when a value is not entered by the forms that may be transformed from one to another, such designer. as thermal (heat), mechanical (work), electrical, or chemical. demand (electric): the rate at which electric energy is delivered to or by a system, part of a system, or a piece energy cost: the cost of energy by unit and type of of equipment; expressed in kilowatts, kilovoHamperes, energy as proposed to be supplied to the building at the orothersuitable units at a given instantor averaged over site including variations such as "time of day", "sea- any designated period. sonal" and "rate of usage". design conditions: the exterior and interior environ- energy cost budget (ECB): the maximum allowable mental parameters specified for air-conditioning and computed annual energy expenditure for a proposed electrical design for a facility. building. Jamaica Energy Efficiency Building Code (EEBC-94) Compliance Guidelines [K-3] 201 Appendix K- Definitions JS 217: 1994 energy management system: a control system de- porches and similar spaces, pipe trenches, exterior ter- signed to monitor the environment and the use of energy races or steps, chimneys, roof overhangs, and similar in a facility and to adjust the parametersoflocal control features). loops to conserve energy while maintaining a suitable environment. gross floor area over outside or unconditioned spa- ces: the gross area of a floor assembly separating a energy recovered: see recovered energy. conditioned space from the outdoors or from uncondi- tioned spaces as measured from the exterior faces of enthalpy: a thermodynamic property of a substance exterior walls or from the center line of wans separating defined as the sum of its internal energy plus the quantity buildings. The floor assembly shall be considered to Pv/J, where P is the pressure of the substance, v is its include all floor components through which heat may specific volume, and J is the mechanical equivalent of flow between indoor and outdoor or unconditioned heat, formerly called total heat and heat content. environments. exterior envelope: see building envelope. gross lighted area (GLA): the sum of the total lighted areas of a building measured from the inside of the exterior lighting power allowance (ELPA): the cal- perimeter walls for each floor of the building. culated maximum lighting power allowance for an exte- rior area of a building or facility, in Watts. gross roof area: the gross area of a roof assembly separating a conditioned space from the outdoors or F from unconditioned spaces, measured from the exterior faces of exterior walls or from the centerline of walls fenestration: any light-transmitting section in a build- separating buildings. The roof assembly shall be consid- ing wall or roof. The fenestration includes glazing ered to include all roof or ceiling components through material (which may be glass or plastic), framing (mul- which heat may flow between indoor and outdoor envi- lions, muntins, and dividers) external shading devices, ronments incl uding sky lights but excl uding service open- internal shading devices, and integral (between-glass) ings. shading devices. fenestration area: the total area of fenestration mea- H sured using the rough opening and including the glass or heat: the form of energy that is transferred by virtue of plastic, sash, and frame. a temperature difference or a change in state of a materia1. G gross exterior wall area: the gross area of exterior heat capacity (hc): the amount of heat necessary to raise the temperature of a given mass one degree. walls separating a conditioned space from the outdoors Numerically, the mass multiplied by the specific heat. or from unconditioned spaces as measured on the exte- rior above grade. It consists ofthe opaque wall including humidistat: an automatic control device responsive to between floor spandrels, peripheral edges of flooring, changes in humidity. window areas including sash, and door areas (excluding vents and grills). I gross Door area: the sum of the floor areas of the illuminance: the density of the luminous flux incident conditioned spaces within the building including base- on a surface. It is the quotient of the luminous flux ments, mezzanine and intermediate-floored tiers, and multiplied by the area of the surface when the latter is penthouses of headroom height 2.3 m or greater. It is uniform Iy illuminated. measured from the exterior faces of exterior walls or from the centerline of walls separating buildings (ex- indirectly conditioned space: an enclosed space within cluding covered walkways, open roofed-over areas, the building that is not a cooled space, whose area 202 [K-4] Jamaica National Building Code: Volume 2 (December 1995) JS 217: 1994 Appendix K- Definitions weighted heat transfer coefficient to cooled spaces lighting power control credit (LPCC): a credit ap- exceeds that to the outdoors or to unconditioned spaces; plied to that part of the connected lighting power of a or through which air from cooled spaces is transferred at space which is turned off or dimmed by automatic a rate exceeding three air changes per hour. (See also control devices. It gives the specific value of lighting cooled space and unconditioned space.) Watts to subtract from the connected interior lighting power when establishing compliance with the Interior infiltration: the uncontrolled inward air leakage through Lighting Power Allowance (ILPA). cracks and crevices in any building element and around windows and doors of a building. lumen (1m): unit ofluminous flux. Radiometrically, it is determined from the radiant power. Photometrically, it insolation: the rate of solar energy incident on a unit is the luminous flux emitted within a unit solid angle area with a given orientation. (one steradian) by a point source having a uniform luminous intensity of one candela. integrated part-load value (IPLV): a single number figure of merit based on part-load COP expressing part- lumen maintenance control: a device that senses the load efficiency for air-conditioning and heat pump equip- illumination level and causes an increase or decrease of ment on the basis of weighted operation at various load illuminance to maintain a preset illumination level. capacities for the equipment. luminaire: a complete lighting unit consisting of a lamp interior lighting power allowance (ILPA): the calcu- or lamps together with the parts designed to distribute lated maximum lighting power allowed for an interior the light, to position and protect the lamps, and to space of a building or facility, in Watts. connect the lamps to the power supply. interior unit lighting power allowance - prescrip- M tive: the allotted interior lighting power for each indi- vidual building type, in W/m2. (See EEBC Section 5.5 manual (non-automatic): action requiring personal intervention for its control. As applied to an electric and EEBC Table 5-5.) controller, nonautomatic control does not necessarily interior unit Righting power allowance - system per- imply a manual controller but only that personal inter- formance: the allotted interior lighting power for each vention is necessary (See automatic.) individual space, area or activity in a building, in W/m 2 . (See EEBC Section 5.6 and EEBC Table 5-7.) marked rating: the design load operating conditions of a device as shown by the manufacturer on the nameplate or otherwise marked on the device. J Joule (J): is the work done or the energy expended when motor efficiency, minimum: the minimum efficiency a force of one newton moves the point of application a occurring in a population of motors of the same manu- distance of one metre in the direction of that force. facturer and rating. K motor efficiency, nominal: the median efficiency oc- curring in a popUlation of motors of the same manufac- Kelvin (K): the unit of thermodynamic temperature. It is 1/273.16 of the thermodynamic temperature of the turer and rating. triple point of water. N kilogram (kg): the unit of mass. Newton (N): is the unit of force which when applied to a body having a mass of one kilogram, causes an L acceleration of one metre per second per second in the lighting powt~r budget (LPB): the lighting power, in direction of the force. Watts, allowed for an interior or exterior area or activity. Jamaica Energy !Efficiency Building Code (EEBC-94) - Compliance Guidelines [K-5] 203 Appendix K- Definitions JS 217: 1994 o p opaque areas: all exposed areas of a building envelope packaged terminal air-conditioner (IYfAC): a fac- which enclose conditioned space except fenestration tory-selected wall sleeve and separate unencased com- areas and building service openings such as vents and bination of heating and cooling components, assemblies grilles. or sections (intended for mounting through the waH to serve a single room or zone). It can include heating occupancy sensor: a device that detects the presence or capability by hot water, steam, or electricity. absence of people within an area and causes any combi- nation of lighting, equipment, or appJiances to be ad- packaged terminal heat pump: a PTAC capable of justed accordingly. using the refrigeration system in a reverse cycle or heat pump mode to provide heat ollices, category 1: Enclosed offices, all open plan offices without partitions or with partitions lower than piping: a system for conveying fluids including pipes, lA8m belowtheceiling, where 90% of all workstations valves, strainers, and fittings. are individually enclosed with partitions of at least the height described. plenum: an enclosure that is part of the air handling system and is distinguished by having a very low air offices, category 2: Open plan offices 85 m 2 or larger velocity. A plenum often is formed in part or in total by with partitions 1.15 to 1.48 m below the ceiling, where portions of the building. 90% of aJl work stations are individually enclosed with partitions of at least the height described. Offices less power: in connection with machines, it is the time rate than 85 m 2 shall use category 1. of doing work; in connection with the transmission of energy of all types, it is the rate at which energy is office category 3: large open plan offices 85 m 2 or transmitted, in Watts 0"). larger with partitions higher than 1.15 m below the ceiling, where 90% of all work stations are individually power adjustment factor (PAF): a modifying factor enclosed with partitions of at least the height described. that adjusts the effective connected lighting power (CLP) Offices less than 85 m 2 shall use category 1. of a space to account for the use of energy conserving lighting control devices. orientation: the directional placement of a building on a building site with reference to the building's longest power factor (PF): the ratio of total Watts to the root- horizontal axis, or if there is no longest horizontal axis mean-square (RMS) volt amperes. then with reference to the designated main entrance. prescribed assumption: a fixed value of an input to the outdoor (outside) air: air taken from the exteriorofthe standard calculation procedure. building that has not been previously circulated through the building. (See also ventilation air.) private driveways, walkways, and parking lots: ex- teriortransit areas that are associated with a commercial ozone depletion factor: a relative measure of the po- or residential building and intended for use solely by the tency of chemicals in depleting stratospheric ozone. The employees or tenants and not by the general public. ozone depletion factor potential depends upon the chlo- rine and the bromine content and atmospheric lifetime process energy: energy consumed in support of a of the chemical. The depletion factor potential is nor- manufacturing, industrial, or commercial process other malized such that the factor for CFC-11 is set equal to than the maintenance of comfort and amenities for the unity and the factors for the other chemicals indicate occupants of a building. their potential relative to CFC-l1. 204 Jamaica National Building Code: Volume 2 (December 1995) J5217: 1994 Appendix K- Definitions process load: the calculated or measured time-inte- reflectance: the ratio of the light reflected by a surface grated load on a building resulting from the consump- to the light incident upon it. tion or release of process energy. reheating: raising the temperature of air that has been proposed design: a prospective design for a building previously cooled either by a refrigeration or an econo- that is to be evaluated for compliance. mizer system. prototype bUlilding: a generic building design of the residential building low-rise: single, two family, and same size and occupancy type as the proposed design multifamily dwelling units of three stories or fewer of which complies with the prescriptive requirements of habitable space above grade. this code and has prescribed assumptions used to gener- ate the energy budget concerning shape, orientation, reset: adjustment of the controller set point to a higher HVAC, and other system designs. or lower value automatically or manually. public driveways, walkways, and parking lots: exte- retail establishments: classifications set for the pur- rior transit areas that are intended for use by the general poseof determining lighting power allowance for build- public. ings based upon the following primary design functions: public facility restroom: a restroom used by the tran- Type A Jewelry merchandising, where minute examination of displayed merchandise is sient public. critical. Q TypeB Fine Merchandising: fine apparel and ac- qualified person: one familiar with the construction cessories, china, crystal and silver, art and operation of the equipment and the hazards in- galleries, etc., where the detailed display volved. and examination of merchandise is impor- tant. R TypeC Mass Merchandising: general apparel, radiant comfort heating: a system in which tempera- variety, stationery, books, sporting goods, tures of room surfaces are adjusted to control the rate of hobby, cameras, gifts, luggage, etc. dis- heat loss by radiation from occupants. played in a warehouse type of building, where focused display and detailed ex- readily accessible: capable of being reached quickly amination of merchandise is important. for operation, renewal, or inspections without requiring those to whom ready access is requisite to climb over or TypeD General Merchandising: general apparel, remove obstacl es or to resort to portable ladders, chairs, variety, stationery, books, sporting goods, etc. (See also "accessible"). hobby, cameras, gifts, luggage, etc. dis- played in a department store type of recommend: suggest as appropriate, not required. building, where general display and ex- amination of merchandise is adequate. recovered energy: energy utilized from an energy TypeE Food & Miscellaneous: bakeries, hard- utilization system which would otherwise be wasted ware and housewares, grocery, appliances (not contributing to a desired end use). and furniture, etc., where appetizing ap- pearance is important. reference building: a specific building design that has the same form, orientation and basic systems as the TypeF Service Establishments: those establish- proposed design and meets all the criteria of the pre- ments where functional performance is scriptive compliance method. important. Jamaica Energy Efficiency Building Code (EEBC-94) - Compliance Guidelines [K-7] 205 Appendix K - Definitions J5217: 1994 roof: those portions of the building envelope including shall: where sha11 is used with a special provision, that all opaque surfaces, fenestration, doors, and hatches provision is mandatory if compliance with the code is which are above conditioned space and which are hori- claimed. zontal or tilted at less than 60° from the horizontaL (See also walls.) shell building: a building for which the envelope is designed, constructed, or both prior to knowing the room area (Ar): for lighting power determination pur- occupancy type. (See also speculative building.) pose, the area of a room or space shall be determined from the inside face of the walls or partitions measured should: term used to indicate provisions which are not at work plane height. mandatory but which are desirable as good practice. room air conditioner: an encased assembly designed solar energy source: natural dayJighting or thermal, as a unit to be mounted in a window or through a wall, chemical, or electrical energy derived from direct con- or as a console. It is designed primarily to provide free version of incident solar radiation at the building site. delivery of conditioned air to an enclosed space, room, or zone. It includes a prime source of refrigeration for speculative building: a buildingforwhich the envelope cooling and dehumidification and means for circulating is designed, constructed, or both prior to the design of and cleaning air and may also include means for venti- the lighting, VAC systems, or both. A speculative lating and heating building differs from a shell building in that the intended occupancy is known for the speculative building. (See s also shell building.) sash crack: the sum of aU perimeters of all ventilators, standard calculation procedure: an energy simula- sash, or doors based on overall dimensions of such parts tion model and a set of input assumptions that account expressed in metres (counting two adjacent lengths of for the dynamic thermal performance of the building; it perimeter as one). produces estimates of annual energy consumption for heating, cooling, ventilation, lighting, and other uses. sequence: a consecutive series of operations. system: a combination of equipment and/or controls, service systems: all energy-using or -distributing com- accessories, interconnecting means, and terminal ele- ponents in a building that are operated to support the ments by which energy is transformed so as to perform occupant or process functions housed therein (including a specific function, such as VAC, service water heating, HVAC, service water heating illumination, transporta- or illumination. tion, cooking or food preparation, laundering, or similar functions). T service water heating: the supply of hot water for tandem wiring: pairs of luminaires operating with one purposes other than comfort heating and process re- lamp in each luminaire powered from a single two-lamp quirements. ballast contained in the other luminaire. service water heating demand: the maximum design task lighting: lighting that provides illumination for rate of water withdrawal from a service water heating specific visual functions and is directed to a specific system in a designated period of time (usually an hour or surface or area. a day). task location: an area of the space where significant shading coefficient (SC): the ratio of solar heat gain visual functions are performed and where lighting is through fenestration, with or without integral shading required above and beyond that required for general devices, to that occurring through unshaded 3 mm thick ambient use. clear double strength glass. 206 [K-8] Jamaica National Building Code: Volume 2 (December 1995) J5217: 1994 Appendix K - Definitions terminal element: a device by which the transformed Unit Power Density (UPD): the lighting power den- energy from system is finally delivered; i.e., registers, sity, in W/m2, of an area or activity. difIusers, lighting fixtures, faucets, etc. unitary cooling equipment: one ormore factory-made thermal conductance (C): the constant time rate of assemblies which normally include an evaporator or heat flow through a unit area of a body that is induced by cooling coil, a compressor, and condenser combination a unit temperature difference between the surfaces, in (may include a heating function as well). W/(m2. K). It is the reciprocal ofthe thermal resistance. (See thermal resistance.) unitary heat pump: one or more factory-made assem- blies which normally include an indoor conditioning thermal mass: materials with mass heat capacity and coil, compressor(s), and outdoor coil or refrigerant-to- surface area capable of affecting building loads by water heat exchanger (including means to provide both storing and releasing heat as the interior and/or exterior heating and cooling functions. temperature and radiant conditions fluctuate. (See also wall heat capacity.) unlisted space: the difference in area between the gross lighted area and the sum of all listed spaces. thermal resistance (R): the reciprocal of thermal con- ductance; l/C as well as lIh, l/U, m 2 • K/W. v VAC system: the equipment, distribution network, and thermal transmittance (U): the overall coefficient of terminals that provides either collectively or individu- heat transfer from airto air. It is the time rate of heat flow al1y the processes of v entil at ing, or air conditioning to a per unit area under steady conditions from the fluid on building. the warm side of the barrier to the fluid on the cold side, per unit temperature difference between the two fluids, VAC system efficiency: see efficiency, VAC system. W/(m2. K). variable air volume (VA V) VAC system: VAC sys- thermal transmittance, overall (U 0): the gross overall tems that control the dry-bulb temperature within a (area weighted average) coefficient of heat transfer space by varying the volume of supply air to the space. from air to air for a gross area of the building envelope, W/(m2. K). The Vo value appliesto the combined effect ventilation: the process of supplyingor removing air by of the time rah~ of heat flows through the various para]] el natural or mechanical means to or from any space. Such paths such as windows, doors, and opaque construction air mayor may not have been conditioned. areas comprising the gross area of one or more building envelope components such as walls, floors, and roof or ventilation air: that portion of supply air which comes ceiling. from outside (outdoors) plus any recirculated air that has been treated to maintain the desired quality of air thermostat: an automatic control device responsive to within a designated space. (See also outdoor air.) temperature . visual task: those details and objects that must be seen total lighting power allowance: the calculated lighting for the performance of a activity and includes the power allowed for the interior and exterior space areas immediate background of the details or objects. of a building or facility. w u walls:those portions of the building envelope enclosing unconditioned space: space within a building that is conditioned space including all opaque surfaces, fenes- not a conditioned space. (See conditioned space.) tration, and doors which are vertical or tilted at an angle of 60 OF from horizontal or greater. (See also roof.) unit lighting power allowance (ULPA): the allotted lighting power for each individual building type, W/m 2. Jamaica Energy Efficiency Building Code (EEBC-94) - Compliance Guidelines [K-9] 207 Appendix K Definitions a JS 217: 1994 wall heat capacity: the sum of the products of the mass ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Re- of each individual material in the wall per unit area of frigerating and Air-Condition ing En- waH surface times its individual specific heat, 11K. (See gineers, Inc. thermal mass.) ASME American Society of Mechanical Watt, (W): A unit of power. One watt is produced when Engineers one ampere, flows at an emf of one volt (unity power factor). (See also power.) ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials window to wall ratio (WWR): the ratio of the fenestra- tion area to the gross exterior wal1 area. BECON mi budget energy consumption by month (m) and fuel type (i) z BEF ballast efficacy factor - fluorescent zone: a space or group of spaces within a building with an y combination of heating~ cooling, or lighting require- BF ballast factor ments sufficiently similar so that desired conditions can be maintained throughout by a single controlling device. degree Celsius C thermal conductance Abbreviations, Acronyms and CEEU cost equivalent energy units Symbols CFM cubic feet per minute A area of the space CH cei1ing height total building floor area CLP connected lighting power room area COP coefficient of performance Awall ,roof,etc. area of a specific building component DECON mi design energy consumption by month AF area factor (m) and fuel type (i) AFUE annual fuel utilization efficiency DECOS annual design energy cost AHAM Association of Home Appliance DOE U. So Department of Energy Man ufacturers DS daylight sensing control AlA American Institute of Architects ECB annual energy cost budget ALP adjusted lighting power energy cost by month (m) and fuel ANSI American National Standards Insti- type (i) tute ELPA exterior lighting power allowance ARI Air-Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute EPD equipment power density GLA gross lighted building area 208 10J Jamaica National Building Code: Volume 2 (December 1995) JS 217: 1994 Appendix K - Definitions H height from bottom of window to ULPA unit lighting power allowance bottom of external shading projec- tion UPD Unit Power Density Hc heat capacity VAC ventilating and air conditioning hp horsepower VAV variable air volume HSPF heating seasonal performance factor VLT transmittance of glazing material over visible portion of solar spectrum IEPA interior equipment power allowance W watts IES Illuminating Engineering Society of North America WC water column ILPA interior lighting power al10wance WWR window to wall ratio IPLV integrated part load value IRF internal reflecting film LPB lighting power budget LPD lighting power density LPCC lighting power control credit NFPA National Fire Protection Association PAP power adjustment factor PTAC packaged terminal air-conditioner thermal resistivity R thermal resistance SC shading coefficient SWH service water heating TEFC totally enclosed, fan cooled overall thermal transmittance overall thermal transmittance of roof assembly Uow overall thermal transmittance of opaque wall Jamaica Energy Efficiency Building Code (EEBC-94) - Compliance Guidelines II 209 Appendix K~ Definitions JS 217: 1994 This page is intentionally blank. 210 Jamaica National Building Code: Volume 2 (December 1995) JS 217: 1994 Appendix L- Conversion Tables Appendixl: Conversion Tables Multiply By To Obtain Multiply By To Obtain acre .405 ha dyne/cm 2 *0.100 Pa bar 100 kPa EDR hot water (150 Btu/h) 44.0 W barrel (42 US gal petroleum) 159 L EDR steam (240 Btu/h) 70.3 W 0.159 m3 EER 0.293 COP Btu, IT 1.055 kJ fuel cost comparison Btu/ft3 37.3 J/m3; J/L @ 100% efficiency Btu/gal 0.279 kJ/L J$ per gallon 0.264 J$/L Btu • fl/h • ftz .. of 1.731 W/(m· K) J$ per gallon (#2 fuel oil) 6.77 J$/GJ Btu • in/(h • ft2 • OF) J$ per gallon (#6 fuel oil) 6.32 J$/GJ (thermal conductivity, k) 0.144 W/(m· K) J$ per gallon (propane) 11.3 J$/GJ W/(m. °C) J$ per kWh 278 J$/GJ Btu/h 0.293 'W J$ per therm 9.48 J$/GJ Btu/fe 11.4 kJ/m 2 ft *0.3048 m Btu/(y • fe) [not Sl] 0.000293 kWh/(y. m2) ft *304.8 mm Btu/(y .. fe) 0.0000114 GJ/(y. m 2) ft/min, fpm 0.00508 m/s Btu/(h It ftz) 3.15 W/m2 ft/s fps *0.3048 m/s Btu/(h .. ft Z • OF) ft of water 2.99 kPa (overall heat trans coeff U) 5.68 W/(m2. K) ft of water per 100 ft pipe 0.0981 kPa/m (thermal conductance, C) W/(m2 .. °C) ft2 0.0929 m2 Btu/lb 2.33 kJ/kg ft2 • h - of/Btu Btu/(lb-OF) (specific heat, c) 4.19 kJ/(kg· K) (thermal resistance, R) 0.176 m 2 .KjW kJ/(k8 • nc) m2 ·"C/W bushel 0.0352 m fe/s, kinematic viscosity, v 92900 mm 2/s calorie, gram 4.19 J ft3 28.3 L calorie, kilogram; kilocalorie 4.19 kJ ft3 0.0283 m3 centipoise, viscosity, u fe/h, cfh 7.87 mL/s (absolute, dynamic) *1.00 mPa· s ft 3 /min, cfm 0.472 L/s centistokes, kinematic ft 3/s, cfs 28.3 L/s viscosity, v *1.00 mm2/s ft • Ib f (torque or moment) 1.36 Nm cost, J$ per square foot 10.8 J$/m 2 ft • lb f (work) 1.36 J cost, J$ per pound 2.20 J$/kg ft -lb/lb (specific energy) 2.99 J/kg cost, J$ per ton (refrigeration) 0.284 J$/kW ft • lb/min (power) 0.0226 W Jamaica !Energy Efficiency Building Code (EEBC-94) - Compliance Guidelines IJ 211 Appendix L - Conversion Tables JS 217: 1994 Multiply By To Obtain Multiply By To Obtain gallon, US 3.79 L ounce inch (torque, moment) 7.06 mN·m gallon, US 0.00379 m3 ounce (avoirdupois) per gal10n 7.49 gallon, Imperial 4.55 L perm (permeance) 57.4 ngl(s"m 2"Pa) gallon, Imperial 0.00455 m3 perm inch (permeability) 1.46 ngl(s-m-Pa) gph 1.05 mL/s pint (liquid US) 473 mL gpm 0.0631 L/s pound gpm/ton refrigeration 0.0179 mL/l lb (mass) 0.454 kg grain (1/7000 lb) 0.0648 g Ib (mass) 454 g gr/gal 17. mglL lb[(force or thrust) 4.45 N gr/lb 0.143 glkg Ib/ft (uniform load) 1.49 kg/m horsepower (boiler) 9.81 kW Ibn/(ft - h) viscosity horsepower (550 ft-Ib/s) 0.746 kW (absolute, dynamic, u) 0.413 mPa- s inch *25.4 mm Ib/(ft • s) viscosity in of mercury (60°F) 3.38 kPa (absolute, dynamic, u) 1490 mPa"s in of water (60°F) 249 Pa Ib/h 0.126 in/IOO ft, thermal expansion 0.833 mm/m lb/min 0.00756 kgls in/lbrCtorque or moment) 113 mN/m Ib of steam per hour in 2 645 mm2 212°F (I0O°C) 0.284 kW in 3 (volume) 16.4 mL Ib/ft2 47.9 Pa in 3/min (SCIM) 0.273 mUs lb f - S/ft2 viscosity in 3 (section modulus) 16400 mm 3 (absolute, dynamic u) 47900 mPa- s in4 (section moment) 416000 mm4 Ib/ft 2 4.88 kglm 2 3 km/h 0.278 m/s Ib/ft (density, Q) 16.0 kglm 3 kWh *3.60 Ml lb/gallon 120 kglm 3 kWh/(y - ff) 0.0388 Gl/(y. m2) ppm (by mass) *1.00 mglkg kWh/1000 dm 2.12 l/L psi 6.89 kPa kilopond (kg force) 9.81 N quad 1.055 El kip (1000 Ib j ) 4.45 kN quart (liquid U.S.) 0.946 L kip/in2 (ksi) 6.89 MPa sq uare (100 sq ft) 9.29 m2 litre *0.001 m3 tablespoon (approximately) 15 mL micron of mercury (60°F) 133 MPa teaspoon (approximately) 5 mL mile 1.61 km therm (US) 105.5 MJ mile, nautical 1.85 km ton, long (2,240 lb) 1.016 t (tonne); Mg mph 1.61 km/h ton, short (2,000 lb) 0.907 t (tonne); Mg mph 0.44 m/s ton, refrigeration (12,000 Btu/h) 3.52 kW millibar *0.100 kPa torr (1 mm Hg @ O°C) 133 Pa mm of mercury (60°F) 0.133 kPa watt per sq uare foot 10.8 W/m2 mm or water (60°F) 9.80 Pa yd *0.9144 m metre of water 9.80 kPa yd 2 0.836 m2 ounce (mass, avoirdupois) 28.3 g yd 3 0.765 m3 ounce (force or thrust) 0.278 N ounce (liquid, US) 29.6 mL *Conversion factor is exact. Units are US values unless otherwise noted. 212 Jamaica National Building Code: Volume 2 (December 1995) JS 217: 1994 Appendix L - Conversion Tables Table of Equivalents Mass lb 1 = 0.45359 2.20462 1 Volume in3 ft3 litre metre3 5.787 x 10-4 0.0163871 1.63871 x 10-5 1728* 1 28.317 0.028317 231.0 0.13368 1 3.7854 0.0037854 61.02374 0.035315 0.264173 1 0.001* 61,023.74 35.315 264.173 1000 1 Btu ft- lb calorie Joule watt-sec 1 = 777.65 = 251.9957 = 1054,35 = 1054.35 1.2859 x 10-3 1 0.32405 1.3558 1.3558 3.9683 x 10-3 3.08596 1 4.184' 4.184' 9.4845 x 104 0.73756 0.2390 1 1 Ib/ft3 1 7.48055 0.119827 62.4280 8.34538 1 1,000 0.0624280 0.008345 0.001 1 Pressure psi in.Hg atm mmHg bar kg/cm 2 dyne/cm2 pascal 1 2.0360 0.068046 51.715 0.068948 0.07030696 68,948 6894.8 0.491154 1 0.033421 25.400 0.033864 0.034532 33,864 3386.4 14.6960 29.921 1 760.0 1.01325* 1.03323 1,013,250 101,325* 0.0193368 0.03937 0.00131579 1 0.0013332 0.0013595 1333.2 133.32 14.5038 29.530 0.98692 750.062 1.01972 106 * 10 h * 14.223 28.959 0.96784 735.559 0.98066 9480,665* 98,066 1.45038 x 10-5 2.953 x 10-5 9.8692 X 10-7 0.000750 10-6 1.01972 x 10-6 1 0.100* 1.45038 x 104 2.953 X 10-4 9.8692 X 100-6 0.0750 10-5 1.0192 x 10-5 10* 1 .......""'1' ....... Volume ft3/lb 0.133680 1 8.34538 .008345 0.016018 0.119827 1 0.001 16.018463 119.827 1000 1 Jamaica Energy Efficiency Building Code (EEBC-94) - Compliance Guidelines [L-3] 213 Appendix L- Conversion Tables jS 217: 1994 Table of Equivalents Specific Heat or Entropy Btu/lb. OF eal/(g· K) J/(g. K) 1 =1 4.184* 1.0 1 4.184* 0.2390 0.2390 1 Btu/lb 1 =0.55556 = 2.3244 1.8* 1 4.184* 0.43021 0.2390 1 Thermal Conductivity Btu/h • ft • OF ea1/(s em· DC) J/(s • em • °C) W/(em co °C) W/(m" K) 1 ::; 4.1338 • 10-3 0.17296 =0.017296 = 1.7296 241.91 1 4.184* 4.184* 418.4* 57.816 0.2390 1 1 418.4* Viscosity (1 poise dyne-see/em2 0.1 newton-see/m2) lbr • hr/ft2 N" 8/m 2 1 =2.0885 x 10-3 =5.8014 x =0.1 =6.71955 x 478.8026 1 2.7778 x 10-4 47.88026 47.88026 32.17405 1,723,689 3600 1 172,369 172.369 115,827 10 0.020885 5.8014 x 10-6 1 1 0.0671955 14.8819 3.1081 x 10-7 8.6336 X 10-6 1.4882 1.4882 1 Coefficient of Heat Transfer Btu/h • ft2 • OF eall(s • em 2 • °C) W/(cm2 .. °C) keal/(h • m 2 • °C) W/(m2 .. K) 1 = 1.3562 • 10-4 =5.6783 • 10-4 = 4.8823 = 5.6783 7373.5 1 4.1869 36000 41869 1761.1 0.2388 1 8598 10000 0.2048 2.778. 10-5 1.1630 • 10-4 1 1.630 0.1761 2.388 • 10-5 1 • 10-4 0.8598 1 214 [L-4] Jamaica National Building Code: Volume 2 (December 1995) JS 217: 1994 Appendix M - Compliance Forms Appendix"': Compliance Forms Contents of this Appendix Forms for Prescriptive and System Perfor- mance Compliance for Medium and Large 1 Forms for Prescriptive and System Performance Buildings Compliance for Smal1 Buildings, For medium-sized buildings, from 1,000m2 to 4,000 m2 Less than 1,000 m2 ........................................ M-2 in gross floor area, a more detailed set of11 compliance 2 Forms for Prescriptive and System Performance forms is provided. These forms, which are contained on Compliance for Medium and Large Buildings, pages M-7 through M-17, include: Larger that 1,000 m 2 .................................................. M-7 3 Forms for Whole-Building Energy Cost 1. General Compliance Form G-1 Budget Compliance Option ......................... M-18 2. Envelope Compliance Form ENV-1 3. Envelope Compliance Form ENV-2 4. Lighting Compliance Form LTG-1 5~ Lighting Compliance Form LTG-2 Commentary 6. Electric Compliance Form ELEC-J 7. Electric Compliance Form ELEC-2 This Appendix contains the compliance forms intended 8. VAC Compliance Form VAC-1 for use in complying with the requirements of the 9. VAC Compliance Form VAC-2 EEBC-94. Three sets offorms are included. 10. VAC Compliance Form VAC-3 11. Service Waler Heating Compliance Form SWH-l Forms for Prescriptive and System Perfor- Proper completion of these 11 forms will permit pre- mance Compliance for Small Buildings scriptive and/or system performance compliance to be A set of 5 forms are provided for small buildings, less achieved for medium and large buildings. than 1,000 m 2 in gross floor area. These forms, which are contained on pages M-2 through M-6, include: Form for Whole-Building Energy CostBud- 1. General Compliance Small Building Form SBIG-l get Compliance Option, Form WBEB-1 2. Envelope Compliance Small Building Form SBIE-1 This form, which is on page M-18, is for use with the 3. Lighting Compliance Small Building Form SBILTG-1 optional whole-building compliance path that is avail- 4. Lighting & Electric Compliance Small Building Form able for all buildings, but is especially intended for SBI£-2 large buildings (those over 4,000 m 2). 5. VAC Compliance Small Building Form SBIVAC-1 To use this form, one must also complete either the set Proper completion of these 5 forms will permit compli- of5 forms for small buildings, or the set of 11 forms for ance to be achieved for small buildings. medium and large buildings, in order to determine the energy consumption of a Base Case building. Jamaica Energy Efficiency Building Code (EEBC-94) Compliance Guidelines [M-IJ 215 Appendix M - Compliance Forms JS 217: 1994 JAMAICA ENERGY EFFICIENCY BUILDING CODE (EEBC-94) VAC Prescriptive and System Performance Compliance Approach For Compliance Buildings Less Than 1,000 sq. metres in Gross Floor Area Small Building Form SB/VAC-l A. CERTIFICATION (For Form SBNAC-l, by registered architect or engineer) Name (printed or typed) Signature and Seal Registration Number B. VAC SYSTEMS - BASIC REQUIREMENTS Complies? EEBC Item Requirement Application Yes N/A Section 1 Load Calculations Perform detailed calculation procedure All buildings D [J 7.4.1 2 Temperature controls a. System control Each AC system shall have at least one temp. control D [J 7.4.4.1 b. Zone Control Cooling energy controlled by individual thermostats responding to temp. in zone Some exceptions apply D [J 7.4.4.2 c Thermostats Capable of being set up to 29.5 deg C D [J 7.4.4.3 C. VAC SYSTEMS - PRESCRIPTIVE REQUIREMENTS 1 Sizing - VAC System & Equipment a. Sizing, general System & equipment shall be sized no more than space loads. The loads calculated in EEBC-94 7.4.1 D [J 7.5.1 2 Fan System Design Criteria a. VA V fan control Fan motor sh.ilJI demand less than 50% of design wattage at Fan> 25 kW D [J 7.5.3.2 50% of design air volume b. Fan power consumption Fan Power Index (FPI) less than 645 Us-mm per sq.m Some exceptions D [J 7.5.3.5 7.5.3.6 of floor area of conditioned space. apply 7.5.3.7 D. VAC EQUIPMENT BASIC REQUIREMENTS g 1 Minimum Equipment Performance Equipment shall have minimum COP listed in Table 8-1, at rated conditions. List information requested below D [J 8.4.1 Required Design Equipment type Size Number Value Value --- ---- --- --- ---- 2 Equipment Controls Equipment has controls required by EEBC-94 8.4.5 D [J 8.4.5 3 Maintenance Information Information provided to building owner on maintenance procedures is sufficient maintain efficient operation D [J 8.4.6 216 [M-2] Jamaica National Building Code: Volume 2 (December 1995) JS 217: 1994 Appendix M - Compliance Forms JAMAICA ENERGY EFFICIENCY BUILDING CODE (EEBC-94) Envelope Prescriptive and System Performance Compliance Approach For Comp1iance Buildings Less Than 1,000 sq. metres in Gross Floor Area Small Building Form SB/E·l A. CERTIFICATION (For Form SB/E-l, by registered architect or engineer) Name (printed or typed) Signature and Seal Registration Number B. OVERALL THERMAL TR4.NSMITTANCE VALUE (OTTV) Complies? EEBC Item Requirement Application Yes N/A Section 1 External WaUs orrv <= 61.7 W/sq.m Offices smaller than 4.5.1 4,000 sq.metres or 4.6.1 OTIV <= 55.1 W/sq.m All other buildings D D 2 Roof/Ceiling OrIV <= 20.0 W/sq.m All buildings D D 4.5.2 or 4.6.2 Note 1: For external walls, if prescriptive compliance is used, then attach a copy of EEBC Table 4-2 or 4-2. For roof/ ceilings, attach a copy EEBC-94, Table 4-3. On each table submitted, circle the option thai ~olnplies. Note 2: If the system performance approach is used for compliance for either walls or roof/ceilings, then attach a copy of the computer spreadsheet printout showing compliance, or attach complete calculations showing 'cor1yJliance ·.C" , C. AIR LEAKAGE Complies? EEBC Item Requirement Application Yes N/A Section 1 Windows & Doors - a. Windows EEBC-94,4.4.2 Attach certification D D 4.4.2 b. Sliding doors EEBC-94,4.4.3.1 ~. from supplier that requirement D D 4.4.3.1 c. Swinging or revolving doors EEBC-94, 4.4.3.2 has been met. D D 4.4.3.2 - 2 Caulking, Weatherstripping & Sealants a. Around window and door frames D 4.4.1 b. Between wall and foundation, wall and roof, and wall and floor D 4.4.1 c. Through wall panels and wall top and bottom plates D D 4.4.1 d. At penetrations of service openings (including utility services) D D 4.4.1 e. Between wall panels, especially at changes in wall direction D D 4.4.1 Jamaica Energy Efficiency Building Code (EEBC-94) - Compliance Guidelines [M-3] 217 Appendix M- Compliance Forms JS 217: 1994 JAMAICA ENERGY EFFICIENCY BUILDING CODE (EEBC·94) Lighting Prescriptive and System Performance Compliance Approach For Compliance Buildings Less Than 1,000 sq. metres in Gross Floor Area Small Building Form SB/lLTG-l A. CERTIFICATION (For Forms SB/LTG-l and SB/LTG-2, by registered architect or engineer) Name (printed or typed) Signature and Seal Registration Number B. BASIC LIGHTING REQUIRElVIENTS 1 LIGHTING CONTROLS Complies? EEBC Item Requirement Application Yes N/A Section a. Minimum number of 1 control for each 1550 W (exceptions apply) 5.4.2.1 & Ughting Controls of connected lighting power 5.4.2.2 b. Lighting control Controls readily accessible 5.4.2.5 accessibility to occupants 2 FLUORESCENT LAMP BALlASTS a. Fluorescent ballast BEF>=1.80, for 1 1200 nun 40 W rapid start lamp D 5.4.4.1 Efficacy Factor BEF>=1.05, for 2 -1200 mm 40 W rapid stalt lamps D D No req. BEF>=1.30, for 2 1200 mm 32 W tri-phosphor lamps D D for other BEF>=0.57, for 2 -1800 mm70 W slimline lamps D D lamp BEF>=O.39, for 2 - 2400rrh'll 110 W high output rapid start lamps D D types. b. Fluorescent ballast Power Factor PF>= 90% 0 5.4.4.2 c. Tandem wiring Required for 1- and 3- lamp fixtures. Distance limits apply 0 5.4.4.3 Two-lamp ballasts required for 2- and 4-lamp fixtures. 5.4.4.3 If I-lamp ballasts used, losses shall not be greater tban 1/2 of those for a complying 2-1amp ballast. C. PRESCRIPTIVE REQUIREMENTS· INTERIOR LIGHTING POWER ALLOWANCE (ILPA) Building type! space use Illuminance (tc) Unit Ughting Power Gross Lighted LLPAfor (EEBC-94, Table 5-5) Recommended Design Allowance (ULPA), Area (GLA), space or (Th15-5) W/sq.m. (ThL 5-5) sq.m. bldg (W) x x x REQUIREMENT -----> Total Internal Lighting Power Allowance (ILPA) for Building 218 [M-4] Jamaica National Building Code: Volume 2 (December 1995) JS 217: 1994 Appendix M - Compliance Forms JAMAICA ENERGY EFFICIENCY BUILDING CODE (EEBC-94) Lighting & Electric Prescriptive and Performance Compliance Approach For Compliance Rnilcline5 Less Than 1,000 sq, metres in Gross Floor Area Small Building Form SB/LTG-2 D. PRESCRIPTIVE CO MPLIAN CE - INTERIOR LIGHTING PO WER ALLO WAN CE (ILPA) a. When Separate Lamp and Ballast Information is Available 1 Type of lamp and fixture Watts per Lamp Lamps per fixture No, of fixtures Total Watts X X X X c=J X X 2 Type of ballast used Watts per Number of Ballast Ballasts D X I D X I b. When Combined Lamp and Ballast Information is Available ] Type of lamp and fixture Total input watts Lampl ballast for lamp(s) & combinations Number of Total ballast combined per fixture fixtures Watts X I X :i f :·; X I I X c=J X ,-'l X Sum oHines a.l, a2, and b,l ._-> TOTAL CONNECTED LIGHTING POWER (CLP) FOR BUILDING Compliance is achieved if CLP (from previous line) is less than or equal to ILPA (from part C, Form SB/LTG-I) Note: The system peliormance compliance option may be used, if desired, It is more complicated, but it is sensitive to specific lighting tasks and provides a more flexible, accurate, and detailed compliance procedure, To use rhis option, complete the calculations and submit those in place of Parts C. and D. on this page. ID. ELECTRIC POWER & DISTRIBUTION - BASIC REQUIREMENTS Complies? EEBC Item Requirement Yes N/A Section 1 Electric Motor Efficiency Minimum efficiency not less than the values in EEBC-94 Table 6-1 D 7.4.5.1 For nominal 1000, 1500, or 3000 RPM for 50 Hz. Jamaica Energy Efficiency Building Code (EEBC-94) - Compliance Guidelines [M-5] 219 Appendix M - Compliance Forms JS 217: 1994 JAMAICA ENERGY EFFICIENCY BUILDING CODE (EEBC-94) Envelope Prescriptive and System Performance Compliance Approach For Colltlpliance Buildings Equal to or Greater than 1,000 sq. metres in Gross Floor Area. Form ENV-l A. CERTIFICATION (For Forms ENV-l and by registered architect or engineer) Name (printed or typed) Signature and Sea] Registration Number B. OVERALL THERMAL TRANSMITTANCE VALUE (OTTV) Complies? EEBC Item Requirement Application Yes N/A Section 1 External Walls OTIV 67.7 W/sq.m Offices equal to or larger than 4,000 sq.metres D 4.5.1 or 4.6.1 OTrv <= 61.7 W/sq.m Offices smalJer than 4,000 sq.metres D D OlTV <;;;; All other buildings D 2 Roof/Ceiling OlTV <= 20.0W;,sq.m i\ll buildings 4.5.2 or 4.6.2 Note 1: For external walls, ,.,rp<:rrl;nti·iJ'" compliance is used for buildings less than 4,000 sq.m, then attach a copy Table 4-2 or 4-2. For roof/ ceilings. attach a copy each table submitted, circle the option that complies. Note 2: If the :.ystem performam~eapproach compliance for either walls or roof/ceilings, then attach /l copy of the-eomputer spreadsheet printout showing compliance, or attach C. AIR LEAKAGE Complies? EEBC Item Requirement AppJication Yes N/A Section 1 Windows & ])oors a. Windows EEBC-94, 4.4.2 Attach certification D 4.4.2 b. Sliding doors EEBC-94,4.4.3.1 from supplier that requirement D 4.4.3.1 c. Swinging or revolving doors EEBC-94,4.4.3.2 has been met. D 4.4.3.2 2 Caulking, Weatherstripping & Sealants a. Around window and door frames D D 4.4.1 b. Between wall and foundation, wall and roof, and wall and floor D D 4.4.1 c. Through wall panels and wall top and bottom plates D D 4.4.1 d. At penetrations of service openings (including utility services) D D 4.4.1 e. Between wall panels, especially at changes in wall direction D 4.4.1 222 [M-8] Jamaica National Building Code: Volume 2 (December 1995) JS 217: 1994 Appendix M- Compliance Forms JAMAICA ENERGY EFFICIENCY BUILDING CODE (EEBC-94) Envelope Prescriptive and System Performance Compliance Approach For Compliance Buildings Equal to or Greater than 1,000 sq. metres in Gross Floor Area. Form ENV-2 Check those boxes that apply to the building design. 1 Window Glazing: 2 Window Type: Double D Reflective D Fixed sash D Clear D Low-e D Double hung D Tinted D Other (specify) D Casement D D D Other (specify) D 3 Exteruor Glass Shading Devices: 4 Interior Glass Sbading Devices: Aluminum slatted screens ·0 Bldg struct. overhangs] Shades D Drapes, open mesh Wood slatted screens D Bldg strucL vert, 0 I3iinds 0 Drapes, opaque D Nylon mesh solar screens D None 0 ~'i,~:t,~~/ilm D None D Awnings D R~flect. fHmO .. . ., ... 'l! 5 Glass Interior & Exterior Interior Exterior 6 Outside Renection on Wall From: ,'..... ' li.\;" Sbading locations Shades Shades \ )~~dg.: . Concrete Grass Water Soil North Orientation 0 D, 0" D D D D o. ·······B,.~.::· !\'. Northeast Orientation ".0. D D D D East Orientation D 0, D D D D Southeast Orientation Cl' iO·, """"'8, D D D South Orientation D D D D Southwest Orientation 0 D D D D West Orientation" D D D 0 D D D Northwest Orientation D D D D D 7 Exterior Opaque Wall Construction 10 Roof Construction and Type Frame Brick and masonry D Masonry Flat D Curtain Wall D Masonry cavity D Wood 0 Sloped D Solid Masonry 0 Other (specify) D Metal 0 Pitched D 8 Exterior Opaque Wall Insulation 11 RoofInsulation Material Material R-Va]ue R-Value Thickness Thickness Outside Inside Outside Inside Insulation Location D D Insulation Location D D 9 Exterior Opaque Wall Colour 12 Roof Colour Fungus & mold resistant Yes No paint is used D D Jamaica Energy Efficiency Building Code (EEBC-94) - Compliance Guidelines [M-9] 223 Appendix M Compliance Forms JS 217: 1994 JAMAICA ENERGY EFFICIENCY BUILDING CODE (EEBC-94) VAC Prescriptive and System Performance Compliance Approach For Compliance Buildings Equal to or Greater than 1,000 sq. metres in Gross Floor Area. Form VAC .. 1 A. CERTIFICATION (For Forms VAC-1, VAC-2 and VAC-3, by registered architect or engineer) Name (printed or typed) Signature and Seal Registration Number B. VAC-BASICREQUIREMENTS Complies'! EEBC Item Requirement Application Yes N/A Sectiolll 1 Load Calculations Perrorm detailed calculation procedure All buildings D 7.4.1 2 Dual duct, multizone & terminal reheat Prohibited except under speci'a! circumstances D D 7.4.2.1 7.4.2.4 3 Reheat capacity. 15% of system cooling d~sign Control req.apply, see 7.4.2.5 D 7.4.2.5 4 Zoning Considerations a. Zones with different . (more than 3 ~r-day) operating schedules of non-simuHaneous operation, 1) provide separate systems or off-hour controls 00 7.4.3.1 2) provide isolation devices 10 cut supply of cooling to each DO 7.4.5.3 b. Zones with special process temp. or Provide separate systems from those for comfoird&6Iing, or limit primary systems 0".,0 7.4.3.2 humidity requirements to comfor;t;pooling only 6 Temperature controls a. System control Each 7.4.4.1 b. Zone Control Coolillgeiiefgy controlled by individual Some exceptions 7.4.4.2 thermostaisresponding to temp.inzond .', ;jf.:.; a. VAV'f;nrconttQI Fan motor shall demand less than 50% of design wattagJat'· Fan> 25 kW D 7.5.3.2 50% of design ~i?~61uni~:;'i" b. Air Transport:Factor ATF >= 5.5 0 0 7.5.3.3 c. other systems Energy less than equivalent all-air system with ATF >= 5.5 EEBC-947.5.3.3 0 0 7.5.3.4 d. Fan power consumption .. §4,? USrJPm per sq.mt}tres i r::; 1"S6m\! .:g~<;eJ.?#ons D 7.5.3.5 7.5.3.6 of f1o:Qri.area of cond;tioned space. 7.5.3.7 3 Pumping System Design a. Friction Rate Friction pressure loss rate <= 1.2 m of water per 30 equiv. m. of pipe. 00 7.5.4.2 b. Variable flow If system designed to modulate or step open and closed as function of load, it shall use variable 00 7.5.4.3 flow, with variable speed pumps, staged multiple pumps, or pumps riding their characteristic perf. curves. 4 System Temperature Reset (For resetting cold deck temps., or fan discharge temps.) a. Representative zone May represent no more than 10 similar zones D 7.5.5 b. Temperature Cold deck temp. shall be automatically reset to median temp. required to satisfy average D 7.5.5 coo1ing req. of zone requiring most cooling. Jamaica Energy Efficiency Building Code (EEBC-94) - Compliance Guidelines [M-15] 229 Appendix M - Compliance Forms JS 217: 1994 JAMAICA ENERGY EFFICIENCY BUILDING CODE (EEBC ..94) VAC Prescriptive and System Performance Compliance Approach For Compliance Buildings Equal to or Greater than 1,000 sq. metres in Gross FLoor Area. ForllD VAC-3 D. VAC EQUIPMENT - BASIC REQUIREMENTS Complies? EEBC Item Requirement Application Yes N/A Section 1 Minimum Equipmeut Perfonnauce Equipment shall have minimum COP not less than the values listed in Ust information requested below DD 8.4.1 Table 8-1, at rated conditions. i( 'Required Design Equipment type Size rValue Val~;lG. - - - - - - _................- (<.; Note: If more detail is desired on the,J~erformance of variou~ typesofequip~(?nt, then Tables H.8-J through H.tjb ~l~I~~pendix H of th~iC~mpti~~~~;/G~~id;d~~~'~laY be us~d.jj "H~r~~ ~:_;)j()·.l.i~! ,.~:;~)<:.t'~ <~ l . ! 2 Integrated Part-Load Equipment compli~s Witll p~¥f~id~d rg4~iT~iimrits:J 8.4.5 Value (IPL V) referenced in ARtd6gu~i!~i~ ~~(fal~~us~~di~;; Appendix H of the Compliance Guidelines 3 Equipment Controls Equipment has controls required by EEBC-94 8.4.5 DO 8.4.5 4 Responsibility of Equipment Suppliers Suppliers shall furnish as requested the full and partial capacity and standby input(s) and output(s) DO 8.4.7 of all equipment and necessary components to determine compliance with this code. 5 Maintenance Information Information provided to building owner on maintenance procedures is sufficient maintain efficient operation DO 8.4.8 230 [M-16] Jamaica National Building Code: Volume 2 (December 1995) JS 217: 1994 Appendix M - Compliance Forms JAMAICA ENERGY EFFICIENCY B1TILDING CODE (EEBC-94) Service Water Prescriptive and System Perfonnance Compliance Approach For Heating Buildings Equal to or Greater than 1,000 sq. metres in Gross Floor Area. Compliance Form SWH-l A. CERTIFICATION (For Form SWH-l, by registered architect or engineer) Name (printed or typed) Signature and Seal Registration Number B. BASIC REQUIREMENTS - SERVICE WATER HEATING Complies'? EEBC Item Requirement Application Yes N/A Section 1 Sizing Use procedures in Chapter 54, ASHRAE Handbook, 1987 BVAC Systems & DO 9.4.1 Application Volume (or later edition) 2 Equipment; Efficiency Water heaters a,tld storage tanks shall meet criteria of EEBC-94 Table 9-1. Exceptions apply 00 9.4.2 3 Piping Insulation Meet requirements of EEBC·94 9.4.3 00 9.4.3 4 Controls . . ". a. AdjILst,!bl!1 ... C